Figure 4-1 PDF

Revised Final Issue: September 2012
Introduction to this Master Plan Update Volume
This Update of the Jubail Industrial City Master Plan was completed in October, 2010 and the documents
have been in use by the Royal Commission and external stakeholders since that time. This volume is one
(1) of eleven (11) volumes comprising the Master Plan Update for the Jubail Industrial City (JIC). Volume
XI – Development Plan constitutes the integrated Development Plan for JIC for the planning period 2010
to 2030. Volume XI synthesizes and inter-relates the key findings from the preceding volumes (I to X)
into the Development Plan. The detailed technical analyses supporting the 2030 Development Plan are
contained in those other volumes. The volumes have been revised to reflect new conditions or
directions up until a freeze date of October, 2010.
The chronology for the development of the 2010 Master Plan Update is as follows:
• January, 2008 – Notice to Proceed and project inception/commencement of the Master Plan
Update for Jubail Industrial City.
• December, 2009 – Substantial completion and issuance of the volumes for use by the Royal
Commission.
• October, 2010 – Freeze date for any further revisions to the volumes. Formal adoption of the
Master Plan Update by the Royal Commission was deferred pending the completion of a study
of the fuel and feedstock allocation, which formally did not commence until April, 2010.
• April, 2012 – Royal Commission acceptance of the Updated Fuel and Feedstock Study.
• September, 2012 – Issuance of the Final Revised 2010 Master Plan Update volumes.
It is intended that the Master Plan be a“living” document that incorporates the ongoing changes in
Jubail Industrial City, which is one of the most dynamic cities in the world. Since October, 2010 a number
of significant activities have been initiated in Jubail Industrial City, as recommended in Volume XI of the
2010 Master Plan Update. Although elements of these activities have been recognized in the Final
Revised 2010 Master Plan Update dated September 2012, the detailed outcomes will only be captured
in the supplements to the 2010 Master Plan Update and in the next Master Plan Update. These activities
are at various stages of planning and development, i.e. feasibility study, planning and/ or detailed
engineering design. Examples of these activities include: the detailed planning of the new City Center;
the development of the city-wide Microsimulation Modeling Program; and the initiation of District Plans
for Reggah and the Northern Corridor Buffer Zone as well as Master Plans for area-specific locations
such as the Jubail 2 Stage 4 Light and Support Industrial Area. Of equal significance will be the potential
influence and relationship between Jubail Industrial City and the new minerals and metals city of Ras Al
Khair Industrial City (RIC) to the immediate north. As noted, upon their completion and acceptance by
the Royal Commission, these plans should be attached as supplementary documents to the 2010 Master
Plan. They will be formally incorporated into the Master Plan as part of the next Master Plan Update
program which is recommended to commence in 2017.
Royal Commission for Jubail & Yanbu
Royal Commission in Jubail
2010 Master Plan Update
FOREWORD
In 1975, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia completed its Second Development
Plan for economic diversification and industrialization. The central focus of
the Plan was the development of hydrocarbon-based and energy-intensive
industries, including the production, refining and manufacturing of fuels,
petrochemicals, steel and aluminium. Two cities were established to
implement the Kingdom’s industrialization aspirations, including one in Jubail
in the Eastern Province and one in Yanbu in the Western Province.
The Royal Commission for Jubail and Yanbu (RCJY) was established in 1975
by Royal Decree No. M/75 to develop the infrastructure required to transform
Jubail and Yanbu into planned industrial cities. Today, the Royal Commission
in Jubail (RCJ) continues to be responsible for planning and implementing
infrastructure plans and well integrated public services for the development
of Jubail.
Jubail Industrial City (JIC) is now a well-established, world-scale

petrochemical industrial center. It is Saudi Arabia's leading center for foreign
joint venture capital and overall investment.
JIC covers an area of approximately 763 square kilometres land area (1016
square kilometres including water), with approximately 260 square
kilometres designated for initial development. It is comprised of extensive
hydrocarbon based and energy intensive industries including primary,
secondary and support industries. Infrastructure consists of power,
telecommunication, gas, water and wastewater treatment systems, a
seawater cooling distribution system, a bulk materials handling system and
transportation facilities, including an industrial and commercial port complex
and extensive road network. At June 2010, 30 primary industries and 39
secondary industries were in operation or under design/construction in J1,
and four primary industries and 5 secondary industries were under
design/construction in J2. Over 274 light manufacturing and support
industries are also in operation or under design/construction in J1.
In 2009, JIC accounted for approximately 11.5% of the Kingdom of Saudi

Arabia’s Gross Domestic Product (GDP) and the creation of approximately
85% of the Kingdom’s non-oil exports. JIC includes a large residential area
and a petrochemical complex known as Jubail 1 (J1). An expansion of the
JIC industrial area, known as Jubail 2 (J2) is underway. With this
development, the objective of the RCJY is to maintain the pace of industrial
development in JIC by planning for and attracting industries that enhance
JIC’s competitiveness, utilise available resources and meet the Kingdom’s
economic diversification objectives.
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page i

JIC is also home to over 105,000 residents, who live in the Community Area.
The Community Area boasts a diversity of neighbourhoods and retail areas, a
burgeoning city center and a number of high quality community services and
facilities.
Royal Commission Goals and Objectives

Vision: To be the best choice for investors in petrochemical and energy
intensive industries and the leading contributor to the Kingdom’s growth.
Mission: To plan, promote, develop and manage Petrochemicals and Energy

intensive industrial cities through successful customer focus and partnerships
with investors, employees, communities and other stakeholders.
Strategic Objectives:
Growth – Expand the industrial base through growth in a number of
cities and industrial output (tonnage);
Tenant Portfolio – Optimize tenant portfolio by attracting additional
investments;
Cities of Excellence – to be recognized as one of the top industrial
cities globally;
Best People – to be recognized as the employer of choice in the
Kingdom; and
Financial – to gradually develop financial sustainability and increased
efficiency.
Current Master Plan Update (MPU)

Originally prepared in 1978, the JIC Master Plan is the key strategic
document for guiding the city’s long term growth and development. The
Master Plan was updated in 1984 and most recently in 1999. The city’s rapid
rate of development, plus current and forecasted scenarios for the oil and
gas economy, have led to the need to update the Plan again. The 2010 MPU
has a horizon year of 2030.
The specific objectives of this MPU are to:

Review and critically analyse JIC’s current development and plans;
Prepare updated forecasts of growth;
Determine future land use, infrastructure, and other facility
requirements; and
Recommend modifications to current policies and plans.
The report on the MPU consists of the following 11 volumes:
Volume I – Demographic Forecast

Volume I updates the 1999 Volume V, Technical Supplement, Part 1
Demographic Forecasts. It includes the existing population and employment
in the JIC (base - 2009 Census) and population and employment forecasts to
the year 2030.
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page ii

Volume II – Regional and General Land Use

This volume updates the 1999 Volume V, Technical Supplement Part 4,
District Development and Regional Context Updates. Volume II summarizes
regional influences at the National scale, Eastern Province scale and Regional
scale and covers the physical setting, administrative structure, socio-
economic characteristics, development patterns and land use, public utilities,
infrastructure and services. It provides an overview of the general land use
pattern and structure of JIC, as well a discussion and analysis of long term
development opportunities and constraints. Volume II also includes the basic
recommendations for growth and development of JIC’s community area.
Volume IX, Community, provides more detail on the detailed needs of JIC’s
community area.
Volume III/IV – Primary and Secondary Industry/Support Industry

and Service Commercial
Volume III/IV updates portions of the 1999 Volume II, Industrial and Utilities
Plan, excluding utilities, and the Technical Supplement Part 3, SLMIP
Planning Guide. It summarizes existing primary and secondary industry in J1
and J2 and anticipated growth in J1 and J2 to 2030. This volume
summarizes existing support industry and service commercial and anticipated
growth to 2030 in J1 and J2. A review of alternative feedstock scenarios was
conducted in 2010-2011 as part of the volume.
Volume V – Utilities and Infrastructure

Volume V provides an update to portions of the 1999 Volume II, Industrial
and Utilities Plan. This volume summarizes existing and planned utilities and
infrastructure and recommends upgrades required to meet 2030 demands for
potable water supply and distribution, seawater cooling supply and
distribution, surface water drainage, sanitary wastewater collection and
treatment, industrial wastewater collection and treatment, treated
wastewater distribution and use, municipal and industrial solid waste
disposal, power transmission and distribution and telecommunications.
Volume VI – Transportation
Volume VI updates the Transportation Plan (Volume IV) of the 1999 MPU.
This volume summarizes the existing and planned passenger and materials
handlings transportation systems in JIC and identifies future capital projects
required to meet 2030 demands. Volume VI also identifies transportation
programs and policies to support system objectives related to safety, public
transit, and urban design. The evacuation plan for JIC is also updated.
Volume VII – Sea Port Area

Volume VII summarizes current planning for the King Fahd Industrial Port
and Jubail Commercial Port and rationalizes it against current materials
handling strategies for JIC.
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page iii

Volume VIII – Environment

Volume VIII updates the 1999 Volume V, Technical Supplement Part 5,
Environmental Report. Volume VIII summarizes JIC’s existing physical and
biological environment. It addresses significant issues, opportunities and
constraints for new development, proposed management actions and
measures and recommendations for environmental standards, monitoring
and enforcement, spill management and emergency response plans, and
community awareness programs.
Volume IX – Community
Volume IX updates portions of the 1999 Volume III, Community Plan. It
outlines existing (and approved) community facilities, long term development
constraints and opportunities and recommendations for community planning
standards. This volume addresses housing, education, religion, commercial,
health care, public administration, emergency and security, cultural, social
and recreational facilities, and parks and open space.
Volume X – Urban Design

Also an update to portions of the 1999 Volume III, Community Plan, Volume
X summarizes existing urban design guidelines and recommends new urban
design guidelines for JIC.
Volume XI – Development Plan

Volume XI outlines the recommended development plan over the short term
(to 2012), mid-term (2013-2019) and long term (to 2030). It also includes
an Implementation Plan.
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................ 1
1.1 GOALS AND OBJECTIVES ........................................................... 1
1.2 REPORT STRUCTURE ................................................................ 1
1.3 METHODOLOGY ...................................................................... 2
1.4 SIGNIFICANT CHANGES SINCE THE 1999 MPU ................................. 3
2.0 MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS FRAMEWORK ........................ 10
2.1 OVERVIEW OF EXISTING FRAMEWORK .......................................... 10
2.1.1 Water Based Utilities............................................... 13
2.1.2 Power and Telecom ................................................ 18
2.1.3 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management ................... 22
2.2 RECOMMENDATIONS FOR COORDINATION AND MANAGEMENT ............... 23
2.2.1 RCJ and Utility Company Inter-Relationships and
Responsibilities ................................................................. 23
2.2.2 Asset Management System ...................................... 24
2.2.3 Utility Rights-of-Way............................................... 27
3.0 SEAWATER COOLING ............................................................... 28
3.1 EXISTING SYSTEM ................................................................ 28
3.1.1 Seawater Cooling Supply (Generation)....................... 28
3.1.2 Seawater Cooling Distribution................................... 33
3.2 CURRENT EXPANSION AND REHABILITATION PLANS .......................... 36
3.2.1 Seawater Cooling Supply (Generation)....................... 36
3.2.2 Seawater Cooling Distribution................................... 37
3.3 PLANNING AND DESIGN CRITERIA .............................................. 40
3.3.1 Commentary on Existing Design Guidelines ................ 40
3.3.2 Planning Criteria Adopted for this MPU ....................... 44
3.4 SUPPLY AND DEMAND ASSESSMENT ............................................ 45
3.5 OPPORTUNITIES AND ISSUES .................................................... 51
3.5.1 Demand Management ............................................. 51
3.5.2 Supply.................................................................. 53
3.6 RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................. 54
4.0 POTABLE WATER ..................................................................... 56
4.1 EXISTING SYSTEM ................................................................ 56
4.1.1 Potable Water Supply (Generation) ........................... 56
4.1.2 Potable Water Distribution ....................................... 61
4.2.1 Potable Water Supply (Generation) ........................... 64
4.2.2 Potable Water Distribution ....................................... 65
4.3 PLANNING AND DESIGN CRITERIA .............................................. 67
4.3.1 Commentary on Existing Design Guidelines ................ 67
4.3.2 Planning Criteria Adopted for this MPU ....................... 75
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page v

4.4 SUPPLY AND DEMAND ASSESSMENT ............................................ 76

4.5 OPPORTUNITIES AND ISSUES .................................................... 84
4.5.1 Demand Management ............................................. 84
4.5.2 Supply.................................................................. 87
4.6 RECOMMENDATIONS .............................................................. 90
5.0 INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER ..................................................... 93
5.1 EXISTING SYSTEM ................................................................ 93
5.1.1 Industrial Wastewater Treatment .............................. 93
5.1.2 Industrial Wastewater Collection ............................... 96
5.2.1 Industrial Wastewater Treatment .............................. 98
5.2.2 Industrial Wastewater Collection ............................... 99
5.3 PLANNING AND DESIGN CRITERIA ............................................ 102
5.3.1 Commentary on Existing Design Guidelines .............. 102
5.3.2 Planning Criteria Adopted for this MPU ..................... 107
5.4 DEMAND AND SUPPLY ASSESSMENT .......................................... 108
5.5 OPPORTUNITIES AND ISSUES .................................................. 113
5.5.1 Demand Management ........................................... 113
5.5.2 Supply................................................................ 114
5.6 RECOMMENDATIONS ............................................................ 118
6.0 SANITARY WASTEWATER ...................................................... 121
6.1 EXISTING SYSTEM .............................................................. 121
6.1.1 Sanitary Wastewater Treatment ............................. 121
6.1.2 Sanitary Wastewater Collection .............................. 125
6.2 CURRENT EXPANSION AND REHABILITATION PLANS ........................ 127
6.2.1 Sanitary Wastewater Treatment ............................. 127
6.2.2 Sanitary Wastewater Collection .............................. 128
6.4 SUPPLY AND DEMAND ASSESSMENT .......................................... 134
6.5.2 Supply................................................................ 141
7.0 TREATED WASTEWATER REUSE.............................................. 145
7.1 EXISTING SYSTEM .............................................................. 145
7.1.1 Industrial Area ..................................................... 145
7.1.2 Community ......................................................... 147
7.1.3 Disposal of Surplus TWW ....................................... 148
7.2.1 Industrial Area ..................................................... 149
7.2.2 Community ......................................................... 149
7.2.3 Disposal of Surplus TWW ....................................... 149
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page vi


7.5.2 Supply................................................................ 163
7.5.3 Disposal of Surplus ............................................... 164
8.0 SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE SYSTEM ..................................... 170
8.1 EXISTING SYSTEM .............................................................. 170
9.0 ELECTRICAL POWER .............................................................. 184
9.1 EXISTING SYSTEM .............................................................. 185
9.1.1 Jubail 1 .............................................................. 185
9.1.2 Jubail 2 .............................................................. 186
9.1.3 Community Areas ................................................. 187
9.1.4 Additional Supply ................................................. 187
9.1.5 Jubail 1 .............................................................. 191
9.1.6 Community ......................................................... 195
9.2.1 Jubail 1 .............................................................. 198
9.2.2 Jubail 2 .............................................................. 199
9.2.3 Community ......................................................... 203
9.2.4 Actual Power Demand ........................................... 204
9.5.2 Supply................................................................ 216
9.5.3 Other ................................................................. 225
10.0 TELECOMMUNICATIONS ........................................................ 230
10.1 EXISTING SYSTEM .............................................................. 231
10.1.1 Telecom Exchange................................................ 231
10.1.2 Other Systems ..................................................... 232
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page vii


11.0 MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL SOLID WASTE ......................... 248
11.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................... 249
11.1.1 Royal Commission Sanitary Landfill ......................... 249
11.1.2 BeeA’h Facilities ................................................... 253
11.1.3 EDCO Facilities .................................................... 255
11.4.1 Royal Commission Sanitary Landfill ......................... 266
11.4.2 Hazardous Waste ................................................. 270
12.0 KEY FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS .............................. 281
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix A Energy Conservation, Sustainability and Alternatives
Alternative Energy Resources
Energy Conservation
Power Sustainability – International Examples
The GCC Power Grid
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page viii

LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1 JIC Management and O&M of Utilities & Infrastructure
Table 2-2 Potable Water Tariffs for Industry (2010)
Table 2-3 Potable Water Tariffs for Residential (2010)
Table 2-4 Sanitary Wastewater Tariffs for Al-Jubail Tankers (2010)
Table 2-5 Non-Industrial Customer Electricity Tariffs (2010)
Table 2-6 Small Industrial Customer Time of Use Electricity Tariffs (2010)
Table 2-7 Large Industrial Customer Time of Use Electricity Tariffs (2010)
Table 2-8 Responsibility for Telecommunications Service
Table 3-1 Existing Seawater Cooling Major Auxiliary Systems

Table 3-2 Seawater Cooling Canal Existing Capacity and Proposed
Expansions
Table 3-3 Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Seawater Cooling and
MPU Assessment
Table 3-4 Seawater Cooling Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Table 3-5 Seawater Cooling Supply (Generation) Shortfalls
Table 3-6 Seawater Cooling Distribution Shortfalls
Table 3-7 Seawater Cooling Recommendations
Table 4-1 Potable Water Supply - Proposed Retirements and Expansions

Table 4-2 Potable Water Bulk and Local Storage Tank Capacity
Table 4-3 Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Potable Water and
MPU Assessment
Table 4-4 Potable Water Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Table 4-5 Potable Water Supply (Generation) Shortfalls
Table 4-6 Potable Water Distribution (Primary PS) Aggregate Shortfalls
Table 4-7 Community Potable Water Demand Forecast (2030)
Table 4-8 Potable Water Storage and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Table 4-9 Potable Water Storage Shortfalls
Table 4-10 Potable Water Recommendations
Table 5-1 IWTP 8 Capacity and Proposed Expansions

Table 5-2 IWW Primary Pumping Station Capacity and Proposed Expansions
Table 5-3 Summary of Pertinent Design Manual Criteria for Industrial
Wastewater and MPU Assessment
Table 5-4 Industrial Wastewater Capacity and MPU Demand Forecast to
2030
Table 5-5 Industrial Wastewater Treatment Shortfalls
Table 5-6 Jubail 1 Primary Pumping Station Capacity and MPU Demand
Forecast to 2030
Table 5-7 Industrial Wastewater Recommendations
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page ix

Table 6-1 SWTP 9 Existing Capacity and Proposed Expansion

Table 6-2 Sanitary Wastewater Primary Pumping Station Capacity
Table 6-3 Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Sanitary Wastewater
and MPU Assessment
Table 6-4 Sanitary Wastewater Capacity and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Table 6-5 Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Shortfalls
Table 6-6 Community Sanitary Wastewater Demand Forecast (2030)
Table 6-7 Sanitary Wastewater Recommendations
Table 7-1 Surplus Treated Wastewater (2007 and 2008)

Table 7-2 Treated Wastewater Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Table 7-3 Surplus Treated Wastewater Volumes
Table 7-4 Treated Wastewater Reuse Recommendations
Table 8-1 Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Stormwater and MPU
Assessment
Table 8-2 Surface Water Recommendations
Table 9-1 Existing Jubail 1 Power Supply Capacity

Table 9-2 Jubail 2 Planned and Proposed Substation Capacity
Table 9-3 Actual Non-Coincidental Peak Power Demands from JIC
Table 9-4 Average Power Consumption Per Capita World Map (2005)
Table 9-5 Power Supply and MPU Composite Demand Forecast to 2030
Table 9-6 Consolidated Network Capacity Shortfalls
Table 9-7 Power Recommendations
Table 10-1 Telecommunication Requirements by Stage – Jubail 2

Table 10-2 Telecommunications Demand Forecast to 2030
Table 10-3 Telecommunications Recommendations
Table 11-1 Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Solid Waste

Management and MPU Assessment
Table 11-2 Composition of 2008 Class III Solid Wastes Received at RCSLF
Table 11-3 Classification of 2008 Solid Wastes Received at RCSLF
Table 11-4 Historical Record of Classification of Solid Wastes Received at RCSLF
Table 11-5 RCSLF Solid Waste Forecast to 2030
Table 11-6 2004 Hazardous Waste Production by Category
Table 11-7 Historic BeeA'h Incineration Waste Capture
Table 11-8 Historic BeeA'h Hazardous Waste Receipt Statistics
Table 11-9 Incineration (Class I) Waste Capture Forecast to 2017
Table 11-10 Solid and Hazardous Waste Recommendations
Table 12-1 Summary of Key Utility Findings and Recommendations
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page x

LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1-1 Jubail Regional Context
Figure 1-2 Jubail Industrial City Existing Conditions
Figure 1-3 Current Planned Land Use
Figure 2-1 Geographic Information Systems Model for Optimization
Figure 3-1 Existing Seawater Cooling System

Figure 3-2 Schematic Diagram of Seawater Cooling System
Figure 3-3 Seawater Cooling Intake Facilities
Figure 3-4 Typical Seawater Cooling Canal Section
Figure 3-5 Current Planned Seawater Cooling System
Figure 3-6 Seawater Cooling Actual Use 2004-2008
Figure 3-7 Seawater Cooling Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Figure 4-1 Existing Potable Water System

Figure 4-2 MARAFIQ IWPP Conceptual Design
Figure 4-3 Current Planned Potable Water System
Figure 4-4 Potable Water Actual Use 2004-2008
Figure 4-5 Potable Water Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Figure 4-6 Potable Water Storage and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Figure 5-1 Existing Industrial Wastewater System

Figure 5-2 Current Planned Industrial Wastewater System
Figure 5-3 Industrial Wastewater Actual Use 2004-2008
Figure 5-4 Industrial Wastewater Capacity and MPU Demand Forecast to
2030
Figure 6-1 Existing Sanitary Wastewater System

Figure 6-2 Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Plant 9 Site Plan
Figure 6-3 Current Planned Sanitary Wastewater System
Figure 6-4 Sanitary Wastewater Actual Use 2004-2008
Figure 6-5 Sanitary Wastewater Capacity and MPU Demand Forecast to
2030
Figure 7-1 Existing Treated Wastewater System

Figure 7-2 Current Planned Treated Wastewater System
Figure 7-3 Irrigation Actual Use 2004-2008
Figure 7-4 Treated Wastewater Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Figure 7-5 Alternative Treated Wastewater Discharge Area’s
Figure 8-1 Existing Jubail 1 Stormwater Drainage System

Figure 8-2 Typical Industrial Primary Drainage Channel Cross Section
Figure 8-3 Current Planned Stormwater Drainage System
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page xi

Figure 9-1 Key Power Dispatching Diagram (SEC Eastern Operating Area)
Figure 9-2 Existing 230/115/34.5/13.8 KV Power Distribution
Figure 9-3 Existing115/34.5/13.8 KV Duct Bank System
Figure 9-4 Existing and Current Planned Power Distribution and Main
Substation Layout
Figure 9-5 Power Supply and MPU Composite Demand Forecast to 2030
Figure 10-1 Telecommunications Network Schematic

Figure 10-2 Existing Telephone Exchange Area
Figure 10-3 ESS, Radio Paging and UHF Facilities
Figure 10-4 CATV Distribution Network Schematic
Figure 10-5 GSM Cell Site Locations
Figure 10-6 Current Planned Telephone Exchange Area
Figure 11-1 Existing Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal Facilities

Figure 11-2 Sanitary Landfill (RCSLF) Site Layout
Figure 11-3 BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Landfill (HWLF) Site Layout
Figure 11-4 BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Incinerator Facility (HWIF) Site Layout
Figure 11-5 EDCO Site Layout
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page xii

1.0 INTRODUCTION
This volume is Volume V, Utilities and Infrastructure, of the 11-Volume JIC
2010 Master Plan Update (MPU). It was prepared as part of Contract No.
101-T14R.
1.1 Goals and Objectives

The goal of Volume V is to provide a review of the potential impacts of
anticipated growth of the community and industrial areas on utilities and
infrastructure. This is done by identifying current use, future demand and
opportunities and constraints with the potential to influence the long term
growth and development of Jubail Industrial City (JIC). The primary
objectives of Volume V are to:
Suggest revisions to standards of provision for utilities as appropriate.
Update utility requirements based on the updated industrial and
community requirements.
Assess the requirements for infrastructure and utility systems for the
forecast period of the MPU (2030).
Analyze and evaluate the existing utility systems and identify required
expansions.
1.2 Report Structure

Volume V includes the following Chapters:
Chapter 1 focuses on the MPU’s goals, objectives, methodology and
analytical framework used. It also provides an overview of the
significant changes that have occurred since the 1999 MPU that can
impact the provision of utilities and infrastructure.
Chapter 2 presents an overview of the management and operations in
JIC for the various utilities and infrastructure.
Chapters 3 through 11 each focus on a different utility or infrastructure
class and provides a system description, overview of relevant design
criteria, demand and supply assessment, summary of existing
expansion and rehabilitation plans, development constraints and
opportunities, and recommendations. These Chapters specifically
address water based utilities (seawater cooling (SWC), potable water
(PW), industrial wastewater (IWW), sanitary wastewater (SWW), and
treated wastewater (TWW)), surface water drainage, electrical power,
telecommunications, and municipal and industrial solid waste
management.
Chapter 12 provides a consolidation of key findings and
recommendations from this Volume.
Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page 1

1.3 Methodology
Volume V considers the original 1978 Master Plan, the 1984 MPU, the 1999
MPU, as well as reports prepared since the 1999 MPU. This Volume
summarizes and updates Volume II Industrial and Utilities Plan of the 1999
MPU and incorporates the findings of various studies that have been prepared
since the 1999 MPU. Where appropriate, the findings of these various
reports have been adapted in an effort to update and include the latest
information available. The main reference documents that were used to
update the 1999 MPU include:
Alternative Feedstock Basis for Jubail 2 – Jubail Master Plan Update by
Purvin & Gertz Inc. (PGI) and CMAI (May 2011),
Environmental Impact Study for Jubail Industrial Area by Rashid
Geotechnical & Material Engineers & Converse Consultants (August
2004),
Utilities and Services for JIC Supply and Demand information prepared
by RCJ Planning and Budget Department and RCJ Strategic Planning,
MARAFIQ 2009-2013 Supply Plan and 2011-2015 Supply Plan,
Other MARAFIQ supply and demand projections,
Reports prepared for MARAFIQ regarding SWC, IWW, SWW and TWW,
and
This was supplemented with information obtained through interviews
with RCJ staff as well as interviews with utility providers from
December 2008 through November 2011.
The utility forecasts include both industrial and community demands to give
an estimate of total utility needs in JIC. Industrial demand has generally
been split between Jubail 1 Industrial Area (J1) and Jubail 2 Industrial Area
(J2) for the following reasons:
J1 and J2 are physically separate areas;
J1 is built and mostly occupied while J2 is rapidly being constructed for
some utilities and a number of industrial sites; and
J1 and J2 are based on different planning principles regarding uses and
how utility services will be provided.
Specific assumptions used to determine demand for each utility are outlined
in each Chapter under Subsection 3.2 titled “Planning Criteria Adopted for
this MPU”.
Volume I (Demographic Forecast) of the 2010 MPU identifies various growth

scenarios (low, medium and high) to 2030. The low growth scenario was the
recommended growth scenario for planning and was used to generate utility
demand forecasts for the community area, which were in turn used to
identify potential gaps in supply. This growth scenario forecasts a total
population of 347,000 for 2030.

Volume II provides detail related to the overall proposed development for JIC
identified in the 2010 MPU including buffer zone, eastern corridor, city
centre, islands, etc. The proposed land use identified in this Volume was
used in determining servicing requirements.
Volume III/IV provides detail related to J2 and the information provided in

this Volume only relates to the utility requirements as identified in
Section 1.2.
1.4 Significant Changes Since the 1999

MPU
A number of significant changes have occurred since the 1999 MPU was
prepared, which have had a bearing on the 2010 MPU, including:
Changes in population projections (Volume I);
Modifications to land use and timing of development (Volume II);
Development of Ras Al Khair Industrial City (RIC) (Volume II and
III/IV);
Confirmation of J2 details including Stage 4 and changes in anticipated
feedstock and industry types (Volume III/IV);
Switch to use of cooling towers in J2 (Volume V);
Changes in ownership and responsibilities for infrastructure within JIC
(Volume V);
Confirmation of supply from Independent Water and Power Plant
(IWPP) (Volume V); and
Continuing changes in the environmental regulatory environment
starting with the 2004 Royal Commission Environmental Regulations
(RCER), and the 2009 RCER update (Volumes V and VIII).
These are briefly described below, and a fuller description can be found in
Volumes I, II, III/IV and VIII.
For reference, Figure 1-1 illustrates the JIC regional context, Figure 1-2
illustrates the existing (build) city layout and Figure 1-3 illustrates the
current planned city land use.
Employment and Population Projections
Volume I outlines in detail the methodology used to determine the

employment and population projections for the 2010 MPU. The 1999 MPU,
projected that the total employment of JIC would be around 84,000 by 2013.
The 2010 MPU total employment projection for 2013 is 115,500, which is an
increase of 31,500 compared to the 1999 MPU. Total (permanent)
employment to 2030 is projected to be 198,000. An additional 65,500
temporary workers are expected.

The 1999 MPU, projected that the population of JIC would be around 142,000
people by 2013. The 2010 MPU population projection for 2013 is 157,500,
which is an increase of 15,500 compared to the 1999 MPU. The population
projection for 2030 is 347,000.
Modifications Land Use and Timing of Development
As described in Volume II, there are some land use changes proposed in this
MPU. The primary changes are related to development of the City Centre
and University, development of the buffer zone, and modifications to the
Eastern Corridor.
Ras Al Khair Industrial City ( RIC)
Ras Al Khair Industrial City (RIC), the new “mineral city” is located
approximately 75 km north of JIC. It is proposed to include energy intensive
developments related to aluminum and phosphate production. Similar to JIC,
RIC will be a new city that will include both industrial and community
components. The 7,980 hectare industrial component will focus on primary,
secondary and downstream industries. The planned phasing for the built out
of RIC is expected to occur between 2010 and 2040, with the first phase
between 2010 and 2020.
Within the broader context of the Regional Area, JIC will complement the
development of RIC in many areas. At the same time, the two cities will
mutually benefit from opportunities to share resources and collaborate with
each other. Over the long term, competitive elements are housing,
commercial and retail development, industrial and economic development,
talent and human resources. The synergistic elements are more complex and
include areas such as governance, the environment, industry and economic
development, regional scale health care and social services, higher
education, culture and tourism, including arts, culture and entertainment,
regional scale recreational facilities, transportation systems and
infrastructure (roads, rail, air, etc). It is currently anticipated that
approximately 47,500 will be housed in Al-Mutrafiah and as high as 75,000
ultimately in JIC.
Confirmation of J2 Details Including Stage 4 and Changes in

Anticipated Feedstock and Industry Types
When the 1999 MPU was prepared, J2 was addressed only in conceptual
terms. A plan was later prepared that proposed three stages for J2. In
response to changes in the market, the RCJ retained Nexant in 2007 to
prepare a Feasibility Study to evaluate the feasibility of expanding the
existing J2 by an additional 2,000 hectares (known as J2 Stage 4); prepare a
forecast of the planned industries and identify an optimal industry profile for

any additional industrial land available; and develop an industrial simulation

model to model industry outputs and associated infrastructure requirements
regarding the impacts of adding Stage 4.
Changes are again proposed for J2 to reflect changes in the market. This is
primarily addressed under Volume III/IV of the MPU. Market changes have
occurred since the 1999 MPU and some of these were reflected in the 2007
Nexant Feasibility Study. Since the Nexant Study, further market changes
have occurred and these have been addressed through the Alternative
Feedstock Basis for Jubail 2 prepared by PGI/CMAI in 2011. This is primarily
addressed under Volume III/IV of the MPU and the high level servicing and
infrastructure implications are addressed in this Volume.
Seawater Cooling and Cooling Towers
J2 was designed based on the assumption that there would be limited supply
of SWC (200,000 m3/hr with a possible expansion to 400,000 m3/hr). Due to
the limited quantity of SWC available for use in J2, mechanical draft cooling
towers have been suggested as the most practical and economical option for
industries to meet their cooling requirements (although there is an allowance
for limited once-through SWC). SWC canals in J1 have a constrained
capacity for expansion and thus limits were placed on the volume of SWC
available to J2, as it is fed from the J1 canals. The use of cooling towers
significantly reduces the volume of SWC required to meet industry demands
as the requirements for cooling tower make-up water rate is approximately
8.5-10%.
Infrastructure Ownership and Delivery Responsibilities
There have been multiple changes in ownership and delivery responsibilities

for infrastructure in JIC. One of the largest changes has been the role of
MARAFIQ. On January 1 2003, MARAFIQ became fully operational as a
private integrated power and water utility company. This impacts the service
delivery of some of the major utility components within JIC including SWC,
PW, SWW, IWW and TWW.
Royal Commission Environmental Regulations (RCER)
The RCER are being revised in 2009 and 2010 (though not yet released as of
September, 2010), providing an update to the 2004 RCER. RCER are
comparable to prevailing international environmental norms to regulate the
industrial activities. The major changes between the 1999 RCER and 2004
RCER can be summarized as follows:
The 2004 RCJ Environmental Regulation System has enhanced the
previous regulations through the introduction of the two new
requirements titled: Environmental Consent to Construct (ECC) and
Environmental Permit to Operate (EPO). The new two requirements

have replaced the 1999 regulations requirements of Environmental

Compliance Plan. Volume II of the 2004 regulations presents the
Consolidated Permit Program which covers procedures and forms for
applying for an ECC and EPO. The operator of a facility shall obtain an
ECC from the RCJ before starting process construction new facility and
shall not operate it or carry out process of commissioning without valid
EPO.
The RCJ and as integrated part of the 2004 Environmental Regulations
has instructed a comprehensive penalty system. The new Penalty
System has strengthened RCJ ability to manage the environmental
control System within its properties.

Ras Al-Khair
Community Area
85 95
Ras Al-Khair
Industrial Area
85
Abu Ali
Island
Airport
Jubail Industrial City
King Fahd
Industrial Port
Al-
Saudi
ARAMCO Jubail
Jubail
Commercial
Port
King Abdul Aziz

Naval Base
Ar a b i a n G u l f
Power and
Desalination Plant
Ras Al-Ghar
LPG
Export
Terminal
613
Ju' Aymah
ARAMC
NGL Plant
614
Safwa
King Fahd
International
Airport Najmah
40 Qatif
Tarut
Ras Tanura
Anik
King Abdul Aziz

Port
Dammam
Ghunan
10
Abqaiq Dhahran
Al
h Khobar
iyad
To R Dhahran
Airport
To use
Ca
Ba wa
hra y
in
MAJOR ROADS MARINE WILDLIFE SANCTUARY

JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY
RAILWAY DAWHAT AD-DAFI DAWHAT AL-MUSALLAMIYA
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
COMMUNITY AREA OASIS
FUTURE COMMUNITY LOCATION GOVERNMENT RESERVE
FIGURE 1-1 INDUSTRIAL AREA PORT/AIRPORT AREA
JUBAIL REGIONAL AREA FUTURE INDUSTRIAL CITY JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY BOUNDARY
BASE DATA PROVIDED BY MAP PROJECTION: AIN EL ABD UTM ZONE 39N
THE ROYAL COMMISSION FOR JUBAIL AND YANBU. PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
0 2.5 5 10 km
FILE LOCATION: G:\GIS\078523 JUBAIL MP SAUDI ARABIA\ DATE: 12/20/11
GIS DATA\MXDS\MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
Al-Batinah MASTER PLAN UPDATE
Island
FIGURE 1-2
EXISTING CONDITIONS
Al-Gurmah
Island MAJOR ROADS
COMMUNITY AREA BUILT
Airport Area INDUSTRIAL AREA BUILT
TS7
POST SECONDARY INSTITUTION
T2
BUFFER ZONE
NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
Saudi Ele
Kharsania
TS4 AREA
Al-Fanateer
Al-Deffi District GOVERNMENT RESERVE
Railroad RO
ctric Comp
District
h Ras Tanu
PORT/AIRPORT AREA
Community Area Al-Fanateer UTILITY & INFRASTRUCTURE
Island
an
W
ra ROW
y ROW
T3
JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY BOUNDARY
Al-Kahleej
District
TS6 T100
T6
Al-Huwaylat
Al-Huwaylat Island
District
Al-Lulu
T138 District
Al-Shati
District
Al-Bahar
District
Jubail 1 Industrial Area A r a b i a n G u l f
T218
TS1
T121
T21
8
T272
T274
TS King Fahd
7 Industrial Port
3
TS
T1
0 3
Jubail
Commercial
1
TS
Al- Port 0 0.5 1 2 km

Jubail
BASE DATA PROVIDED BY THE ROYAL COMMISSION FOR JUBAIL AND YANBU.
MAP PROJECTION: AIN EL ABD UTM ZONE 39N

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 4/15/11
FILE LOCATION: G:\GIS\078523 JUBAIL MP SAUDI ARABIA\GIS DATA\MXDS\

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
MO
T 85
MOT
613
Island
Community Area
FIGURE 1-3
CURRENT PLANNED LAND USE
EXISTING MAJOR ROADS

Al-Gurmah
Island PROPOSED MAJOR ROADS
Jalmudah
District COMMUNITY AREA BUILT
Al-Surouge
Airport Area District Al-Reggah
Mardumah District COMMUNITY AREA WITH APPROVED PLANS
TS 7
District COMMUNITY AREA WITHOUT APPROVED
T2 PLANS
FUTURE CITY CENTRE
Saudi Elec
Kh arsa nia
TS 4
Al-Fanateer INDUSTRIAL AREA BUILT
District
Railroad RO
Al-Deffi FUTURE INDUSTRIAL AREA
h Ra s Tanu
tric Com pa
District
Al-Fasil Al-Mutrafiah POST SECONDARY INSTITUTION
District
Al-Fanateer
District
Island
W
BUFFER ZONE
ra ROW
ny RO W
T3
NATURAL ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING
Al-Kahleej AREA
District
GOVERNMENT RESERVE
Al-Huwaylat
T6
TS6 T100 PORT/AIRPORT AREA
Al-Huwaylat Island
District UTILITY & INFRASTRUCTURE
Al-Lulu JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY BOUNDARY

T138 T138 District
Al-Shati
T295
District
T251
Al-Bahar
District
Jubail 2 Industrial Area Jubail 1 Industrial Area Ar a b i a n G u l f
T198
T218
T218
T241
T195
T315
T335
T121
TS1
TS9
TS3
T2 1
8
T272
T2 74
TS8
TS King Fahd
7 Industrial Port
3
TS
T1
0 3
Jubail
Commercial
1
TS
Al- Port 0 0.5 1 2 km

Jubail

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 12/21/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
MO
T8 5
MOT
6 13
2.0 MANAGEMENT AND OPERATIONS

FRAMEWORK
This Chapter provides an overview of the utility and infrastructure systems
available in JIC including an overview of the operation and management of
these systems.
2.1 Overview of Existing Framework

The RCJ is structured such that it has headquarters in Riyadh as well as offices
located in JIC. This section provides a brief summary of the RCJ organization
as it relates to the provision of utilities, infrastructure, and associated services.
The organization structure of the RCJ has recently changed. In 2009 the
structure was such that the RCJ Directorate General (DG) oversaw five Deputy
Director Generals (DDGs); DDG for Technical Affairs; DDG for O&M; DDG for
Public Services; DDG for Investment and Development, and DDG for
Administrative and Financial Affairs.
In 2010 this structure was modified by moving from DG and DDG to a more
corporate structure with a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and General Managers
(GM). The system is now such that there are eight GM’s responsible as
follows:
GM for Technical Affairs - responsible for the following departments;
Urban Planning, Engineering, Construction, Project Management, and
Environmental Control.
GM for O&M - responsible for the following departments; General
Utilities, Buildings, Landscaping and Irrigation, Sanitation, and Roads.
GM for Public Services - responsible for the following departments;
Healthcare Programs, General Education Services, Social Services, and
Property.
GM for Strategic Planning and Investment Development - responsible for
the following departments; Strategic Planning and Performance
Management, Economic Planning, Investment Development, Tenant
Relations, and Cluster Support.
GM for Finance - responsible for the following departments; Finance and
Budgeting, Financial Accounting and Insurance.
GM for Human Resources - responsible for the following departments;
Manpower Planning and recruitment, Manpower Development, Employee
Services, Benefits and Compensation and Organization Excellence.
GM for Support Services - responsible for the following departments;
Information Technology, Legal Affairs, Supply Management, Industrial
Security and Safety, Administrative Services, Transportation and
Equipment Design.

GM for Colleges and Institutes - responsible for the following

departments; Industrial College, University College, and Technical
Institute.
This means that five of the eight GM’s oversee a department that can directly
impact the requirements for, and provision of, utilities and infrastructure. In
addition, there is a GM of the RIC Program.
Table 2-1 outlines the specific areas of responsibility for the provision of
utilities/infrastructure in JIC.
Table 2-1
JIC Management and O&M of Utilities & Infrastructure
ACTIVITY
Design & Construction Supervision
Research, Training & Education

Revenue Collection from Users
Policy & Strategic Planning
Operations & Maintenance

Regulations & Standards
Monitoring & Evaluation
Development Approvals
Investment Planning
Enforcement
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
WATER BASED UTILITIES

SEAWATER COOLING (SWC)
RCJ Engineering
MARAFIQ
POTABLE WATER (PW)
RCJ Engineering
MARAFIQ
IWPP
INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER (IWW)
RCJ Engineering
MARAFIQ -
SANITARY WASTEWATER (SWW)
RCJ Engineering
MARAFIQ -
TREATED WASTEWATER (TWW)
RCJ Landscaping and
Irrigation
MARAFIQ

ACTIVITY
Design & Construction Supervision
Research, Training & Education

Revenue Collection from Users
Policy & Strategic Planning
Operations & Maintenance

Regulations & Standards
Monitoring & Evaluation
Development Approvals
Investment Planning
Enforcement
RESPONSIBLE PARTY
SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE

RCJ Engineering
POWER AND TELECOM
ELECTRICAL POWER
RCJ General Utilities
SEC Saudi Electric Company
(generation, transmission
& distribution)
IWPP
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
RCJ General Utilities
STC Saudi Telecom Company
SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL NON-HAZARDOUS SOLID WASTE
RCJ Sanitation
INDUSTRIAL HAZARDOUS AND OTHER HAZARDOUS WASTE
RCJ Environmental Control
BeeA’h
EDCO
There are many sectors and departments within RCJ that have interactive
responsibilities with utilities and infrastructure development that requires on-
going and effective coordination to ensure that the system works in an
economically sustainable manner and meets the needs of JIC. This is
discussed further under Section2.2.

2.1.1 Water Based Utilities
The Power and Water Utility Company for Jubail and Yanbu (MARAFIQ) was
established under the Royal Decree M 29 dated 18th October, 2000. The
Decree was issued pursuant to Council of Ministers Decision No. 171 dated
October 9, 2000, based on COM Decision No. 57 dated July 11, 1999.
MARAFIQ was established as a private limited company created from within the
RCJY. The separation was made with the objective that MARAFIQ start
operating as a commercial enterprise and eventually become a public limited
company to achieve sustained viable utility operations.
MARAFIQ commenced operations on January 1, 2003 as an integrated multi-

utility company. MARAFIQ has been providing following utility services to the
industrial and non-industrial customers of JIC:
Seawater cooling (SWC) for industries - pumping and distribution
Potable water (PW) - production, purchase, transmission and
distribution
Industrial wastewater (IWW) - collection and treatment
Sanitary wastewater (SWW) - collection and treatment
Treated wastewater (TWW) - reclaimed/irrigation water
The Council of Ministers approved the formation of the company that will run
the project facilities of MARAFIQ’s IWPP as Jubail Water and Power Company
(JWAP). JWAP will build, own, operate and then transfer the plant to MARAFIQ
after a period of 20 years from the start of commercial operations. The new
company is owned jointly by MARAFIQ, the Suez Consortium through its
holding company, SGA MARAFIQ Holdings WLL, the Public Investment Fund
and Saudi Electric Company (SEC). JWAP has assumed responsibility for the
development, financing, construction, operation and maintenance (O&M) of the
power generation and water desalination plant.
“The report on the special meeting held between the Royal Commission for
Jubail & Yanbu and “MARAFIQ” Company for determining the tasks and
responsibilities” (May 18, 2002) was used for reference regarding clarification
of MARAFIQ and RCJ responsibilities. This report indicated that for new
industrial parks, RCJ is required to perform the development works in these
areas to ensure attracting as many industrial investors as possible, as this will
result in boosting the country’s economy. This is due to the possible increase
of utility tariffs on industrial investors resulting from the costs MARAFIQ will
incur for power and water based infrastructure development. Currently the
MARAFIQ Board of Directors is responsible for setting tariffs; however a new
independent regulator is anticipated to be announced soon by the
Government.

In 2008, MARAFIQ started the NOOR transformation program “Progress

through Change” that has defined their new culture in all facets of
management and operations, human resources development and corporate
commitment. This program was implemented to align each MARAFIQ
opportunity with a common strategic direction with the three areas of focus
being opportunity development, challenge management and program
management. The NOOR Program Objective is “to identify and implement the
right strategies and tools to position MARAFIQ to be a leading utility company
within the region by achieving MARAFIQ’s Vision and Mission.” The MARAFIQ
Vision is “to be the preferred provider of utility services in the Kingdom of
Saudi Arabia.” The MARAFIQ Mission is “to provide environmentally sensitive
power and water services that meet customers need at competitive and
sustainable prices in the support of the economic development plans for Jubail
and Yanbu.” This vision and objective are closely aligned to those of the RCJ.
MARAFIQ does not have its own standards or guidelines and currently most of
their projects use RCJ standards. A budget was requested and approved in
2009 for development of engineering guidelines for Jubail & Yanbu and the
contract was awarded in 2010. When available, these standards will need to
be reviewed for consistency with RCJ standards, and a combined review done
to identify any modifications required to either of these guidelines.
Seawater Cooling (SWC)
MARAFIQ is responsible for the JIC SWC system, which provides seawater for
non-contact process cooling to primary industries. Heavy industries in JIC
require large volumes of cooling water as part of their operations and they are
supplied with filtered and chlorinated seawater. The system is comprised of
dredged intake channels, pumping stations (PSs), and a gravity distribution
canal connected to the J1 primary industry customers through underground
lateral pipes and the return water flows by gravity back to the sea.
MARAFIQ prepares user agreements, connections, coordinates scheduled

outages with users, coordinates design with the Engineering Department,
coordinates compliance of point source discharge with the Health Services
Department, maintains an emergency hotline, receives forecasts from users,
and supervises and administers O&M contractors.
MARAFIQ prepares monthly billings based on recorded consumption. The cost

is based on capital cost amortization of the seawater system, administration
cost and actual operations cost. The current tariffs for SWC (effective January
10, 2010) are SR 56.78/1,000 m3. This is a 10% increase over the July 2008
the rate of 51.62/1,000 m3. In 1999 the rate was SR 65/1,000 m3.
SWC is further discussed in Chapter 3.

Potable Water (PW)
MARAFIQ is responsible for the production and delivery of PW. This includes
all works for the PW system operations up to the end user limits in the
industrial areas, as well as all PW system operations up to the areas to be
developed in the community area. Development works within the
sector/neighbourhood or block and connecting to the MARAFIQ PW system will
be the responsibility of the RCJ or its investors, however O&M are the
responsibility of MARAFIQ. When developing new areas, MARAFIQ has
indicated that the RCJ and its investors shall use sleeves necessary for the
future utility service connections to avoid road cutting in the future.
The water distribution network includes both transmission and distribution

water lines. This includes bulk storage tanks, local storage tanks and PSs
(further described in Chapter 4). There is an internal distribution system
within J1 that provides water for domestic, process and fire suppression
purposes. This distribution is operated/maintained by MARAFIQ, up to the end
user limits.
There were previously two main sources of PW supply to the city being
desalinated water from the Saline Water Conversion Corporation's (SWCC)
Desalination Plant and MARAFIQ’s (formerly the Royal Commission's)
Desalination Plants I and II. In July 2008, Saudi Arabia announced the
privatization of the SWCC. SWCC is a Saudi government corporation
responsible for desalinating sea water that started its works by constructing
single purpose plants (to produce PW only) and later dual purpose plants (to
produce PW and power). Water supply from this plant ceased in 2009/2010
upon commissioning of the IWPP facility. The secondary PW source was
MARAFIQ’s (formerly the RCJ's) Desalination Plants I and II, which use MSF.
Desalination Plant I was retired in 2009 and Desalination Plant II was retired in
2010 after the commissioning of IWPP facility.
MARAFIQ has partnered with IWPP for setting up a combined cycle plant for
production of power and water in JIC. The contract for the IWPP was awarded
in January 2007. The combined power generation and desalination plant will
have a capacity of 2,750 Megawatt of power and 800,000 m3/day of water.
The IWPP uses Multi Effect Desalination (MED) technology. The first power
block and desalination units came on-stream towards in 2009 and the IWPP
was fully commissioned in early 2010, however the production is limited due to
a delay in the SWCC PW line from the IWPP to the Eastern Province which will
deliver 500,000 m3/day to that system. JIC is receiving 300,000 m3/day.
MARAFIQ is also responsible for ensuring that water quality meets stringent
Environmental Standards and complies with the World Health Organization's
Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality. MARAFIQ assures delivery at standard
quality and pressure, and for each user, a specified maximum flow rate
through a single connection point.

MARAFIQ is responsible for billings for the use of these systems, which are
based on consumption of PW and there are no separate charges for disposal of
wastewater.
Table 2-2 shows current tariffs for PW (effective January 10, 2010).
Table 2-2
Potable Water Tariffs for Industry (2010)
Rate (SR/m3) Mode of Delivery

6.60 Through Pipeline Network
5.50 Truck Fill
5.50 Supply of Active Construction Water
Source: Schedule of Tariffs for MARAFIQ Utility Services, Issue Date August 18, 2010
This is a change in the way PW was previously billed with rates varying based
on monthly consumption.
Table 2-3
Potable Water Tariffs for Residential (2010)
Monthly Rate (SR/m3) for Rate (SR/m3) for supply through

Consumption supply through Truck Fill or Active Construction
Range (m3) pipeline Water
0-50 0.10 5.00
50-100 0.15 5.00
101-200 2.00 5.00
201-300 4.00 5.00
Over 300 6.00 5.00
The 2010 tariffs were the same as those stipulated in 2008 and 1999.
PW is further discussed in Chapter 4.
Industrial Wastewater (IWW)
MARAFIQ is responsible for the conveyance and treatment of IWW. This

includes all works for the IWW system operations up to the end user limits in
the industrial areas.
As indicated above, MARAFIQ is responsible for billings for the use of these
systems, and the current tariff is 2.60 SR/m3, an increase of 10% from 2008.
IWW is further discussed in Chapter 5.

Sanitary Wastewater (SWW)
MARAFIQ is responsible for the conveyance and treatment of SWW. This

includes all works for the SWW system operations up to the end user limits in
the industrial areas, as well as all SWW system operations up to the areas to
be developed in the community area. Development works within the
sector/neighbourhood or block and connecting to the MARAFIQ sanitary sewer
system will be the responsibility of the RCJ or its investors, however O&M will
be the responsibility of MARAFIQ. In addition, when developing new areas, the
RCJ and its investors shall use sleeves necessary for the future utility service
connections to avoid road cutting in the future.
As indicated above, MARAFIQ is responsible for billings for the use of these
systems, which are based on consumption of PW and there are no separate
charges for collection and treatment of wastewater for the community. The
current tariff for industry is 3.58 SR/m3, an increase of 10% from 2008.
Rates for disposal of SWW from Al-Jubail were instituted in 2010. The rate
being 1.61 SR/m3 up to the award of contract for the SWTP expansion and
1.94 SR/m3 after that date. For SWW received from Al-Jubail through tankers,
costs are per tanker based on tanker capacity as follows:
Table 2-4
Sanitary Wastewater Tariffs for Al-Jubail Tankers (2010)
Tanker Capacity (m3) Tariff (SR/Tanker)

Up to 5 10
Above 5 & up to 10 15
Above 20 35
SWW is further discussed in Chapter 6.
Treated Wastewater (TWW)
Some of the TWW from both the SWTP 9 and IWTP 8 plants are used for
irrigation and industrial use. All TWW works (i.e. irrigation pipeline network)
from outside of treatment plant fences up to landscaping sites is the
responsibility of the RCJ. MARAFIQ’s responsibility ends at the boundary limit
of the SWTP 9 and IWTP 8 properties.
The guidelines for TWW and irrigation water are maintained as per the Jubail
Management Procedures (JMP) prepared by the RCJ. The allocation of use of
TWW and irrigation is managed by the RCJ.

The current tariffs for TWW (effective January 10, 2010) is 1.65 SR/m3,
whether provided through the pipeline network or truck fill. This is a 10%
increase over 2008. The rates in 2008 and 1999 were the same. A new rate
was introduced in 2010 of 0.60 SR/m3 for RCJ use.
TWW is further discussed in Chapter 7.
Surface Water Drainage
RCJ is responsible for approval of the surface water drainage systems. In the
community, drainage is via a storm sewer system within the road rights-of-
way (ROW). The design of these systems is completed through the detailed
block design per the approved RCJ Guidelines.
Industrial sites are to be graded to effectively drain each block, and this is the
responsibility of the developer. Internally on the industrial site, rainwater
must be impounded, and it is found to be contaminated, it must receive
treatment before being discharged to the ditches. The grading allows flow into
secondary drainage ditches surrounding each lot. The overall system external
to the industrial sites is approved and maintained by the RCJ.
Surface water drainage is further discussed in Chapter 8.
2.1.2 Power and Telecom
Power
In early 2000, the Saudi Electricity Company (SEC) was formed by virtue of a
Cabinet Order (No. 169 Dated 11/08/1419H), which stipulated the merger of
all Saudi electricity companies in the Central, Eastern, Western and Southern
Regions in addition to the ten small companies operating in the north of the
Kingdom as well as all other electricity operations managed by the General
Electricity Corporation. The Saudi Consolidated Electric Company (SCECO)
forms part of the SEC.
In 2002, the SEC Board of Directors approved a new phase-based

organizational structure, which was mainly designed on the basis of specialized
activities including the organizational units (electricity activities), related
activities and supporting services to reinforce the overall performance on the
level of all SEC activities. On January 1, 2003, the phase-based organizational
structure was put into effect in addition to the application of the second level
of the structure. SEC is the ultimate owner of city’s power system and is
responsible for its extension, renovation, modification, O&M in coordination
with RCJ (under Land Allocation Reserve (LAR) and encroachment permits,
wherever necessary).

The RCJ is responsible for forecasting future power requirements and

coordinating with SEC to assure the timely and ample supply of permanent
power to the primary, secondary and support industries, to the industrial port,
community, and to infrastructure facilities.
Under RCJ/SEC agreement, responsibility for design and construction of power

distribution system within JIC is provided by SEC. Because of the need for fast-
tracked scheduling the overall planning and construction has been managed by
RCJ. This includes the following:
Incoming 380/230 KV grid and main substations.
Primary and secondary substations and incoming feeders.
Direct feeders to industrial premises.
115/34.5/13.8 KV feeders to industrial sites and infrastructure facilities.
13.8 KV feeders for community area.
All other distribution facilities (including substations, feeders and
switches).
The RCJ is in the practice of constructing distribution facilities which are then
taken over by SEC for care, custody and control after acceptance although this
is contrary to the RCJ/SEC Agreement currently in effect. RCJ has, out of
necessity to maintain schedules of power delivery to customers in a rapidly
developing JIC has installed the distribution facilities themselves. Users are
subject to SEC's established connection fee or actual capital cost, whichever is
higher.
MARAFIQ has partnered with IWPP for setting up of the IWPP combined cycle
plant for production of power and water in JIC. The combined power
generation and desalination plant will have a capacity of 2,750 MW of power.
The IWPP was fully commissioned in early 2010. MARAFIQ and SEC have
agreed on the power generated by the IWPP and SEC is purchasing the power
from the IWPP and transmitting it into the network.
Generally, supplies to all users are metered. SEC charges for consumption
based on Kingdom decreed tariff rates. Industrial users execute Bulk Power
Agreements with SEC upon prior RCJ approval. Table 2-5 shows current tariffs
for electricity (established January 2010).

Table 2-5
Non-Industrial Customer Electricity Tariffs (2010)
Consumption Residential Commercial Government Agricultural,

Slab (kWh) (SR/kWh) (SR/kWh) (SR/kWh) Charitable,
Societies,
Mosques
1-1000
0.05 0.05
1001-2000
0.12
2001-3000
0.10
3001-4000 0.10
4001-5000
0.12
5001-6000 0.26
0.20
6001-7000 0.15
7001-8000 0.20
0.12
8001-9000 0.22
9001-10,000 0.24 0.26
Over 10,000 0.26
There are different charges for small and large industrial customers based on
seasonal and time of use meters. The time of use rates are outlined in Tables
2-6 and 2-7 below. The seasonal tariff for small industrial customers (having a
contracted load up to 1,000 KVA) with electro-mechanical meters is 0.12
SR/kWh from October 1st to April 30th and 0.15 SR/kWh for the rest of the
year. For seasonal tariff for large industrial customers (having a contracted
load above 1,000 KVA) with electro-mechanical meters is 0.14 SR/kWh from
October 1st to April 30th and 0.15 SR/kWh for the rest of the year.
Table 2-6
Small Industrial Customer Time of Use Electricity Tariffs (2010)
Time Period of Energy Consumption Tariff (SR/kWh)

All times October 1st to April 30th 0.12
May 1st to September 30th:
Off-peak Hours:
Sat to Thurs 0000 – 0800 hrs 0.10
Fri 0000 – 0900 hrs and 2100 – 0000 hrs
Peak Hours:
0.26
Sat to Thurs 1200 – 1700 hrs
Normal Hours:
Sat to Thurs 0800 – 1200 hrs and 1700 – 0000 hrs 0.15
Fri 0900 – 2100 hrs

Table 2-7
Large Industrial Customer Time of Use Electricity Tariffs (2010)
Time Period of Energy Consumption Tariff (SR/kWh)

All times October 1st to April 30th 0.14
May 1st to September 30th:
Off-peak Hours:
Sat to Thurs 0000 – 0800 hrs 0.10
Fri 0000 – 0900 hrs and 2100 – 0000 hrs
Peak Hours:
0.26
Sat to Thurs 1200 – 1700 hrs
Normal Hours:
Sat to Thurs 0800 – 1200 hrs and 1700 – 0000 hrs 0.15
Fri 0900 – 2100 hrs
Power is further discussed in Chapter 9.
Telecommunications
Telecommunication services were originally the responsibility of MPT&T before

the Saudi Telecom Company (STC) was established. The RCJ has been
installing the telecommunications infrastructure (Digital Central Office (DCOs),
distribution systems , etc) in JIC, and then turning the infrastructure over to
STC for O&M. Now that the Ministry does not exist and telecommunications has
been privatized with multiple service providers, RCJ is proposing a lease
agreement with the service providers (e.g. STC, Mobily, etc) and this new
policy is currently under negotiation with STC and subsequently with other
service providers such as Mobily. It is planned that the service providers will
construct their own DCOs on land provided by the RCJ, and RCJ will continue
installing the duct banks and cables for a fee.
All telephone services and Digital Subscriber Lines (DSL) are coming from Al
Khober exchange and Lasilki exchange. JIC has its own exchanges. All data
services are provided by the RCJ. All the existing telephone and DSL services
are provided by STC. Mobile services are provided by STC (Al Jawal), Ethihad
Etisalat (Mobily) and ZAIN. In future telephone and DSL services shall be
provided by STC and Atheeb company. Table 2-8 shows the responsibility for
design and construction of facilities expansion. Telecom charges are in
accordance with published STC tariffs.

Table 2-8
Responsibility for Telecommunications Service
Facility Responsible Party

New telephone exchanges & trunk RCJ
network
New outside plant facility expansions RCJ under STC approved design
including new trunk cables, manholes, duct and construction surveillance
banks, and cross-connection cabinets
Upgrading or refurbishment of facilities STC
Connections to individual plant sites Subscribers under RCJ
coordination and STC surveillance
Telecommunications is further discussed in Chapter 10.
2.1.3 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management
The management of hazardous and non-hazardous industrial solid waste

disposal is primarily a function performed by the private sector. The National
Environmental Preservation Company (BeeA'h) operates and maintains
hazardous and industrial non-hazardous waste treatment and disposal facilities
and was the first waste incinerator facility in the KSA. Hazardous waste from
the industrial areas and hazardous waste from medical facilities and other
sources is treated at the private BeeA’h treatment facilities that serve the JIC
and other customers in Saudi Arabia. In 2010, the National Environmental
Company (EDCO) commenced operations as the second established company
in JIC to manage and treat hazardous and non-hazardous industrial waste.
Monitoring of the various disposal facility operations and tracking of hazardous

waste generation by industry remains the responsibility of the RCJ. Waste
materials are monitored from the source of generation to ultimate disposal to
avoid adverse environmental effects. This is largely conducted through review
of reports prepared and submitted by the various generators which are then
cross-checked with information received from the disposal facility. The RCJ
also performs groundwater monitoring of the respective sanitary and
commercial hazardous waste landfill operations.
The RCJ Sanitation Department is responsible for municipal solid waste

collection and disposal. The Royal Commission Sanitary Landfill (RCSLF) deals
with non-hazardous industrial wastes, municipal wastes and inert wastes. A
detailed description of these waste classifications is provided in Chapter 11.
The collection, transfer, and disposal of solid wastes generated within the
residential and industrial areas of JIC are conducted by a solid waste
management contractor under the direct supervision of the RCJ. The landfill
contractor ensures that where possible, waste recovery and recycling is

actually promoted, and that wastes are separated into their appropriate
classes for disposal. Solid waste trucks are weighed as they enter the landfill
and this is the method of monitoring the volumes processed. The RCJ
Sanitation Department has an active presence at the landfill site to promptly
respond to any of the contractor's challenges. The contractor has access to all
of the RCJ provided solid waste management facilities, plant, and equipment
administered by the RCJ Department of Sanitation.
The responsibility for solid waste collection is divided among:

The Sanitation Department for the majority of JIC.
The Roads Department for street collection.
The Landscaping and Irrigation Department for the collection of green
waste and other wastes in the vicinity of green wastes.
Other solid waste collection contractors.
Municipal solid waste disposal (refuse disposal) has no charge. Solid industrial
waste and hazardous waste charges are in accordance with BeeA’h and EDCO
commercial tariffs.
2.2 Recommendations for Coordination

and Management
2.2.1 RCJ and Utility Company Inter-Relationships

and Responsibilities
In recent years there have been improvements made to the coordination and
management of utilities and infrastructure, including modifications within RCJ
and MARAFIQ. In particular, some of the new fee structures being used will
help with cost recovery and encouraging better use of resources. However, as
is outlined above, the responsibility for the provision of each utility is still
spread over many departments within, and external to, the RCJ. As such,
coordination to ensure that planning, construction, and O&M of the utilities is
of paramount importance.
The MARAFIQ NOOR program recognizes the importance of communication

within the teams and departments of MARAFIQ; however what is not clear is
how this is being coordinated with the RCJ with respect to meeting the needs
of JIC and the mandate of RCJ
The successful provision of utilities and infrastructure in JIC depends on

effective, timely, and on-going communication between all of the groups that
have responsibilities for any area related to the provision of utilities and
infrastructure.

The RCJ’s core responsibility is to ensure timely delivery of all utilities and
infrastructure in JIC to match the pace of development through their own
initiative or through the mechanism of agreements with utility companies. It is
imperative that RCJ communications should always follow this principle .
Accordingly RCJ must supply short and long term JIC requirements to Utility
companies and those companies , in return, must provide the RCJ with their
long-term plans of expansion and individual capital works projects. Where
policy matters are an issue , communication with the utility companies should
be from the highest level of the CEO.
For day to day technical and operational issues it is desirable to formulate

technical coordination meetings between RCJ and the utility companies to
ensure smooth execution of the utility expansion program to match
development needs and schedules.
Tariffs
The revisions to tariffs instituted in 2010 will generally assist in better cost
recovery as well as encouraging conservation of resources. In particular,
instituting time of day rates for power consumption by industrial users was an
appropriate modifications.
We recommend that instituting time of day rates for power consumption non-
industrial users also be considered. It is also recommended that rates be
reviewed semi-annually (or at least annually) to ensure that cost recovery is
achieved. Further we recommend that tariffs for utilities be discussed as part
of the liaison committee activities.
2.2.2 Asset Management System
Asset Management (AM) systems are used by many governments in order to

develop databases of information about the assets that they have, or rely on.
Having a complete and up to date database within a Geographic Information
System (GIS) enables staff to access up to date information, which is essential
for capital infrastructure planning. This can be particularly useful for municipal
infrastructure, however once a database is set up, the timely and efficient
updating of the system often does not happen.
Many governments use asset management that include the following asset
groups:
Transportation
Structures
Sewer network
Water network
Pumping stations
Buildings and facilities
Parks and recreation assets

Often as the GIS systems are operated and maintained with information
regarding parks and recreation assets as well as institutional uses (mosques,
schools, libraries, hospitals, etc), while the as-built drawings of infrastructure
projects are maintained in the Engineering department and the roads
department may have other information on transportation assets. In addition,
this information is available in a combination of hard copy drawings, excel
spreadsheets, CAD, GIS or in some cases there are large data gaps.
We recommend that RCJ prepare an Asset Management Plan (AMP). An AMP

can have various purposes including providing a computerized maintenance
management system and a decision support system. The framework for an
asset management system could include:
What infrastructure do you own?
What is it worth?
What is the condition?
What is the expected remaining service life?
What needs to be done and how much will it cost?
What should be done first and when?
It is imperative that this system be available to all staff in order to assist in

making decisions. As part of this process, the RCJ should mandate that all
capital infrastructure projects be submitted in CAD format to enable easy
insertion into GIS.
Figure 2-1 illustrates how the GIS model can be used.

Figure 2-1
Geographic Information Systems Model for Optimization
OPTIMIZED
Capital Plan
Development
As-Built Data Project Concepts

Reduction
Asset Management
Capital Planning
Infrastructure Maintenance
As-Built Data
Collection
GIS
Preliminary Design
Preliminary
Design
Internal Clients
External Clients
Construction and Pre-Engineering Data

Inspection Collection (GPS, TS)
Detailed Design/
Contact
Documentation
Source: GIS Systems and As-Built Data, 2008

2.2.3 Utility Rights-of-Way
The design criteria used for the design of utilities has generally been done on a
road by road basis, rather than instituting a general standard based on, for
example, road classification. Basing ROW widths on road classifications is
typical in many international settings.
Some typical international ROW’s (which include both road and utility) based
on road hierarchy would be as follows:
Rear Lane – 6-8 m
Local – 15-25 m
Collector – 20-36 m
Arterial – 35-50 m
The 1978 MP shows typical cross sections for ROW’s (including road and utility)
of:
Parking access – 14 m
Local/Residential – 18.6 m plus 7 m for stormwater drainage
Collector/Corniche – 55.2 m
Freeway/Expressway – 80.8 m
Designed ROWs for higher level roads in Mardumah range from 81 m to 121 m
plus 40 to 80 m for storm drainage.
In JIC, land restrictions have not been a concern in the past and this has lead
to very large ROW’s (as shown above), typically with the utility ROW’s
paralleling each side of a road ROW. While this does make maintenance of
utilities easier and has less impact on traffic as roads do not often need to be
impacted for utility maintenance, this leads to very large ROW’s that impact
urban design. MARAFIQ has indicated that when developing new areas that
the RCJ and its investors shall use sleeves necessary for the future utility
service connections to avoid road cutting in the future.
We recommend that the ROW’s, particularly for the community area, be

reviewed to provide a more consistent and compact design. The ROW width
impacts the feel and function of an area and Volumes VI and X provide some
ROW recommendations, in particular related to the City Centre. Utilities in the
community area should be accommodated under the road ROWs as outlined in
Volume VI –Transportation.

3.0 SEAWATER COOLING

As shown in Figure 3-1 (Existing Seawater Cooling System), the Seawater
Cooling (SWC) for the industries in JIC consists of two main components:
Supply (generation) including pumping facilities.
Distribution network.
The SWC system is a once through system to supply seawater for cooling
purpose to primary industries and a limited number of secondary industries in
J1. Since SWC serves various primary industries with large volumes of non-
contact cooling water, it is a vital utility for primary industries. J2 will adopt
the use of cooling towers. In J1 in 2010, there are many industries also
utilizing large cooling towers. Industries in J1 have been advised to build
cooling towers for their expansion projects and new projects.
SWC users are required to return their discharge water free from pollution and
at a temperature no higher than 10 degrees Celsius above the inlet
temperature. Users are responsible for the cooling and distribution systems
within their premises and the methods for meeting the discharge temperature
requirements.
The SWC system is comprised of a dredged intake channel north of the

industrial port causeway, two intake pumping stations (PSs) situated on the
foreshore, distribution channels, canals, laterals and a gravity outfall by
underground siphons and open channels into the northwest corner of the
harbour. Most of the system components were commissioned in 1983.
The O&M Center is located adjacent to the PSs. It includes an administration

building, system workshops, warehouses, office buildings, gatehouses, stop-
beam storage yard and other minor facilities.
3.1 Existing System
3.1.1 Seawater Cooling Supply (Generation)
Major equipment/systems include, but are not limited to, the dredged intake
channel; coarse trash screens, drum screens and wash water system; main
seawater pumps; canal distribution system and auxiliary systems including
chlorination plant and dosing systems; electrical systems; central control
room; distribution control system (DCS); gantry cranes; gas turbines;
outstations for each industry; and cathodic protection systems.
Figure 3-2 is a schematic diagram of the SWC system.

Figure 3-2
Schematic Diagram of Seawater Cooling System
Source: "Supply Plan 2009-2013", MARAFIQ Facilities Planning Department (October 29, 2008)
An intake channel has been dredged from the shoreline and extends 2.5 km
seaward in an easterly direction from the SWC pump stations (PS) 1 and 2, to
a point where the sea bed level is approximately 4 m below the lowest
astronomical tide. The channel is of constant depth with a bottom width of
between 60 m and 190 m.
It is bounded by the King Fahd Industrial Port (KFIP) causeway to the south
and by break water to the north. The capacity of the channel is such that, at
low water level, during periods of maximum water demand, the velocity of the
water is no more than 0.3 m/sec. The dredged portion is designed to maintain
a seawater flow of about 300 m3/sec, without excessive silt migration. As the
inflow rate increases, the channel flow rate velocity will increase in the same
proportion. Figure 3-3 (Seawater Cooling Intake Facilities) illustrates the
current intake facilities.
The PSs and distribution facilities are connected to the Central Control Room
through a DCS and System Control and Data Analysis (SCADA) system. The
SCADA system has been upgraded since the 1999 MPU. The DCS was installed
to monitor and control the PS facilities.

TS 7
Community Area Al-Deffi
Al-Fasil District
T3
District
Airport Area
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District
Evap. Jubail
Stn. Industrial
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100
T106
T112
Al-Huwaylat
Al-Huwaylat
Block E-South District
Stage 3 and 4
T113
Stg.2 St. 1 Block N
Island
SWTP Block J-South
T289
Stormwater Strm.W SWTP #9 Storm- T120
(Exp.)
Holding Pond H.Pond water NWPS
Pond
T1 0
T130
1
Al-
Lulu
District
T138 T138
T147
T148
T150
T154
Kh a
Al-
Ar a b i a n
Shati
T295
rsa
Sa u
T162 District
Gu l f
niah
di E
le ct
R as
O&S
T263
T251
T241
T195
Ra il
ric
Centre
Jubail 1
Ta n
T174
C om
ro a
u
Jubail 2 Industrial Area
ra R
dR
pan
Industrial Area
OW
OW
yR
T184
OW
Block P Block K Block F
T259
T143
T163
T198
CANAL 3
Sanitary T204 IWPP
T289
Landfill Fac.
IWTP #8
T223
T218
Desal.
T218 #2
Pump House
For Jubail 2 CANAL 1
CANAL 2 SWC
RC Fac.
T230
CANAL 4
Scap
Fac.
T2 1
8
TS9
Sanitary
T315
T335
TS1
Landfill
T241
T121
T195
T183
T161
T261
Block Q Block L Block G
TS3
T2 74
MOT
BeeA'h T272
85
T2 74
Logistics Services Area

ED
CO TS8
Logistics Services Area TS

7
3
TS
PUMP HOUSE
EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
INVERTED SIPHONS AND LATERALS PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
SEAWATER COOLING CANAL PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
SEAWATER COOLING INTAKE FACILITY SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
FIGURE 3-1 SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
EXISTING SEAWATER COOLING

SYSTEM
STATUS: FINAL
0 0.5 1 2 km FILE LOCATION: G:\GIS\078523 JUBAIL MP SAUDI ARABIA\ DATE: 12/21/11
Security
Fence
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
FIGURE 3-3
SEAWATER COOLING INTAKE
FACILITIES
8 Inch Diameter Pipe ARAMCO
10 Inch Diameter Pipe Gas
32 Inch Diameter Pipe Pipeline
New Pumping
Station 2
Complex
New Supply Channels
Supply Channel
Diffusers Drainage Conduit New Diffusers New Ramp and Bridge
to Supply Diffusers
Workshop
Pumping Plant #1 Pumping Plant #2

Fill to EL. 6.3
Chlorination Chlorination Existing Breakwater
Plant Plant
EL - 4.52
Seawall
Seawall
New Dredge 6:1

Existing ___
Channel
NOT TO SCALE
Channel EL. - 3.710 TYP

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 4/15/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
Existing JIC Seawater Cooling Facility
Two oil boom anchoring bollards are fitted at opposite sides of the intake
channel on the breakwater and industrial causeway to protect SWC from an oil
spillage. The coarse trash screen is designed to prevent large pieces of
submerged debris from entering the drum screens. There are 7 drum screens
each in the upstream of main seawater pumps.
MARAFIQ filters and chlorinates the water in a specially designed water intake
and PS before supplying it to the industries. To prevent algal growth, a free
chlorine residual is maintained in the water by continual and intermittent shock
dosing with sodium hypochlorite. Chlorine dioxide, a more powerful
disinfection technology, has been used on a trial basis and the decision to
install a permanent injection system is pending.
Two seawater PSs are located on the east side of J1. They have the capacity
to supply a total of 1,245,600 m3/hr of SWC (with no spare pumps). SWC PS
1 has a total capacity of 565,200 m3/hour, while SWC PS 2 has a total capacity
of 680,400 m3/hr. The capacity for summer operation (24 pumps operating,
four spare pumps that are kept under maintenance at all times) is 1,062,720
m3/hr. As it is MARAFIQ’s current O&M philosophy to maintain four pumps
under maintenance at all times the winter operation capacity is the same
(although the demand is reduced by 10-15% in the winter) with 24 pumps
operating and four spare pumps.

Table 3-1 summarizes the SWC major auxiliary systems.
Table 3-1
Existing Seawater Cooling Major Auxiliary Systems
Auxiliary Systems Description

A Chlorination Plant and dosing 20 streams, total installed capacity 2,700 kg/hr
systems
B Electrical systems Incoming system: 115 kV to 34.5 kV
Distribution: 480 V, 220 V & 127 V levels
C Central control room, DCS Data Center for current and historic data
D Gantry cranes Two numbers of 50 tonne gantry crane
E Gas Turbines Two Gas turbines with Black start capability
having a generation capacity of 10 MW each.
These gas turbines will be decommissioned after
the commissioning of IWWP due to non-
availability of gas for the gas turbines.
F Outstations for each industry Monitor water quality, flow rates, compartment
levels etc. through remote terminal units linked
to CCR.
G Cathodic Protection systems Two types of Cathodic protection system are
installed - sacrificial anodes and impressed
current system.
Source: "Supply Plan 2009-2013", MARAFIQ Facilities Planning Department (October 29, 2008)
3.1.2 Seawater Cooling Distribution
Major equipment and systems operated in the SWC distribution system

include: canals, supply head works, discharge headworks, canal overflow
system, siphons, off-take and return structure, seawater laterals, outstations,
ground water observation system, weir gates and sluice gates, flow meter
chambers and a dredged discharge channel.
Onshore Distribution System
Cooling water is drawn from and returned to the seawater canals at off take
and return structures that are built into the canal dividing walls. The off take
and return structures consist of a series of chambers, each of which connects
with two adjacent compartments by two openings which are fitted with sluice
gates.
The off take and return structures are connected to the users plot boundary by
laterals. The laterals, which are of 2.0 m or 1.6 m diameter, extend beneath
the canal and its embankment through a flow measurement chamber where
each pipeline incorporates ultrasonic flow measurement instrumentation.

Canals
SWC is currently supplied to industries in J1 via a main canal (canal 1) and two
branches (canal 2 and canal 3). The canal network is approximately 12 km
long. The main seawater pumps discharge the water through underground
discharge mains to weir gates at supply head works into the canal.
The seawater canal is a trapezoidal channel split longitudinally into three

compartments (supply compartment, return compartment and supply/return
compartment) by reinforced concrete dividing walls which are tied together for
stability with the reinforced concrete floor slabs. The supply/return
compartment is designed to be used either as a supply compartment or as a
return compartment. The canal is divided into five sections and these sections
are interconnected using siphons. Figure 3-4 (Typical Seawater Cooling Canal
Section) illustrates the typical canal section.
The canal sections are connected by inverted siphons. Siphons 1, 2, and 4 are
3.0 meters in diameter and Siphon 3 is 3.6 metres in diameter. Siphon 1
connects canal 1 and 2. Siphon 2 interconnects canal 1 and 3 South. Siphon 3
connects canal 3 South and 3 North. The siphons are designed to function at
an adequate level of service even when one pipe is out of service.
Existing JIC Seawater Cooling Canals and Outfall

MASTER PLAN UPDATE
FIGURE 3-4
RETURN SUPPLY/RETURN SUPPLY TYPICAL SEAWATER
COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT COMPARTMENT COOLING CANAL SECTION
A B C
ACCESS ROAD
D E
ROUGH GRADE
1
R. Flow Rate S/R. Flow Rate S. Flow Rate
2.25
970,000 m³/hr 840,000 m³/hr 840,000 m³/hr
REINFORCED CONCRETE REINFORCED CONCRETE WATERPROOF

LINING DIVIDING WALL MEMBRANE
DIMENSION (m) ELEVATION (m)

CANAL A DIMENSION
B (m) C ELEVATION (m)
D E
CANAL
1 A 29.25 B 32.50 C 9.37 D 9.37 E 9.10
1
2 (EAST) 29.25
29.25 32.50
32.50 9.37
10.35 9.37
10.35 9.10
9.10
22 (WEST)
(EAST) 29.25
14.25 32.50
17.50 10.35
14.25 10.35
10.35 9.10
9.10
2 (WEST)
3 14.25
17.25 17.50
20.50 14.25
17.25 10.35
10.29 9.10
9.10
3 17.25 20.50 17.25 10.29 9.10

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 4/15/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
The single canal capacity for supply and supply/return compartment is 840,000
m3/hr as per hydraulic model and return canal capacity was 970,000 m3/hr,
increasing to 1,100,000 m3/hr in 2010. The velocity of flow in the
compartment is designed for 1.5 m/sec. The 2010 construction of the
Seawater Return Bypass line increased the return canal capacity of which
130,000 m3/hr is the allocation from Petrokemya.
The demand for SWC by secondary industries has failed to develop, primarily
due to this proving uneconomical for the small volumes needed.
Laterals
Laterals are installed to supply seawater from the canal to the users for cooling
and to return the hot used water back to the canal. Laterals are classified in
three categories based on their current status as active laterals, non-active
laterals and future laterals.
Laterals are constructed in small lengths and generally constructed in two sizes
(1.6 m and 2.0 m diameter) in J1. The size and number of laterals in any one
installation is selected to limit the mean velocity of flow to 2.5 m/sec. This
includes outage of one supply and one return lateral for maintenance at any
point of time.
The All Time Allocation (ATA) for each industry is determined by the User
Utility Agreement (UUA) between MARAFIQ and the user. The laterals are
designed to the contractual amount.
3.2 Current Expansion and

Rehabilitation Plans
3.2.1 Seawater Cooling Supply (Generation)
There are no current expansion plans for SWC supply (generation) other than
dredging of the intake channel as required. A report prepared by Jacobs for
MARAFIQ titled “Additional Feasibility Activities Addendum Report” (dated
August 2010) also recommends upgrading PS 1 by replacing six of the 10.3
m3/sec pumps with six new 13.5 m3/sec pumps, but this will be included in
SWC debottlenecking major project. The limiting factor for the expansion of of
PS 1 is to maintain an intake velocity of 0.3 m/sec. A greater velocity will
require additional dredging in the intake channel.

3.2.2 Seawater Cooling Distribution
In June 2006, BOSS International prepared two reports for MARAFIQ regarding
the JIC SWC system. The first report titled “Hydraulic and Thermal Modeling of
the Seawater Cooling System” which resulted in the creation of a RiverCAD XP
model that can be used to predict water surface profiles in the supply and
return canals and temperature in the return canal. The second report was
titled “Ultimate Capacity Simulation and Recommendations of the Seawater
Cooling System”. This report is a continuation of the conceptual study and
hydraulic and thermal modeling of the SWC system. The report looked at
various options for the enhancement of the flow carrying capacity of the SWC
system.
The report indicated that based on technical feasibility “a 1.4 Mm3/hr flow rate
through the supply and return canals could be best achieved by implementing
one 0.32 Mm3/hr capacity cooling tower on Return Canal 2 near Siphon 1 and
one 0.23 Mm3/hr capacity cooling tower on Return Canal 3 near Siphon
2…...BOSS International used the supply canal plus the supply/return canal in
supply mode for Canal 1 and regular operation of the supply and return canals
for Canal 2 and Canal 3 to simulate the ultimate flow carrying capacity of the
SWC system.” This proposal did not move forward and RCJ indicated that
there is not an appropriate site available near the SWC canals that did not
have other potential conflicts with other utilities, including power lines. As
such, in the interim MARAFIQ proposes the following to mitigate the gap
between supply-demand, as identified in the MARAFIQ Supply Plan (2009 –
2013):
Conduct feasibility studies regarding the removal of siphon 1 to remove
the bottleneck in supply system; identifying and removing bottlenecks in
siphon 4 in return water system; and reducing the hydraulic losses in
the canal system.
Carry out siphon 1 removal and siphon 4 modification as per
recommendations from feasibility study.
Carry out canal structure modifications as per recommendations from
feasibility study.
MARAFIQ must obtain approvals from RCJ for the proposed modifications to
the SWC network and moreover must justify that there is or will be a shortage
in SWC supply. It is anticipated that the removal of siphon 1 and 4 will
increase the supply compartment capacity and the return compartment
capacity each to 1,222,000 m3/hr.
As recommended by Boss, a feasibility study was conducted (by Jacobs) for

the options identified. At initial presentations in March 2010, it was
recommended that the original design basis be relaxed for flow velocities in
canals to exceed 1.5 m/s and that the water levels in the canal be permitted to
drop to 6.5 m RCD (the minimum permitted in the utility user agreement). It

was also recommended that further options be considered for installing a

cooling tower at the north end of canal 3 to maximize the use of existing PSs.
At this time, RCJ and MARAFIQ are continuing to discuss these options
however the RCJ has expressed concern with proceeding in this manner as the
study did not include an economic and risk analysis, the increased velocities
will increase scour and wear on the canals, the proposal goes to the limits of
the system design, and there is still not an appropriate site available for
cooling towers near the seawater canals that did not have other potential
conflicts with other utilities, including power lines. The Jacobs report titled
“Additional Feasibility Activities Addendum Report” (August 2010), indicated
that further hydraulic modelling has confirmed that ATA capacity could be
achieved with the following components, which are not interlinked so allow for
different incremental capacity:
Implementation of new operating rule for the canal system to allow the
water level at the downstream extremities of the canal system to drop
to 6.5 m.
Debottlenecking siphon 1 utilizing new parallel box culverts to the north
and south of the existing siphon pipes and reallocating the existing
siphon pipes between the supply/return and the return canals.
Construction of a new 105,000 m3/hr capacity cooling tower at the north
of canal 3 providing a closed loop cooling water circuit to IBN Sina and
IBN Zahr.
Upgrade PS1 by replacing six of the 10.3 m3/sec pumps with six new
13.5 m3/sec pumps.
Provision of a new bypass return constructed from either a tunnel or cut
and cover box culverts.
Provision of miscellaneous infrastructure that is necessary to complete
the option including extension of the control system, construction of a
new chlorination plant and provision of new electrical infrastructure.
The presentation on recommendations from the Jacobs Study was given to the
RCJ Engineering and Environmental Departments in 2010.
Table 3-2 outlines the current proposed expansions to the SWC supply and
return compartment capacities.

Table 3-2
Seawater Cooling Canal Existing Capacity and Proposed Expansions
Daily Capacity Timing

(m3/hr)
Supply Compartment 840,000 In service
Supply/Return Compartment 840,000 In service
Return Compartment 970,000 In service
Return Compartment (after 1,100,000 In service in 2010
Seawater Return Bypass completed)
Supply Compartment 1,222,000 In service in 2013
(after Siphon 1 upgrade)
Return Compartment 1,222,000 In service in 2013
(after Siphon 4 upgrade)
With the supply compartment capacity and supply/return compartment

capacity at 840,000 m3/hr, and the return compartment capacity (after
completion of the Seawater Return Bypass in 2010) of 1,100,000 m3/hr, the
supply compartment capacity is the limiting factor based on the preferred
scenario of using one compartment for supply and one compartment for
return. However, if both the supply and supply/return compartments are used
for supply, this would provide capacity of 1,680,000 m3/hr. In 2013, upgrades
to the system will result in an increase to the supply compartment capacity
and the return compartment capacity resulting is 1,222,000 m3/hr for each
compartment.
The major difference between J2 and the existing J1 is the cooling system. J1
relies on "once through" cooling system by circulating seawater and J2 will
employ an evaporative cooling system using cooling towers. Additionally, J2
seawater supply will use a pressurized system while J1 is a gravity flow
system. The infrastructure for bringing water to the site will be in-place before
industries move in and the cooling towers would be built by the industries. J2
SWC PS will be supplied water from Canal 2 by gravity and then it will be
pumped to J2 through a pipeline network. SWC will be distributed to end-
users via a network of pipelines that extend west across the KRT corridor.
The main supply laterals to J2 are 4 m in diameter, with subsequent
distribution pipes of various sizes.
The J2 SWC PS was initially equipped with three 50,000 m3/hr pumps, capable
of expanding to six 50,000 m3/hr pumps for the supply of 200,000 m3/hr of
SWC based on four pumps operating while the other two will be on standby.
Currently the capacity is 100,000 m3/hr based on two units operating and one
on standby. The construction of the SWC PS and pressurized pipe network to
J2, Stages 1 and 2 has been completed by the RCJ. The J2 SWC distribution
system is a full reticulation network. This a major difference between J1 and J2
as unused capacity in the fixed speed pumps will be returned without being
used which reduces system efficiency as the current arrangement allows only
for pumping in 50,000 m3/hr increments.

It has been indicated that approximately 70 percent of SWC make-up supplied

to industries in J2 will return as blow-down, the rest is lost through
evaporation and in the cooling towers. Industries will discharge SWC blow-
down into return standpipes that will be located on each industry site. The
standpipes will be connected to branch pipelines, which will join the main east-
west corridor pipeline in J2 and will discharge the SWC into the J1 SWC canal 2
Return and/or Supply/Return compartment. The J2 SWC return system has
been designed for 100 percent of the SWC supply flow and is based on
individual industries freely discharging their return flows into return
standpipes. The current limitation for SWC in J2 Stages 3 and 4 is the system
Hydraulic Grade Line (HGL) based on the operating pressure of the PS2 pumps
and systematic head loss in the piping network. The HGL drops below the
finished grade level between the former Stages 2 and 3.
MARAFIQ also intends to construct a local chlorination plant at the end of canal
1 which will produce hypochlorite solution with 2,000 PPM chlorine to dose in
the canal before siphons 2 and 3 in order to control bio-growth and algae
formation in these canals.
Figure 3-5 (Current Planned Seawater Cooling System) illustrates the current
proposed expansions to the SWC distribution network.
3.3 Planning and Design Criteria

The RCJ has a Design Criteria Manual, which was last updated February 15,
2006. The following sections from the Design Criteria Manual are relevant to
SWC:
Section 2.03 Water Environment Criteria

A. General
C. Seawater Intake Design Criteria
F. Cooling Water Criteria
Subsection C to Section2.03 Water Environment Criteria is directly applicable

to detailed design and construction and therefore beyond the level of analysis
required at the master plan level. The discussion in this Volume will be limited
to the design criteria that are pertinent at the master plan level.
3.3.1 Commentary on Existing Design Guidelines
Overall, the RCJ criteria outlined with respect to the SWC has been adequately
tested in the systems installed to date. Table 3-3 summarizes assessment of
the relevant criteria under 2.03 subsections A (General) and F (Cooling Water
Criteria).

TS 7
Al-Fasil District
T3
District
Airport Area
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District
Evap. Jubail
Stn. Industrial
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100
T106
T112
Al-Huwaylat
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 Al-Huwaylat
T113
St. 1 Block N
SWTP Block J-South
T289
Holding Pond H.Pond
(Exp.)
water NWPS Island
Pond
T10
T130
1
Al-
Lulu
District
T138
T147
T148
T150
T154
Kha
Al-
A r a b i a n
Shati
T295
r
Sau
san
T162 District
G u l f
ia
d
i E le
hR
as T
O&S
ctr ic
T263
T251
T241
T195
Rail
Centre
Jubail 1 T174
anu
Com
ro
Industrial Area
ad R
Jubail 2
ra R
pan
Industrial Area
OW
OW
yR
T184
OW
T259
T143
T163
T198
CANAL 3
Sanitary T204 IWPP
T289
Landfill Fac.
IWTP #8
T223
Desal.
T218 #2
Pump House
For Jubail 2 CANAL 1
CANAL 2 SWC
RC Fac.
T230
CA NAL 4
Scap
Fac.
T2 1
8
Sanitary
TS1
Landfill
T241
T121
T261
T183
T161
Block L Block G
T195
TS3
Block Q
T2 74
MOT
BeeA'h
BeeA'h T272
85

ED
Logistics Services Area CO TS8

7
3
TS
PUMP HOUSE EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
EXISTING SEAWATER COOLING CANAL PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS FUTURE SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
FUTURE SEAWATER COOLING PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
INVERTED SIPHONS AND LATERALS FUTURE PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA FUTURE SUPPORT INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
FIGURE 3-5 SEAWATER COOLING INTAKE FACILITY
CURRENT PLANNED SEAWATER

COOLING SYSTEM
STATUS: FINAL
Table 3-3
Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Seawater Cooling and MPU Assessment
Design Criteria Manual Assessment

A. General
3. A situation may arise in which the condition of the The use of seawater in industrial cooling is a common practice in
cooling water drawn from the sea exceeds or violates a many parts of the world that have limited fresh-water resources. In
criterion level for a controlled substance/pollutant Qatar, large volumes of seawater are used for cooling every day and
parameter for reasons beyond the control of the Royal discharged back to the Arabian Gulf.
Commission. In this case, the industry would not be
expected to remove or reduce this pollutant or Biocide (chlorine) is added to the seawater to control biofouling of
condition in order to comply with these guidelines. In the cooling system. The added chlorine reacts with bromide and
other words, the user would not be required to return other compounds in the water to produce a wide range of chemical
cooling water to the canal or sea in a better condition oxidants. Some of these oxidants remain in the cooling water after it
than which it was received. However, in the event an is discharged and they pose a major environmental burden.
amount of a controlled substance/pollutant parameter Reactions between the residual oxidants and natural organic matter
is added during the use of cooling water, removal of in the water lead to formation of toxic halogenated organic
this substance according to best available technology compounds that have detrimental effects on the environment when
shall be required. The treatment and monitoring of they are discharged into the Gulf. There is also a potential risk that
such a controlled substance/pollutant parameter may the toxic and carcinogenic chemicals present in the seawater
be required on an individual wastewater stream rather discharge reach the intakes of desalination systems used to produce
than on an overall combined wastewater stream. drinking water.
See recommendation below about monitoring programs.

F. Cooling Water Criteria
1. Waters drawn from the cooling water canal for use Sea water cooling systems have been utilized in different
as once-through non-contact cooling water may be jurisdictions world wide. In Hong Kong over 25 million cubic meters
returned to the cooling water canal provide that the of seawater are used for cooling purpose everyday.
chemical characteristics, except for temperature and
residual chlorine. Background characteristics are The long term environmental impacts of sea water cooling system
defined as constituent levels in the seawater inlet canal have not been fully investigated. Befouling, scaling and corrosion are
at the point of intake form the canal. common operational problems encountered. These are generally
combated through the use of chemicals such as chlorine and other
antifouling/ anticorrosion chemicals which are toxic to marine


organisms and potentially harmful to the environment. Significant
2. The maximum temperature increase shall not quantities of heat are dissipated and potentially toxic chemicals are
exceed 5oC above the canal intake water temperature, released to the coastal environment too. Despite the large dilution
and the maximum and monthly average chlorine capacity of seawater, chlorinated discharges and high temperature
residual shall not exceed 2 and 0.5 mg/L respectively may cause adverse ecological impacts, particularly in the vicinity of
large cooling water outfalls.
The Hong Kong Environmental Protection Agency conducted a

comprehensive survey of the cooling water system operations
in1996. The survey results indicate that the majority of the cooling
water systems are the once-through type, causing a temperature
rise of 3-5°C above ambient at discharge points. Cooling water
discharges from large power plants, on the other hand, may have a
discharge temperature increase of 8-10°C above the ambient which
is close to the upper thermal tolerance limit of most marine biota.
Chlorine and amine-/surfactant-based biocides are the most
commonly used antifouling/ anticorrosion chemicals. An estimated
11,000 tonnes of chlorine are released into the marine environment
of Hong Kong each year by the cooling systems.
The RCJ cooling water design criteria is a proven and appropriate

approach. It is recommended to incorporate an intensive seawater
and marine ecology monitoring program to evaluate the short and
long term impacts of sea cooling water discharge and to ensure
compliance with the discharge standards. Such a program will
facilitate more in-depth understanding of potential environmental
impacts and will provide the knowledge base for development of
sustainable design criteria. With the use of cooling water towers J2
there will be an increased need for air quality monitoring.

3.3.2 Planning Criteria Adopted for this MPU
In August 2010, there were 25 primary industries operating in J1, two new
primary industries under construction, two new primary industries under
planning and eight existing primary industries under expansion. Though J1 is
nearly fully leased (approximately 99%), many of the existing industries are
not fully utilizing the land they have leased. It is estimated that most
industries are using 70-80% of the land they have leased. In the past year,
there has been a significant increase in the anticipated demand for SWC in J1,
largely due to the proposed expansions of existing industries. Based on
MARAFIQ’s sales records over the six year period from 2003 to 2009 the
demand for SWC in J1 increased at the average rate of 5%.
The following assumptions have been made for SWC demand:

1. J1 demand: is based on the RCJ Strategic Planning Department August
2010 Supply and Demand Report. As there is no annual demand
provided beyond 2018, and is estimated to peak by RCJ in 2015 and
remain constant for the next 3 years, it has been assumed that SWC
demand will remain constant through the remainder of the Master Plan
period as J1 will essentially be built out.
2. J2 demand: is based on Alternative Feedstock Study Phase 2 report by
PGI/CMAI. The rational for the numbers is as follows:
a. Utility estimates for Dow/Aramco and SATORP were included as
provided by the RCJY (per the Industry Summary Data Sheet).
Dow-Aramco will not use SWC per information provided by RCJ
(offset by 6000 m3/hr PW or TWW).
b. For CMAI identified industry (Cracker #1, Cracker #2, SBR,
Nylon-6, etc.), utilities were estimated from CMAI proprietary
models.
c. Utility estimates for SABIC Verbund were estimated based on the
Dow/Aramco project and a feedstock basis of 600,000 BPD
Arabian Heavy crude oil. Utilities incorporated the requirement
for crude oil distillation capacity, as well as proportionate size of
the project relative to Dow / Aramco.
d. Plas-chem and Value-Chem Park cooling assumed to be non-
seawater based (consistent with other secondary industry).

3.4 Supply and Demand Assessment

Figure 3-6 illustrates the actual SWC use as recorded by MARAFIQ from 2004
through 2008.
Figure 3-6
Seawater Cooling Actual Use 2004-2008
1200
1000
800
x 000 m3/hr-pk
600
400
200
-200
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
Peak Availability 970 970 970 970 970
Peak Production Demand 709 740 760 774 747
Peak Surplus/Deficit 261 230 210 196 223
Yearly Growth 6.1% 4.4% 2.7% 1.8% -3.5%
Year
(Source "MARAFIQ Demand Forecast 2008-2017 (DF2008) for RC Jubail - Master Plan Input",
MARAFIQ Demand Forecast Department (March 31, 2008) and information provided by MARAFIQ
in March/April 2009)
This shows that SWC use increased by 6.1%, 4.4%, 2.7% and 1.8% annually
between 2003 and 2007, and then decreased by 3.5% in 2008. It is reasoned
that the decrease in SWC demand in 2008 was due to the slowdown of
industries in 2008 due to global market factors that resulted in less
consumption by industries. Actual use in 2008 was 747,000 m3/hr and that
was a surplus in the system of 223,000 m3/hr-peak.
The All Time Allocation (ATA) for JIC is currently 1,222,000 m3/hr and for each
industry this is based on the lateral capacity to their site. 200,000 m3/hr of

the ATA is reserved for J2. This represents the total allocation of SWC,
however the actual use of SWC by J1 industries has often been less than what
they have been allocated under the ATA. MARAFIQ is currently required to
meet the ATA and at this time, are approximately 160,000 m3/hr (13%) short
of this requirement with the limiting factor being normal operating capacity of
the pumps (1,062,720 m3/hr).
Findings of Previous Reports
The 1999 MPU indicated that seawater demand would exceed supply in
1999/2000, as PS II was being constructed. The 1999 MPU also noted that
beyond 2013, the limit of the SWC system would be exceeded by the average
SWC demand, however, it was anticipated that summer peak demand could
exceed the SWC system limit as early as 2006. System expansions and
changes in demand avoided these projected shortfalls. Since the 1999 MPU a
few significant changes have occurred that will impact SWC demand, including:
Confirmation of J2 including Stage 4 and changes in anticipated
feedstock and industry types.
J2 will employ an evaporative cooling system using cooling towers.
Some secondary industries were converted to primary industries and
these did not have planned connection to the SWC system. At present,
there is a plan to supply these industries with SWC.
Many industries in J1 are using cooling towers.
Some facilities are expanding without using all of their allocated capacity
while others have build-out plans that will exceed their site's lateral
supply capacity.
Two of the three planned refineries (with lower SWC requirements) were
cancelled, and the sites made available for petrochemical or other
development.
The PETMARK Site was released when the refineries were cancelled,
making it available for alternative development, however the 240 ha
parcel had no seawater supply. New off take structures have been built
to supply this site with SWC.
The demand for SWC by secondary industries has failed to develop due
as it has proven uneconomical for the small volumes needed.
In 2007, Nexant prepared a study for the RCJ titled “Feasibility Study of Jubail
2 Expansion (Stage 4)” to determine the impacts of expanding J2 from 3
stages to 4 stages. This report undertook a high level review of the design
prepared for J2 Stages 1 to 3 in order to assess whether it presented any
constraints to the development of J2 Stage 4. The J2 system was originally
designed with a capacity to supply 200,000 m3/hr of SWC, with a possible
expansion to 400,000 m3/hr. MARAFIQ has committed to ensuring that a total
of 200,000 m3/hr of SWC will be provided to J2. The report concluded that
based on once through SWC demand J2 being projected to reach a peak of
1,290,000 m3/hr by 2030 (equivalent to a make-up water rate of 109,000
m3/hr) and once through SWC demand for Stage 4 being expected to reach a

peak of 470,000 m3/hr by 2030 (equivalent to a make-up water rate of

40,000 m3/hr), that the 160,000 m3/hr allocated to primary industries in J2
was sufficient to meet the demand for Stages 1 to 4. When looking at the
staging of construction of the SWC system, they determined that the demand
for SWC from each stage of J2 was within the design capacity of the supply
system. However they noted some potential concerns regarding the ability of
the J1 canals to meet demand of J1 and J2. They indicated at an aggregate
level there is spare capacity within the system to supply SWC to Stage 4,
however its extension to include Stage 4 might, affect the supply of SWC to
industries in Stages 1 to 3 and have an impact on the design and operation of
those industries’ return standpipes. They also indicated the potential need for
a new PS to supply industries in Stage 4. They suggested that an additional
study (including hydraulic analyses) be prepared to assess the adequacy of the
existing design to accommodate Stage 4 in operational terms. The anticipated
industry make-up for J2 was reviewed in the Alternative Feedstock Basis for
Jubail 2 and the results are used in the demand projections, which are
estimated at 71,000 m3/hr in 2030.
The MARAFIQ Supply Plan indicated that there will not be a deficit in SWC
generation supply during their forecast period to 2017, which was predicted to
have peak production demand on 1,063,000 m3/hr. It also concluded that
chlorine plant capacity is sufficient to meet the requirements with an
availability factor of 90%. The demand beyond 2014 was anticipated to be
above the 300 m3/sec dredged channel design (1,080,000 m3/hr intake flow)
and therefore canal dredging may be required beyond 2014. It also
recommended that a bathymetry study should be conducted periodically by
O&M to assess the condition of the dredged channel and to initiate dredging if
required. The conclusion of that report being that the plant is capable to meet
the customer requirements for supply plan period to 2015.
The MARAFIQ Supply Plan indicated that there will not be a deficit in SWC
return volume through the 2015 forecast period. They determined that the
distribution system cannot handle the flow beyond 2014 with single
compartment operation, while the second compartment is taken out of service
for maintenance.
The August 2010 MARAFIQ projections show anticipated sales of 916,000

m3/hr by 2020, which can be met for both generation and distribution.
The August 2010 RCJ projections through 2018 show SWC demand of
1,305,000 m3/hr, which would result in a shortfall in capacity for all
components of the system including normal operating capacity, dredged
channel intake, supply and return compartment capacity.

Findings of MPU
The ATA of SWC to individual industries agreed between MARAFIQ and RCJ is
1,222,000 m3/hr and based on this, there is an approximate shortfall of:
159,000 m3/hr (13%) based on the normal operating capacity of the
pumps.
142,000 m3/hr (12%) in the dredged channel intake.
382,000 m3/hr (32%) in the supply compartment capacity.
MARAFIQ and RCJ are currently working on options to enhance both the supply
and return canal capacity to meet the ATA. The current demand forecasts by
RCJ exceed the ATA.
Table 3-4 and Figure 3-7 illustrate the MPU SWC demand forecast through
2030.

Table 3-4
Seawater Cooling Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
SWC Demand
(x'000 m3/hr) SWC Supply (x'000 m3/hr)
PS (Normal Dredged
Supply Return Supply/Return Operating Channel
Year J1 J2 Total Compartment Compartment Compartment Capacity) Intake
2010 820 0 820 840 1,100 840 1,063 1,080
2011 870 0 870 840 1,100 840 1,063 1,080
2012 893 4 897 840 1,100 840 1,063 1,080
2013 936 7 943 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2014 1,155 8 1,163 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2015 1,255 9 1,264 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2016 1,255 9 1,264 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2017 1,255 34 1,289 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2018 1,255 59 1,314 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2019 1,255 61 1,316 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2020 1,255 63 1,318 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2021 1,255 63 1,318 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2022 1,255 63 1,318 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2023 1,255 63 1,318 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2024 1,255 67 1,322 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2025 1,255 71 1,326 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2026 1,255 71 1,326 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2027 1,255 71 1,326 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2028 1,255 71 1,326 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2029 1,255 71 1,326 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080
2030 1,255 71 1,326 840 1,222 1,222 1,063 1,080

Figure 3-7
Seawater Cooling Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
1,400
1,200
1,000
800
x' 000 m3/hr
600
400
200
0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Year
SWC Demand Supply Compartment
Return Compartment Supply/Return Compartment
PS (Normal Operating Capacity) Dredged Channel Intake
Based on the demand assumptions used, there will be a shortfall in supply

compartment capacity of approximately 30,000 m3/hr starting in 2011, which
will increase to 57,000 m3/hr in 2012, and shortfall will be addressed by
expansion in 2013. Should the supply/return compartment be available for
constant supply use in conjunction with the supply compartment, the resulting
1,680,000 m3/hr would mean there would be no deficit anticipated. There will
be a shortfall in return compartment capacity starting in 2015 at 42,000
m3/hr.
In 2014 there will be a deficit in both PS normal operating capacity and intake
channel capacity. Even if the six PS1 pumps be upgraded from 10.3 m3/sec to
13.5 m3/sec (as recommended in the Jacob report), the total capacity of
1,131,840 m3/sec (still with four spare pumps) would still have a deficit in
2015.
Tables 3-5 and 3-6 summarize the SWC supply (generation) and distribution
shortfalls anticipated for the planning period, split into the short term, mid
term and long term.

Table 3-5
Seawater Cooling Supply (Generation) Shortfalls
Year Shortfall Anticipated/Amount of Shortfall (m3/hr)

Pump Stations Intake Channel
(Normal Operating Capacity)
Short Term
- -
(To 2012)
Mid Term
100,000 (2014) - 251,000 82,000 (2014) – 234,000
(2013-2019)
Long Term
256,000-263,000 238,000-246,000
(2020-2030)
Table 3-6
Seawater Cooling Distribution Shortfalls
Year Shortfall Anticipated/Amount of Shortfall (m3/hr)

Supply Supply and Return
Compartment* Supply/Return Compartment
Compartment
used together
Short Term 30,000 (2011) - -
-
To 2012 57,000
Mid Term 42,000 (2015) - - 42,000 (2015) -
2013-2019 94,000 94,000
Long Term -
96,000-104,000 96,000-104,000
2020-2030
* If supply/return compartment cannot be used consistently for supply.
3.5 Opportunities and Issues
3.5.1 Demand Management
Due to the limited quantity of SWC available for use in J2, mechanical draft
cooling towers have been suggested as the most practical and economical
option for industries to meet their cooling requirements. Mechanical draft
cooling towers use fans to move air instead of depending on natural draft or
wind. This speeds the cooling process and increases the efficiency of the tower
by increasing the air velocity over droplets of water falling through the tower.
Mechanical draft towers can, therefore, evaporate much more water than
natural draft towers of the same size. The use of this technology significantly
reduces the volume of SWC required to meet industry demands. As previously
indicated, in addition to use in J2, in 2010 there were only two significantly
large cooling tower installations in J1 and a some smaller installations. At a
meeting between RCJ and MARAFIQ on April 6, 2006 a number of industries
under construction or planned in J1 were expected to use cooling towers and
estimates of their make-up SWC requirements were provided by the RCJ.

These industries included Advanced Propylene Co. (NPPC, with a make-up

water requirement of 5,000 m3/hr), PMD-Kayan (16,500 m3/hr), Sahara
(14,000 m3/hr), Mada Nylon 6 (5,000-7,000 m3/hr), National Chevron Phillips
(19,000 m3/hr), Jubail Chemical Industries (1,500 m3/hr), GAS Phase VI and
VII and SFCCL (3,000 m3/hr).
Industries in J1 have been advised to build cooling towers for their expansion
projects and new projects. The use of cooling towers reduces the demand for
seawater as the requirements for cooling tower make-up water rate is
approximately 8.5-10% (as indicated by RCJ,MARAFIQ and Nexant).
The All Time Allocation of SWC supply to individual industries is 1,222,000

m3/hr inclusive of 200,000 m3/hr for J2. Based on this allocation, there is an
approximate shortfall in normal operating capacity of 160,000 m3/hr and in the
intake channel of 142,000 m3/hr. This difference is even larger based on the
demands outlined in this MPU where demand is estimated at 1,326,000 for the
planning period. The expansion plans for the SWC generation facilities should
be done in recognition of these ultimate requirements, as well as in recognition
of the actual SWC being used. Because the J1 and J2 SWC systems are so
different with J1 on a once-through flow system basis and J2 on an industry by
industry cooling tower system basis and the capacity of the SWC facilities are
limited to the ATA quantity noted above, it is important that the realistic
requirements of each industry be identified realistically without inflated
contingency allowances so the utility can be optimally utilized.
It should be determined if contracts with existing industries should be revisited

to reflect the actual SWC, as opposed to the ATA. If industries do not require
the amount that they have been allocated, the use of this water until
expansion are in place will assist in meeting the system shortfalls.
To reduce demand, a strategy to further encourage industries in J1 to switch to

cooling towers should be investigated. Demand side management should
include consultation with industries. RCJ reported that Saudi Aramco and Dow
expressed concern over the inconsistent quality of TWW and the effect this
would have on any RO Plant required to treat the water for cooling
applications. In addition, the current ROW’s for J2 do not include allocation for
TWW pipelines. This would need to be adequately addressed before this could
move forward. The latest information provided by the RCJ indicates that Dow-
Aramco will use PW or TWW in place of SWC.

3.5.2 Supply
Seawater Cooling Supply (Generation)
Options need to be investigated to address the supply demand gap identified in

Table 3-5.
Options to increase pumping capacity include upgrades to the existing pump

station or installation of a new pump station.
Options to increase intake channel capacity could include intake canal

dredging, subject to a bathymetry study.
Seawater Cooling Distribution
Options need to be investigated to address the supply demand gap identified in

Table 3-6.
The major limiting factor for the distribution network is that there is not
sufficient space within J1 to allow for a major expansion of the system.
The gap is based on the SWC distribution system operating as desired, with
one of the three compartments only used when another compartment requires
maintenance. As previously identified, the supply gap can be mitigated in the
short term if all three compartments are used. Canal structures are protected
from corrosion by cathodic protection using sacrificial anodes, which are
periodically replaced. Options for maintenance need to be explored if all three
compartments are required to be online to meet demand. MARAFIQ has
indicated that they are exploring all available technologies for maintenance of
debris and deposit removal, replacement of mechanical components etc
including non-dewatering technologies with divers, robotic devices and other
techniques.
Construction of a new 105,000 m3/hr capacity cooling tower at the north of

canal 3 has been proposed by MARAFIQ, but was not approved by the RCJ.
An appropriate site was proposed by MARAFIQ to RCJ that meets SEC and
ARAMCO standards for cooling towers near the seawater canals. There is
potential concern about salt plumes impacting adjacent structures resulting in
increased corrosion. Additional concerns include salinity being increased which
could impact industry operations and water from the cooling tower would be
1.5-2oC warmer than sea water (during peak summer days), resulting in a
reduction in efficiency of the heat exchangers.

3.6 Recommendations
The following table outlines the key recommendations related to SWC. Many of the recommended studies need to occur in the short term, however their results will be implemented over the
mid and long term to meet the SWC requirements of JIC.
Table 3-7
Seawater Cooling Recommendations
Recommended Study or Action Rationale Action by Timing

Policy and Strategic Planning
Resolution of meeting the All Time Allocation (ATA) commitment for SWC. RCJ and MARAFIQ need to reassess the SWC needs of each industry in J1 and those planned for J2, RCJ Short Term
(considering the implications of the 2011 Alternative Feedstock Basis Phase 2 report by PGI/CMAI for MARAFIQ through to
J2) without significant contingencies added to determine how closely this matches the ATA amount of Long Term
1,222,000 m3/hr and whether the ATA itself may need adjustment to coincide more closely with the
actual needs.
Demand Management Strategy: Meet with existing industries to determine Encouraging industries (existing and new) to convert to cooling towers will decrease the overall demand RCJ Short Term
their actual (versus allocated) needs for SWC and options to address their for SWC and thus will decrease the upgrades required in the long term to increase generation supply. If through to
demand requirements. possible, reassign allocated demand for industries to address short-mid term shortfalls. The largest Mid Term
users of SWC within J1 are located close to the start of Canal 1, with the implication that measures to
reduce their load on the system could have the greatest impact on aggregate supply capacity. In
addition, it is also noted that two of the largest users of SWC from Canal 3 are located closest to the
sea.
Confirm if using TWW in cooling towers is a possible option. RCJ reported that Saudi Aramco and Dow
expressed concern over the inconsistent quality of TWW and the effect this would have on any RO Plant
required to treat the water for cooling applications. This would need to be adequately addressed before
this could move forward. However we note that the latest information provided by the RCJ indicates
that Dow-Aramco will use PW or TWW in place of SWC.
Prepare MPUs approximately every 5 years for a 20-25 year time horizon. To provide updated demand projections and an overall review of the status of SWC system. This process RCJ Mid Term
should be done in conjunction with input from MARAFIQ and the industries. MARAFIQ through to
Industry Long Term
Implement a technical/operations liaison committee with MARAFIQ and Discuss and coordinate projections and upgrades which is currently done in a manner that is unclear MARAFIQ Short Term
appropriate RCJ, as described in Chapter 2. who is responsible for this. RCJ through to
Long Term
Finalize MARAFIQ design guidelines currently under preparation and The proposed MARAFIQ and existing RCJ guidelines need to be compatible and a comprehensive review RCJ Short Term
incorporate into RCJ guidelines as appropriate. of both guidelines is required to ensure consistency in approach. Having their own guidelines will MARAFIQ On-going
provide MARAFIQ better control over changes that affect their business and allow for greater
consistency across their departments.
Continue to identify ways to address short-falls in system, including The Jacobs report identified potential modifications to the design criteria and the possibility of cooling MARAFIQ Short Term
continued review and resolution of the recommendations from the Jacobs towers if appropriate locations can be determined. Also need to address the provision of infrastructure RCJ through to
report. that is necessary to complete the recommended option including extension of the control system, Mid Term
construction of a new chlorination plant and provision of new electrical infrastructure. Measures should
be investigated to supply SWC to J2 by an alternative route, for example by constructing a new supply
pipeline from the north.
RCJ and MARAFIQ consult with each other on annual projections for SWC To ensure up to date projections are available for planning purposes. RCJ Short Term
demand. This can be done via the liaison committee recommended in MARAFIQ through to
Chapter 2. Long Term


Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of tariffs. This can be done via the Tariffs need to reflect a reasonable cost recovery for utility maintenance and expansion. MARAFIQ Short Term
liaison committee recommended in Chapter 2. RCJ through to
Long Term
MARAFIQ continue preparing 5 year supply-demand reports, however this To ensure future shortfalls in supply are identified in time to address them. MARAFIQ Short Term
should be supplemented with a 10 year supply-demand forecast updated through to
annually. Long Term
Continue to track actual use so that annually the actual demand can be To continue to refine projections versus actual use. MARAFIQ Short Term
compared with the projections. through to
Long Term
Utility Planning and Design
Conduct hydraulic analyses to assess the adequacy of the existing design SWC for J2 needs to be revisited based on changes to J2 as well as determining potential impacts of J2. RCJ Short Term
in operational terms. Although there was spare capacity within the system designed for Stages 1 to 3 originally to supply MARAFIQ This is being
SWC to Stage 4, at an aggregate level, the replanning of Stages 3 and 4 due to the change in feedstock completed
might affect the supply of SWC to industries in all four stages and have an impact on the design and now as part
operation of those industries’ return standpipes. In addition, given the capacity of the J2 PS, the of a review
proposed system may only be able to supply SWC to industries at several metres below ground level. by Bechtel.
This implies that a new PS would be required to supply industries in Stage 4, possibly located in the
south-east corner of Plot 13.
Conduct a study on the existing laterals to identify any deficiencies as To ensure delivery of SWC can meet demands. MARAFIQ Mid Term
original designs were based on different industries and volumes.
Conduct a bathymetry study at intake channel to assess the condition of Need options to increase intake channel capacity. MARAFIQ Mid Term
the dredged channel and to initiate dredging if required.
Implement the facility upgrades identified including Seawater Return By- To ensure adequate capacity in the supply and return compartment to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
Pass and Siphon 1 and 2 upgrades.
Implement upgrades to PS 1 by replacing six of the 10.3 m3/sec pumps To ensure adequate capacity to meet demand. MARAFIQ Mid Term
with six new 13.5 m3/sec pumps.
Construct a local chlorination plant at the end of Canal 1. This will produce hypochlorite solution with 2000 PPM chlorine to dose in the canal before siphons 2 and MARAFIQ Short Term
3 in order to control bio-growth and algae formation in these canals. On-going
Operations and Maintenance
Initiate a seawater and marine ecology monitoring program to evaluate the Such a program will facilitate more in-depth understanding of potential environmental impacts and will MARAFIQ Short Term
short and long term impacts of SWC discharge and to ensure compliance provide the knowledge base for development of sustainable design criteria. RCJ through to
with the discharge standards. Long Term
Check air quality monitoring currently in place and identify additional With the use of cooling towers J1 and J2 there will be an increased need for air quality monitoring. RCJ Short Term
monitoring required for cooling towers reflecting the new provisions of Through to
RCER 2009 when formally published. Mid Term
Prepare a plan to determine how maintenance of compartments will be To be able to meet demand during required maintenance. MARAFIQ has indicated that they are MARAFIQ Short Term
addressed as all compartments will now need to be used in order to meet exploring all available technologies for maintenance of debris and deposit removal, replacement of through to
demand. mechanical components etc including non-dewatering technologies with divers, robotic devices and Long Term
other techniques. Maintenance should continue to be completed in winter when possible as the load is
typically 15% less than the load in summer).
Continue to monitor chlorine plant capacity. To ensure proper performance. MARAFIQ Short Term
through to
Mid Term
Continue with corrosion control as a part of O&M. To ensure proper performance. MARAFIQ Short Term
through to
Long Term

4.0 POTABLE WATER

As shown in Figure 4-1 (Existing Potable Water System), the potable water
(PW) system for water supply to JIC consists of two main components:
Supply (generation).
The distribution network including pumping facilities and storage.
PW supply (generation) was primarily from a combination of desalination

plants. The system uses pumping facilities and storage at strategic locations
throughout the city. The water from the Northwest Pumping Station (NWPS)
and East Pumping Station (EPS) are pumped into the PW distribution network
which currently delivers the water to J1 Primary Industry, J1 Secondary
Industry, J1 Support Industry, Eastern Corridor, Northern Corridor, Al-Deffi,
Al-Fanateer, Jalmudah and J2 are currently under development. All areas
are interconnected through the citywide primary water distribution network.
The J1 internal distribution systems provide water to each industrial user for
domestic, process, and fire suppression purposes.
In JIC, the PW system also supplies process water to industries.
4.1 Existing System
4.1.1 Potable Water Supply (Generation)
Until 2009-2010, the primary PW source was desalinated water from the
Saline Water Conversion Corporation's (SWCC) Desalination Plant. The
secondary PW source is MARAFIQ’s (formerly the RCJ’s) Desalination Plants I
and II. In 2009-2010, these supplies were retired when the IWPP came
online. The IWPP is now providing 300,000 m3/day to JIC, and an additional
500,000 m3/day outside of JIC.
In addition, there are three RO plants with a total capacity of 29,470 m3/day,
however 6,970 m3/day of this was retired in 2010.
A temporary seawater reverse osmosis (SWRO) plant was constructed near

the SWC PS to supplement the gap between demand and supply. The
capacity of this plant is 75,000 m3/day, which was originally expected to only
be required until 2010.
In addition, it was reported by MARAFIQ that Al-Fatah Co. was engaged to

supply PW (50,000 m3/day) for a temporary period up to August 2010 to
bridge the supply-demand gap during the construction of the IWPP.
According to MARAFIQ, Al Fatah will continue to supply 50,000 m3/day until
2030.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island Jalmudah
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge District
District
District MASTER PLAN UPDATE
Mardumah
District
Airport Area FIGURE 4-1

T2
EXISTING POTABLE WATER
SYSTEM
Ø900
Mardumah
T6
Ø5 00
Bay
TS4 B1 PS
Community Al-Fanateer
District POTABLE WATER WELLS
Al-Mutrafiah Area
District Al-Deffi BULK POTABLE WATER STORAGE TANKS
Dist. 'B'
District Dist. 'D' PS
Al-Fasil TS 4 PUMP STATIONS
Ø900 PS
District
PRIMARY PUMPING FACILITIES
Ø1400
Ø3 00
No. 9 B3 PS WATER TREATMENT PLANTS
TS 7
Ø1400
Ø2 00
No. 8
DESALINATION PLANT
No. 7
T3
00
No. 6
Ø2
RW Well Al-Fanateer IWPP FACILITY
Island
No. 5
Ø3 00
Al-Khaleej
No. 6
PS
No. 4 SWRO (TEMPORARY)
O&M Al-Khaleej
Ø1400 Centre JIC (T) District
No. 3 PS POTABLE WATER TRANSMISSION
Ø1400 RW Well RW Well Jubail
& DISTRIBUTION NETWORK
Ø4 50
WTP 3 RW Well
RW Well No. 10C No. 11C Industrial
No. 21
Ø350
(RO 3) RC
No. 12C Booster College Camp
T6 HQ 11B PS RW Well EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Ø350 Ø300 PS
TS6 T100 No. 28E
Camp
Al-Huwaylat
Camp
T106 Ø450 Camp Ø300 PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Ø1400
5 PS 1 PS
Island
Ø300 T112 4 PS Ø450 No. 12
RW Well Block N Camp Al-Huwaylat
Camp
PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
Ø700
St. 1 No. 20 Coastal
T113
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 N Block 3 PS 2 PS District
SWTP
T289
Stormwater Strm.W SWTP #9 Storm- Ø300 Ø300 PS
(Exp.) PS T120 Ø350
Holding Pond H.Pond water NWPS J-Block Block E-Block Block Camp EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
No. 11
Pond PS J-South PS E-South 11A PS
T1 0
Ø1200 Ø300 T130 Ø300 Al-
Ø1200
Lulu RW Well PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
1
Ø800
District No. 27E
T138
Ø1200 T138 Ø700 No. 10 SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
T147
T148 PS 8 Camp
Kh a
T150 Camp SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR

10 PSAl- RW Well
Sa u
13 PS SERVICING AREA
Ø700T154
rsa
Ø800
Ø1400
Camp
Camp Shati No. 26E
T295
di E
15 PS 4 PS
niah
T162 District
AIRPORT SERVICING AREA
le ct
No. 2 No. 1
R as
Ø600
O&S
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre RW Well
Jubail 2 Jubail 1 T174
Ta n
ro a
No. 22
C om W
Industrial Area Industrial Area

dR
ura
Ø1 0
pan
O
T184
RO
RW Well
Ø6
0
yR
T259
Block P Block K Block F No. 23
W
Ø700
Ø600
00
Ø300
0
OW
T143
T163
0
Ø1 5
PS 6
T198
Sanitary PS 5 T204 IWPP
T289
EPS
Landfill Ø900 Facility
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desalination
T218 Ø800 Ø1000 Plant #2
Ø800
RC Ø1000 SWRO (Temp) From Desalination

Scap T230 Ø800 Ø4 0 Plant #1
0
Fac. Ø4 5
0
Ø300
T183
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T161
T2 1
TS3
Landfill Block Q Block L Block G 8
Ø300
Ø450
Ø300 0 0.5 1 2 km
T2 74
BeeA'h Ø450 T272 King Fahd
Industrial Port
Ø150
T2 74
Logistics Services Area BASE DATA PROVIDED BY THE ROYAL COMMISSION FOR JUBAIL AND YANBU.
ED
TS8
Logistics Services Area CO MAP PROJECTION: AIN EL ABD UTM ZONE 39N
PROJECT #: 078523
Logistics Services Area TS STATUS: FINAL
7 DATE: 4/15/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
SWCC
85
Supply Pipeline
(to be discontinued)
T1
0 3
Saline Water Conversion Corporation's Desalination Plant (SWCC)
The SWCC previously provided up to 186,000 m3/day of desalinated, treated

and conditioned water to JIC. In addition to what is provided to JIC, the
SWCC supplies 16,000 m3/day to the Naval Base and 44,000 m3/day to Al-
Jubail. Water from SWCC was delivered through two 30 km long, 1,500 mm
(60”) diameter transmission pipelines to the NWPS for storage and further
distribution. A 1,000 mm diameter pipeline branches off from the 1,500 mm
diameter transmission lines at the SWCC metering station and supplies water
to the EPS.
JIC water supply from SWCC ceased in 2010, after the IWPP facility was
commissioned.
Desalination Plants I and II (Desal I and II)
Water from the two desalination plants previously provided a total capacity of
57,600 m3/day using MSF. Desal I (a large plant) was placed in service in
1979 and is located off-shore adjacent to the King Fahd Industrial Port. Desal
II was placed in operation in 1981 and is an on-shore plant, located in the
East Corridor near the SWC PS. The water from Desal I and II was
transferred to the EPS storage tanks for conditioning, storage, chlorinating,
and distribution.
JIC water supply from Desal I and Desal II ceased in 2010, after the IWPP
facility was commissioned. It is anticipated that these plants will be
decommissioned.
Groundwater Treatment Plants 1, 2 and 3 (WTP 1, WTP 2, WTP 3)
Groundwater from deep aquifers (200-500m) such as the Dammam and Um

Radhimah aquifers is the exclusive water source for WTP 1, WTP2 and WTP3,
which use RO for treatment (capacity of 29,470 m3/day). There are 25 wells
in the city. Wells 1, 2, 10, 11, 12, and 13 serve WTP 1 and WTP 2. Wells 3
through 9 serve WTP 3. The other wells are augmentation wells. All wells
are connected to the raw water network with a shuttle line between the east
and west for balancing of pressure and augmenting shortages in any
network.
The product water from WTP 1 and WTP 2 is supplied directly to the PW
network. The product water from WTP 3 is sent to both NWPS and to the
network directly.
These supplies are in service and are not planned for decommissioning by
MARAFIQ. They are considered essential for re-mineralization and to be used
as back up supply and for supplementing potable water. Volume VIII

provide recommendations regarding source water protection. Based on the

results of these studies, the groundwater wells may be recommended to be
decommissioned.
Independent Water and Power Plant (IWPP)
MARAFIQ has partnered with IWPP on a combined cycle plant for production
of power and water in JIC. The IWPP is comprised of 4 blocks and is based on
Combined Cycle Generation Gas Turbines where extraction steam from the
turbines supplies process steam to the desalination plant which itself
comprises 27 units that use Multiple Effect Distillation (MED) technology. The
IWPP has added 2,745 MW of power and 800,000 m3/day of desalinated
water to JIC and the Eastern Province of Saudi Arabia
Of the total water production from the IWPP facility, MARAFIQ will ultimately
receive 300,000 m 3/day for JIC. This was brought online in stages through
2009 and 2010. Figure 4-2 illustrates the conceptual design of the IWPP
facility.
Figure 4-2
MARAFIQ IWPP Conceptual Design
Source: MARAFIQ

IWPP Under Construction with Existing Desalination Plant II to Right
IWPP Commercial Operations Begin
Source: See:http://www.utilities-me.com/article-199-jubail_iwpp_grinds_into_action/

4.1.2 Potable Water Distribution
PW is currently supplied to JIC via a citywide distribution system which

consists of:
Pumping facilities.
Storage tanks.
Transmission and distribution network.
Pumping Facilities
PW is stored in bulk storage tanks and pumped to the transmission network

through five transmission pump stations (NWPS I/II, NWPS III, and EPS).
The two primary pumping facilities in JIC are the NWPS and the EPS. The
NWPS is the primary storage facility and the principal pumping plant for the
distribution of PW, and is located in the northwest part of J1, while the EPS is
located along the coast.
The NWPS Stage I pump station was commissioned in 1981 while the Stage
II pump station was constructed in 1986. Stage III was commissioned in
2002. The EPS was commissioned in 1981. Currently the NWPS can handle
17,946 m3/hr (430,704 m3/day) at design capacity and the EPS can currently
handle 4,800 m3/hr (115,200 m3/day).
The NWPS and the EPS both previously received desalinated water from
Desal I and II, as well as from SWCC. With these supplies taken offline, the
supply has been replaced by the IWPP. PW from the EPS and NWPS is
distributed to the primary, secondary and support industrial areas, and to the
residential areas: Al-Fanateer, Al-Deffi and Jalmudah through a pipe network
consisting of ductile iron, PVC, and concrete pipes.
The NWPS has two PSs: Stage I/II and Stage III. It has a total of 11 bulk
storage tanks, seven in Stage I/II and four in Stage III. The EPS has a total
of 10 bulk storage tanks.

Existing NWPS and Water Storage
Storage Tanks
Storage tanks are classified into two categories, bulk storage tanks and local
storage tanks. Bulk storage is located at the NWPS and EPS. The operating
capacity of NWPS after the recent 2010 expansion is 1,529,686 m3. The
operating capacity of EPS is 561,988 m3. This results in a total operating
capacity of all bulk storage tanks (NWPS and EPS) of 2,091,674 m3. The
total operating capacity of the local storage tanks is 333,000 m3 once the
Jalmudah PS is finished construction. The total of 2,424,674 m3 equates to
nearly 7-days of water consumption.
Transmission and Distribution Network
There are five manned pump stations and 24 unmanned PSs in the PW
network system. PW is pumped from NWPS I/II, NWPS III and EPS to the
transmission lines. The transmission lines are interconnected and have
multiple pipes and each can be operated independently.
The distribution system consists of distribution PS’s and an associated

pipeline network. The distribution PSs are local PSs that receive PW from the
transmission line to their storage tanks called "day storage tanks". This
water is then distributed to the consumers.

The primary supply from IWPP can be received at EPS, and NWPS. The
product water from the temporary SWRO plant is received at the EPS tank
farm. The product water from WTP 1 and WTP 2 is directly fed to the network
system. WTP 3 product water is partially sent to the network and the
remaining to NWPS.
The product water from WTP 3 (which has a high TDS) is partially collected
and distributed along with IWPP water, to the community area through the
NWPS.
As per RCJ guidelines, PW supplied to industries should have a TDS in the

range of 50 to 80 ppm and for the communities it should be >80ppm.
From the NWPS there are two 1400 mm diameter pipes leading to the
community area and two 1200 mm diameter pipes leading to J1. From the
EPS, there is a 900 mm diameter pipe feeding to J1.
J1 Primary Industry
As reported from MARAFIQ, the primary PW distribution network in the J1

primary industry area is designed to provide a delivery rate of 251,000
m3/day. The industrial users maintain on their premises, atmospheric break
storage tanks with storage capacity sufficient to compensate for upset
conditions (i.e. abrupt process demand increases, at least 2 hours of fire
suppression, and 24 hours of PW requirements).
The majority of the pipe distribution network for the primary industry area is
ductile iron. PW is supplied to each of the primary industry users through a
bulk supply meter station located at the industry's property line.
J1 Secondary Industry Park
The J1 secondary industry area primary distribution network is designed with

a capacity of 206,000 m3/day. The original design required an extensive
network of loops, each with storage tanks and a booster pump station
serving connection points at user lots.
J1 Support Industry Park
The J1 support industry area is located in the central part of the primary
distribution network, and extends from the NWPS area to the Eastern
Corridor. The support industry area is separated into three sections, each
equipped with local storage tanks and a local PS.

J2 Industrial Park
The planned PW distribution network for J2 (currently under development) is

shown on Figure 4-3. Based on updated mapping provided by RCJ in late
2010, the PW transmission network connects to the J1 network in two
locations and is a looped system as shown in Figure 4-3.
Community
The current community areas include Al-Deffi, Al-Fanateer and Jalmudah

(under construction). Initial construction has also started on Al-Mutrafiah.
The water supply to the districts is through two parallel 1,400 mm diameter
concrete pipelines, connecting the NWPS facilities with local pump stations at
each of the districts. These pipelines are interconnected at several locations,
providing a looped supply.

4.2.1 Potable Water Supply (Generation)
MARAFIQ has identified the following options for adding capacity to PW

supply beyond 2011, including:
Construct SWRO 4 west of Desal II, with capacity of 75,000 m3/day to
be online in 2012.
Construct SWRO 5 west of Desal II, with capacity of 75,000 m3/day to
be online by 2013.
Negotiate with Al-Fatah to extend the contract of temporary supply of
PW from 2010 to 2012 for continued supply of 50,000 m3/day.
Negotiate with IWPP to construct additional 150,000 m3/day plant at
Desal II site.
After due diligence, the selected option by MARAFIQ is to construct SWRO 4

and SWRO 5. Table 4-1 outlines the timeline of PW sources coming online
and being retired.

Table 4-1
Potable Water Supply - Proposed Retirements and Expansions
Plant Daily Volume Timing

(m3/day)
Desal I 19,200 Retired in 2009

Desal II 38,400 Retired in 2010
SWCC 186,000 for JIC Retired in 2010
WTP 1 (RO 1) 7,500 In service
WTP 2 (RO 2) 7,500 In service
WTP 3 (RO 3) 14,470 In service (6,970 was retired in 2010)
SWRO (temp) 75,000 In service until 2010
SWRO 4 75,000 To be online in 2013 and 2014 (37,500
per year)
SWRO 5 75,000 Timing unknown. Dependent upon long
term contract with SWRO-AF.
Remineralization 12,500 To be online in 2012
SWRO–AF 50,000 Temporary contract with Al-Fatah
(Al-Fatah) extended to 2030.
Brine 5,000 Cancelled
IWPP Facility 300,000 for JIC 300,000 online in 2010
4.2.2 Potable Water Distribution
Current MARAFIQ CAPEX projects include replacing the existing asbestos

cement pipes in the PW network in order to comply with a Royal Decree that
requires all asbestos cement pipes be used for PW which are more than 25
years old to be replaced.
An additional CAPEX project being proposed is to conduct a study and

develop an integrated network management system: mass balancing, leak
detection and District Metering Areas (DMAs) for water systems in JIC. This
can be done under the MARAFIQ NOOR Program.
The expansion of the PW system into J2 is under construction and will be

pumped from a PS in J1 across the KRT Corridor, before entering a looped
pipe system within J2 which will serve all of its industries. Twin 1,300 mm
diameter pipes will be used to transport the PW between the PS in J1 and the
J2 distribution network. Once in J2, the diameter of the pipes within the
network will vary between 1,300 mm and 500 mm. This is illustrated on
Figure 4-3.
A new tank farm serving J2 is expected to be constructed about 1.2 km south

of the NWPS.

As identified by MARAFIQ in the Supply Plan Distribution Analysis for PW

(2009 – 2013) is the pumping capacity of EPS should be increased to
150,000 m3/day, to handle the SWRO generation. It is anticipated that this
expansion will be completed in 2012.
Also there is space allocated in Stage 2 of the NWPS for two additional
pumps.
Table 4-2 summarizes the bulk storage tank (NWPS and EPS) capacity and
local storage tank capacity.
Table 4-2
Potable Water Bulk and Local Storage Tank Capacity
Installed Total
No. of Storage Operating
Location Tanks Capacity (m3) Capacity (m3)
BULK STORAGE
North West Pumping Station (NWPS)
Stage I & II 7 95,426 667,982
Stage III 4 95,426 381,704
2010 Expansion 5 96,000 480,000
Total for NWPS - 1,529,686
East Pumping Station (EPS)
PS Tanks-small 2 10,260 20,520
PS Tanks-large 4 39,941 159,764
Farm Tanks in Camp 7 4 95,426 381,704
Total for EPS - 561,988
Bulk Storage Total 2,091,674
LOCAL STORAGE
District “B” Pump Station - 55,000
District “D” Pump Station - 55,000
Other Locations - 168,000
Jalmudah Pump Station - 55,000
(under construction)
Local Storage Total - 333,000
TOTAL STORAGE 2,424,674
(Source: "Supply Plan 2009-2013", MARAFIQ Facilities Planning Department (October 29,
2008))
Figure 4-3 (Current Planned Potable Water System) illustrates the current
proposed modifications to the PW distribution network.


PW:

A. General
I. Potable Water
Section 5.04 Water Supply Distribution System

A. Urban Development Plans
B. Design Service Life
C. Water Quality
D. Unit Consumption
E. Key Design Parameters
F. Concept of the Systems
G. Water Network Calculations
H. Physical Components in the Water Supply System
I. Construction/Design Considerations for Drinking Water Supply
Subsections A, B, C, E, G, H and I of 5.04 Water Supply Distribution System

are directly applicable to detailed design and construction and therefore
beyond the level of analysis required at the master plan level. The discussion
in this Volume will be limited to the design criteria that are pertinent at the
master plan level.
Overall, the RCJ criteria outlined with respect to the PW has been adequately
tested in the water systems installed to date.
Table 4-3 summarizes comments on the relevant criteria under 5.04

Subsections D and F and 2.03 Subsection I.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Surouge Al-Gurmah Jalmudah

Island
Al-Reggah
District District
District JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
Mardumah
District

T2
CURRENT PLANNED POTABLE
WATER SYSTEM
Ø90 0
Mardumah
T6
Ø50 0
B1 PS
Bay
TS4
Community Al-Fanateer
District EXISTING POTABLE WATER WELLS
Area
Al-Deffi EXISTING BULK POTABLE WATER STORAGE
Dist. 'B'
Dist. 'D'
TANKS
PS
District
Al-Fasil TS 4 PS
District Ø900 FUTURE BULK POTABLE WATER STORAGE
Al-Mutrafiah TANKS
District
EXISTING PUMP STATIONS
Ø14 00
B3 PS
Ø30 0
No. 9
TS 7
EXISTING PRIMARY PUMPING FACILITIES
Ø14 00
No. 8
Ø20 0
No. 7 No. 6
EXISTING WATER TREATMENT PLANTS
T3
20
Ø
No. 5 RW Well Al-Fanateer EXISTING DESALINATION PLANT (RETIRED)
Al-Khaleej
No. 6 Island
Ø30 0
PS
No. 4
O&M Al-Khaleej EXISTING IWPP FACILITY
Ø1400 Centre JIC (T) District
No. 3 PS
RW Well Ø1400 RW Well RW Well EXISTING SWRO (TEMPORARY/RETIRED)
WTP 3
Jubail
Ø450
No. 21 RW Well No. 10C No. 11C
(RO 3)
Industrial
No. 12C College Camp
Ø350
Booster
RC
PS 11B PS RW Well EXISTING SWRO 4 & 5
Ø300
HQ
Ø350
T6
Camp No. 28E
Camp
TS6 T100
Ø450 Camp Ø300
T106 5 PS 1 PS Al-Huwaylat
Ø1400
No. 12
FUTURE PROPOSED DISTRICT PUMP STATION
Ø300 4 PS Ø450
Camp Island
T112
Camp Al-Huwaylat
RW Well Coastal
Block N
N Block 2 PS
Ø700
3 PS
St. 1
T113
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 District EXISTING POTABLE WATER TRANSMISSION
SWTP No. 20 Ø300 Ø300 PS
T289
PS
Stormwater Strm.W Storm-
Ø350
SWTP #9 T120 & DISTRIBUTION NETWORK
Camp
(Exp.)
Holding Pond H.Pond water NWPS J-Block Block E-Block Block No. 11
Pond
Ø300 PS Ø300 PS 11A PS
Ø1200
J-South E-South FUTURE POTABLE WATER TRANSMISSION
T1 0
Al-
RW Well
T130
Ø1200
Lulu & DISTRIBUTION NETWORK
No. 27E
1
Ø800
District
Ø1200 T138 Ø700 No. 10 EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
T147
PS 8 Camp Camp
Kh a
T148 PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS

T150
13 PS 10 PS Al- RW Well
Camp Ø700T154 Ø800
Sa u
Camp No. 26E

rsa
Ø1400 Ar a b i a n G u l f
15 PS
Shati
T295 4 PS PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
di E
niah
T162 District
No. 2 No. 1
le ct
Ø600
R as
O&S FUTURE COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA

Ra il
RW Well
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre
Jubail 1 T174
No. 22
Ta n
ro a
C om W
EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA

Industrial Area
dR
ura
Ø10
pan
RW Well
O
T184 PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA

RO
00
Ø6
No. 23
yR
T259
W
Ø700
Ø600
00
Ø30 0
FUTURE PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
OW
00
T143
T163
PS 6 AREA
Ø15
T198
IWPP
PS 5 EPS Facility
Sanitary T204
T289
Landfill Ø900
SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
SWRO 4 & 5
T223
IWTP #8
FUTURE SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
Ø800 Desalination
T218 Ø1000
Plant #2 (Retired)
AREA
Ø800
RC Ø1000 SWRO (Temp/Retired) From Desalination SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR

T230 Ø800 Ø40 Plant #1 SERVICING AREA
0
Scap
Jubail 2 Ø45
0
Fac.
FUTURE SUPPORT INDUSTRY SERVICING
Industrial Area
Ø300
AREA
T183
Sanitary
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T161
T2 1
TS3
Landfill Block Q Block L Block G 8 AIRPORT SERVICING AREA
Ø300
Ø450
Ø300
Ø450
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
BeeA'h T272 King Fahd
Industrial Port
Ø150

ED Logistics Services Area BASE DATA PROVIDED BY THE ROYAL COMMISSION FOR JUBAIL AND YANBU.
TS8
Logistics Services Area CO
Logistics Services Area TS PROJECT #: 078523
7 STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 12/21/11

3
TS
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
MOT
SWCC
85
Supply Pipeline
(to be discontinued)
T1
0 3
Table 4-3
Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Potable Water and MPU Assessment

5.04 Water Supply Distribution System
D. Unit Consumption
1. Domestic The following table presents the average daily domestic water consumptions for different
a) The domestic water consumption in Saudi Arabia varies a lot in the Kingdom, as it can be seen from countries:
Table 5B below. The figures include domestic consumption and consumption by related institutions and
commercial areas and furthermore losses in the distribution systems. Table 5B: Domestic Water Country Domestic Water
Consumption as Average Over the Year in Different Cities in Saudi Arabia Consumption Lpcd
United States 380
City Water Canada 330
Consumption in Italy 250
Lpcd Sweden 200
Riyadh 400 France 150
Jeddah 400 Jordan 150
Madinah 350 Syria 140
Makah 350
Dammam 450 The Ontario Ministry of the Environment in Canada recommends using between 270 to 450 Lpcd
Al Kharj 300 (average). Using an average value requires developing of “maximum day” (values 1.5-3.0) and
Jizan 300 “peak hourly” factors (values 2.0-4.5).
Buraidah 300
Shamrah 250 The North Carolina, USA, Administrative code stated that, a public water system shall meet the
Abu Arish 250 daily flow requirement specified in the following table:
b) The water consumption largely depends on the class of property served and the lifestyle of the population. Type of Service Connection Daily flow for design
This can be symbolized by the result of investigations performed in different residential areas. The Residential 1500L/ connection
difference is caused by the standard of living and extent of irrigation, which is included in the figures in Mobile Home Parks 950L/ connection
Table 5C. Campground and travel trailer parks 380L/space
Marina 38 L/boat slip
Table 5C: Water Consumption in Difference Residential Areas Marina with bathhouse 110 L/boat slip
Residential Type Consumption in Lpcd Rest homes and Nursing Homes 450 L/bed (With laundry)
Single residential unit 595 225 L/bed (Without laundry)
Residential duplex 565
Apartment blocks 400 The Department of Natural Resources and Mines of the Queensland Government, Australia
suggests the following figures to be used for estimating the apartment/home unit water demand.
d) The average daily per capita requirement of potable water for domestic purposes used in many projects These figures are for indicative and comparative purposes only:
in Saudi Arabia has been between 200 to 250 Lpcd. Consequently, the figures in Table 5C do not include
potable water for irrigation purposes and for institutional and commercial demands or losses in the Development Water demand
system. Apartment/ home unit 300 to 500/ 1 bed
Apartment/ home unit 550 to 750/ 2 bed
e) The exact figure must be determined in each project depending on the local conditions as described Apartment/ home unit 750 to 900/ 3 bed
above.
For design purposes, existing reliable records should be used if available. If there is no record,
an average daily water demand is appropriate to use.
It appears that the water usage requirements identified in the RCJ Design Criteria are very
conservative and would lead to a large overestimation of the PW requirements of JIC if they


would be applied to this high level review of PW requirements. It is assumed that these
requirements are very conservative in order to ensure that adequate pipe capacity is provided
during detailed design. Using the demand requirements outlined in the RCJ Criteria for a master
plan level analysis would severely overestimate the total PW demand for the community. Based
on the guidelines outlined above, and the assumptions in the community report, the community
consumption would be in the order of 900 -1000 Lpcd, which is about 1.5 times that of the
current community usage. It is assumed that the high consumption rates provided in the
Engineering Guidelines are to be used for pipe sizing purposes, and not for demand forecasting,
which is appropriate.
In 2009, actual community consumption was approximately 500 Lpcd, based on data provided by
MARAFIQ (water usage of 52,000 m3/day and a population of 105,367). Therefore for the
purposes of estimating demand, 500 Lpcd was used. JIC water consumption is very high when
compared to other cities in the Kingdom and is very high compared to other countries. Actions
should be taken to decrease this rate and this is discussed in sections 3.5 and 3.6.
W2. Institutional, Commercial and Light Industries The following criteria are used by the Canadian Ontario Ministry of the Environment:
The specific water use in the different categories of institutional, recreational and commercial areas can be Shopping Center = 2.5-5 L/m2
calculated using the values in Table 5D. For light industrial users, an individual assessment must each time Hotel = 225 L/bed/day
be carried out. Schools = 70 - 140 L/pupil
Hospital= 900 - 1800 L/bed/day
Table 5D: Specific Daily Water Use in Different Categories
Mosque 94 L/ worshipper The North Carolina, USA, Administrative code stated that, a public water system shall meet the
Small Business 7 L/m2 daily flow requirements specified in the following table:
Shopping Center 37 L/m2
Restaurant 32 L/patron + 57 L/employee Type of Service Connection Daily flow for design
Coffee House 22 L/patron + 57 L/employee Schools 55 L/student
Hotel 15 L/m2 Day Care Facilities 55 L/student
Kindergarten 76 L/pupil Construction work or summer camps 225 L/person
Elementary School 76 L/pupil Business, office, factory 95 L/person/shift (Without showers)
Intermediate School 95 L/pupil 132 L/person/shift (With showers)
Secondary School 95 L/pupil Hospital 1130 L/bed
Offices 9 L/m2
Hospital 1,230 L/bed + 57 L/employee The Department of Natural Resources and Mines of the Queensland Government, Australia
Clinic 378 L/patient + 57 L/employee suggests the following figures to be used for estimating the water demand in the different
Sports Stadium 20 L/seat categories of institutional, recreational and commercial. These figures are for indicative and
comparative purposes only:
For the design, it may be impossible to do a detailed calculation using the values proposed above, and for
the determination of the water consumption for commercial and light industries, it is proposed to use a water Development Water demand
consumption of 12 m3/1,000 m2/day. However, the designer must each time - based on his detailed Central Business 1.2 – 2 L/m2
knowledge of the project - make an assessment of this value. Child Care Centre 40-70 L/person
Commercial Premises 5-8 L/m2
Convalescent Home 600-1100 L/bed
Primary School 50-80 L/staff & pupils
Secondary School 90-150 L/staff & pupils
Tertiary Institution 50-90 L/staff & pupils
Fast food store 14-42 L/m2
Food Service 12-20 L/m2
Hospital 500-1800 L/bed
Hotel accommodation 200-600 L/bed


Hotel 7-12 L/m2
Major Shopping Development 3-8 L/m2
Medical Centre 4-7 L/m2
Motel 300-600 L/room
Place of Worship 2-4 L/m2
Public Building 5-6 L/m2
Restaurant 8-18 L/m2
Service Station 5-7 L/m2
Shop 6-8 L/m2
These conservative assumptions are applied for pipe network design at the district or
neighbourhood design level. If no data is available, an average flow if 28 m3/ha/day is
recommended.
For planning at the master plan level, the average community demand identified above under
community (500 Lpcd) includes community uses (institutional, commercial, etc). The examples
provided above are suitable for the pipe design to ensure adequate flows, however are not
required to be applied at a master plan level.
3. Heavy Industries The Department of Natural Resources and Mines of the Queensland Government, Australia
a) It is impossible to set-up guidelines for the water consumption in areas with heavy industries (being provide the following figures for industrial water demand These figures are for indicative and
industries with an extensive consumption for the industrial production). The designer must each time, comparative purposes only:
based on interviews with the potential heavy industries, make an assessment of the expected
consumption. Development Water demand
Heavy Industry 1.0 – 3.5 L/m2
Light Industry 1.0 – 3.5 L/m2
The approach currently used by JIC is appropriate, however coordination of this information
between MARAFIQ, RCJ and industries is imperative.
4. Fire Fighting Internationally, there are various methods applied for fire fighting water demand allocation.
a) Fire fighting water for the residential and commercial areas is obtained from fire hydrants located on the Most of these methods consider the following aspects in the allocation of the fire fighting water
potable water distribution network. demand and the design of fire fighting engineering system:
Type and geometry of the building
b) In the hydraulic calculations of the distribution network, it must be checked if the network can supply the Type of occupancy
fire fighting flows as detailed in Table 5E. Adjacent properties
Variable fire scenario
Table 5E: Fire Fighting Flows in Residential and Commercial Areas Fire detection system
Land Use Fire Flow in m3/s Fire Suppressions system
Medium rise commercial 0.095 - 0.189 Effectiveness of fire service
High rise commercial 0.189 - 0.379
Low rise residential 0.047 - 0.063 In the Water Supply for Public Protection produced Canadian Fire Underwriters Survey (1999)
Medium rise residential 0.063 - 0.095 assessment of a water supply system, the major emphasis in placed upon its ability to deliver
High rise residential 0.126 - 0.158 adequate water to control major fires throughout the municipality on a reliable basis via
sufficient hydrants. What is ultimately available to the fire department is the critical test in this
c) In the industrial areas, each industry shall in principle be responsible for making their own arrangements fire protection evaluation. In Canada meeting these requirements impacts the insurance
for fire fighting within their boundaries as per instructions earlier issued by the Royal Commission. premiums. The Fire Underwriters Survey recommends the following for fire flow:
d) However, the hydraulic calculations of the network system should examine to what extent a major F = 220 C A
prolonged fire can be fought with water outside the industry's boundary.
Where:


F = the required fire flow in litres per minute
C = coefficient related to the type of construction
= 1.5 for wood frame construction
= 1.0 for ordinary construction (brick or other masonry walls, combustible floor and interior)
= 0.8 for non-combustible construction (unprotected metal structure components, masonry
or metal walls)
= 0.6 for fire-resistive construction (full protected frame, floors, roof)
A = The total floor area in square metres (including all storeys, but excluding basements at
least 50 percent below grade) in the building being considered
Standard Hydrant Distribution Required Duration of Fire Flow

Fire Flow Required Average Area per Fire Flow Required Duration (hours)
(litres/min) Hydrant (m2) (litres/min)
2,000 16,000 2,000 or less 1.0
10,000 12,000 10,000 2.0
20,000 8,500 20,000 4.5
30,000 6,000 30,000 7.0
40,000 4,500 40,000 and over 9.5
48,000 3,500
6. Irrigation
a) Water for domestic gardening shall be included in the potable water demands and an individual As PW is not generally used for irrigation, removal of this reference in determining PW demand
assessment will have to be done in each project, as it may be influenced by the distribution between the from the Design Criteria Manual is appropriate.
different residential types. In many projects an allowance for residential irrigation of 145 Lpcd has been
included. Reference is made to the standards for irrigation water in RCER 2004.
b) Lawn areas shall be irrigated by surface spray sprinklers using only potable water.
7. Physical Losses (Leakage) Physical losses from the PW system goes beyond just physical loses from leakage and should be
a) The physical losses from pipes in the water supply system will depend on the age of the pipes, pipe called “unaccounted for water”, which includes leakage, non-chargeable (or illegal) use, metering
material and joints, pressure in the system and construction conditions. discrepancies, etc. It is anticipated that leakage would be the largest contributor.
b) Very often 10% of the total water consumption is added to cater for the water losses, but in some Based on experiences in other locations, “unaccounted for water ” can account for up to 15%. A
examples actual studies have showed losses less than 2%. Therefore, the designers must each time PW unaccounted for water survey should be conducted. The results may account for the high PW
make an individual assessment of the expected water losses. use in JIC.
F. The Concept of the Systems
1. The primary system is made up of a grid of mains and booster pumping stations including necessary storage This is an appropriate approach.
facilities. Further distribution to the consumers is accomplished through secondary and tertiary systems.
Pumping stations located at the storage tanks provide the hydraulic head for the secondary and tertiary
systems; those pump stations, however, are included as part of the primary system.
2. The water demands in industrial areas can be quite erratic, and as these industries come and go over the
years, the water demand at any particular location may vary drastically. This is true and should continue to be monitored.
To serve these areas with a high degree of flexibility, subordinate water systems can be established consisting
of receiving tanks (day tanks), independent pump stations downstream to maintain pressures at any desired
level, and reticulation systems with adequate margins to serve future needs. An allowable demand rate is
established for each of these points; peaking above these rates is balanced by site day tanks.


I. Potable Water
1- Desalination Plants used for the generation of potable water shall abstract water from the sea. The water This is an appropriate approach. The RCJ Design Criteria for PW supply is adapted the World
quality criteria for the desalination intake water are the ambient water quality criteria for coastal water and Health Organization (WHO) Guideline for Drinking Water Quality. The WHO Guideline for
specified in Table 2-F. Drinking Water Quality has been adapted worldwide, though some jurisdictions modify the
guideline to meet their local conditions. PW is a main source for many nutrients essential for
2- The operator of the potable water system shall ensure that all potable water distributed through the potable human health such as calcium, iron and fluoride. Desalinated water has low concentrations of
water system shall meet the potable water quality standards in Table 2-K at the point of use these important nutrients. Incorporation of minimum concentration for some nutrients within the
PW quality guideline is recommended.
3- The operator of the potable water system shall prepare and submit a report to the Royal Commission
documenting the potable water quality at representative locations across the potable water system. This report
shall be prepared and submitted on a monthly basis. The information that shall be included in the report is as
follows:
a) Date and time of sample collection. The location of sample collection shall be as specified in the EPO.
b) Analytical results for the potable water quality parameters as specified in the EPO
c) The number, frequency and explanation of the non-compliance events.
Additional Requirements not outlined in the Engineering Guidelines

Though the Engineering Guidelines do not include the PW strategic reserve requirement, the current Ontario (Canada) Ministry of Environment Guidelines MOE Guidelines Section8.4.2 proposed the
requirement is for 7-day storage which we understand is based on providing maximum security for emergency following function to calculate the total treated water storage requirements for water supply
contingencies. system:
Total treated water storage requirement = A+B+C
Where A = Fire Storage

B = Equalization Storage (25% of maximum day demand)
C = Emergency Storage (25% of A+B)
Currently most of municipalities in Ontario (Canada) request two days storage capacity for
emergency and breakdown needs.
The USA Army Corps of Engineers has proposed the Unified Facility Criteria for Water Supply:
Water Storage. Section 3.1 proposed the following approach to calculate water storage
requirement:
Total storage capacity, including elevated and ground storage, will be provided in an amount not
less than the greatest of the following items:
Item 1: Fifty percent of the average total daily domestic requirements plus all industrial
requirements. This will provide minimum operational storage needed to balance average daily
peak demands on the system and to provide an emergency supply for outages of up to a one-
day duration. For the purposes of this item, essential water needs do not include the fire
demand.
Item 2: The fire demand. The fire demand is the required fire flow needed to fight a fire in the
facility (including water required to support the fire suppression systems) which constitutes the
largest requirement for any facility served the water supply system plus 50% of the average
domestic demand rate plus industrial or other demand that cannot be reduced during a fire
period. This amount will be reduced by the amount of water available under emergency


conditions during the period of the fire.
Item3: The sum of item 1 and 2 above, that is, the sum of 50% of the average total daily
domestic requirements, all industrial requirements for an average day which cannot be shut off
during emergency conditions, and the required fire demand. The sum of the above items will be
reduced by the amount of water available in 24 hours under emergency conditions. This will
provide maximum storage where emergency water supply is a minimum over a 24 hours period
or a supply main outage would significantly affect overall supply conditions.
The current 7 days storage requirements should be revisited in light of the change in PW supply.
The IWPP and future SWRO plants are within JIC, so JIC is not reliant on the two pipelines from
SWCC. In the past, there was a fear that if the supply lines from SWCC went out that the whole
city would have to rely on the strategic reserve. Now that there are generating facilities within
the city, this will ensure a constant supply source and redundant units will be built into the
supply system to address planned and forced outages.
Recognizing that there are other reasons for the 7 day storage requirement, including conflict,
the storage capacity in JIC should be based on:
The reliability and size of the primary potable water sources (IWPP and SWRO).
The capacity of these plants relative to both industrial and domestic demand.
The potential for total breakdown of supply and how fast the supply can be restored.
The industrial consumer’s vulnerability to water shortage.
Based on this, we recommend that a study be conducted to determine the appropriate and
acceptable (to MARAFIQ and RCJ) number of days storage.
Discussions regarding groundwater are addressed in Volume VIII.

The following assumptions have been made for PW demand:

1. Community demand: is based on the Volume 1 forecast of 347,000
by 2030 and an assumption of 500 Lpcd (see Table 4-3 for rationale).
2. J1 demand: is based on the RCJ Strategic Planning Department
August 2010 Supply and Demand Report. As there is no annual
demand provided beyond 2018, and the increase in PW demand in the
years leading up to 2018 was approximately 1.5%, to be conservative,
we have assumed that it will increase at 3% per year beyond 2018.
3. J2 demand: is based on Alternative Feedstock Study Phase 2 report
by PGI/CMAI. The rational for the numbers is as follows:
models.
c. Utility estimates for SABIC Verbund were estimated based on
the Dow/Aramco project and a feedstock basis of 600,000 BPD
d. Utility estimates for the Plas-Chem and Value-Chem parks was
based on reported J1 utility usage, average plot size, and total
plot allocated to the Plas-Chem / Value-Chem developments.
No information regarding Plas-Chem or Value-Chem park
(general or specific) was provided by the RCJ regarding the
potential mix of downstream industry. Utility usage curves were
generated from J1 utility usage and plot size as reported by the
RCJ Investment Development Department as part of the
quarterly report. Based on an average plot space for J1 and
the allocated space for Plas-Chem / Value-Chem, utility
estimates were generated for J2. Allocations were based on
developments in 2015, 2020, and 2025 given the three (3) plot
spaces allocated for this development.


Figure 4-4 illustrates the actual PW use as recorded by MARAFIQ from 2004
through 2008.
Figure 4-4
Potable Water Actual Use 2004-2008
300
250
200
x 000 m3/day-pk
150
100
50
-50
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
Yearly Growth 15.0% 10.2% 3.0% 0.4% -5.7%
Year
Source "MARAFIQ Demand Forecast 2008-2017 (DF2008) for RC Jubail - Master Plan Input",
MARAFIQ Demand Forecast Department (March 31, 2008), and information provided by
MARAFIQ in March/April 2009
This shows that PW use increased by 15%, 10.2%, 3.0% and 0.4% annually
between 2004 and 2007, and then decreased by 5.7% in 2008. It is
reasoned that the decrease in SWC demand in 2008 was due to the
slowdown of industries in 2008 due to global market factors that resulted in
less consumption by industries. Actual use in 2008 was 231,000 m3/day and
there was a surplus in the system of 24,000 m3/day-peak.

The 1999 MPU indicated that the city's PW supply system required immediate
expansion and enhancement to meet forecasted shortfalls in meeting
demand as early as the summer of 2000. Expansions, new facilities, and a
change in demand forecasting avoided this projected shortfall. It also
indicated that the existing Industrial Park distribution systems were deemed
to be generally adequate through 2013, except that there needed to be a
redistribution of the flow of water and the extension of the secondary system
into the undeveloped Sections P-2, P-3 and K was needed.
PW in J2 is planned to be used for all plant process water applications, wash

down, domestic use, fire fighting and other miscellaneous site uses.
In 2007, Nexant prepared a study for the RCJ titled “Feasibility Study of
Jubail 2 Expansion (Stage 4)” to determine the impacts of expanding J2 from
3 stages to 4 stages. This report found that the total demand for PW from
primary industries in J2 (Stages 1 to 4), which includes demand for process
water, was expected to reach a peak of approximately 164,500 m3/day by
2030, which was under the design capacity of the PW supply system planned
for J2 (200,000 m3/day). Based on the Alternative Feedstock Basis for J2,
this number is now expected to top 230,000 m3/day by 2030, which is not
even full-build out for J2.
The MARAFIQ Supply Plan indicated that demand beyond 2011 is above the
production capacity of the existing plant as well as imports from the IWPP
facility and Al-Fatah. The implementation of the approved SWRO 4 and the
remineralisation plant proposed to help meet the supply-demand gap. In
addition, the plan determined the existing distribution network is capable to
meet the customer demand to 2013 and then there is a deficit in pumping
capacity for the community which they propose to mitigate by importing the
required amount from the industrial distribution network from NWPS Stage
II. They also indicate that the storage system is capable to meet the
demand, but the 7 days critical storage as per RCJ guidelines is not available
so new storage tanks are required.
The minimum quantity of water to be received at the EPS after Desal I and II
retirement and SWRO 4 and SWRO 5 commissioning will be 150,000 m3/day.
The existing pump station can handle only 100,000 m3/hr at design pressure
or up to 112,000 m3/day at a reduced pressure. MARAFIQ has indicated that
this gap in pumping capacity should be mitigated by expansion projects,
matching with the project schedule of SWRO plants and that it is anticipated
that the EPS expansion to 150,000 m3/day will be completed in 2012 and the
NWPS requires expansion beyond 2013. The existing network should be
evaluated using a hydraulic model before expansion of each PS.

The August 2010 MARAFIQ projections show an anticipated supply increase

from 2009 at 231,000 m3/day to 451,000 m3/day by 2020, which can be met
for both production and distribution.
The August 2010 RCJ projections show an anticipated increase in PW demand

from 354,000 m3/day in 2009 to 948,000 m3/day by 2018, which would
result in a shortfall in capacity for all components of the system including
supply from plants as well as PS capacity.
The difference in long tem forecasts for PW demand between MARAFIQ

(capital investment based) and RCJ (conservative based) are markedly
different resulting in the MARAFIQ figures being much lower for this and
other water-based utilities.
Findings of MPU
Table 4-4 and Figure 4-5 illustrate the MPU PW demand forecast through
2030.
Table 4-4
Potable Water Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030

Figure 4-5
Potable Water Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
1,400
1,200
1,000
800
x' 000 m3/day
600
400
200
0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Year
PW Demand Supply PS Capacity (NWPS & EPS)
Based on the demand assumptions used, there will be a shortfall in supply in

2011 of approximately 30,000 m3/day, increasing to 690,000 m3/day by
2030. There would be a shortfall in PS capacity of approximately 51,000
m3/day in 2014 increasing to 577,000 m3/day in 2030.
Should the temporary SWRO not go offline in 2010, this would address the
short term deficit in 2011 and 2012 .
In addition, if SWRO 5 comes online (not shown in the above graph), this will
provide an additional 75,000 m3/day.
Volume VIII discusses the potential impacts on groundwater quality from the
TWW discharge area being in such close proximity to some of the
groundwater wells, and recommends studies regarding source water
protection. Based on the results of these studies, the groundwater wells
may be recommended to be decommissioned. The groundwater wells are
currently primarily used for back-up supply (36,440 m3/day). The
groundwater wells by the TWW discharge area can provide supply of 21,440
m3/day. If these are taken offline it will increase the deficit identified above.

Tables 4-5 and 4-6 summarize the PW supply (generation) and distribution
shortfalls anticipated for the planning period, split into the short term, mid
term and long term.
Table 4-5
Potable Water Supply (Generation) Shortfalls
Year Shortfall Anticipated/Amount of Shortfall (m3/day)
Short Term
30,000 (2011) - 75,000
(To 2012)
Mid Term
120,000 – 370,000
(2013-2019)
Long Term
410,000 - 690,000
(2020-2030)
Table 4-6
Potable Water Distribution (Primary PS) Aggregate Shortfalls
Short Term
-
(To 2012)
Mid Term
51,000 (2014) – 256,000
(2013-2019)
Long Term
294,000 - 577,000
(2020-2030)
Table 4-7 illustrates the anticipated population in the community districts,

Jubail University College, Jubail Industrial College and worker camps in 2030,
as well as the anticipated PW demand for these areas.

Table 4-7
Community Potable Water Demand Forecast (2030)
Area 2030 Population* Demand (m3/day)

Al Fanateer 34,000 17,000
Dareen 8,300 4,150
Al Deffi 44,000 22,000
Huwaylat 6,000 3,000
Al Khaleej 2,000 1,000
Eastern Corridor 14,600 7,300
Jalmudah 46,700 23,350
Mardumah 40,300 20,150
Al-Mutrafiah 47,600 23,800
City Centre 15,000 7,500
Al Surouge - -
Al Fasil - -
Al Reggah 46,119 23,060
Subtotal 304,619 152,310
Jubail University College* 18,000 9,000
Jubail Industrial College* 11,300 5,650
Worker Camps 12,985 6,493
Total 346,904 173,452
*Refer to Volume IX (Community) for rationale on distribution of population in the community.
** Students
Table 4-8 and Figure 4-6 illustrate the MPU PW bulk storage tank demand
forecast through 2030.

Table 4-8
Potable Water Storage and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030

Figure 4-6
Potable Water Storage and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
9,000
8,000
7,000
6,000
x' 000 m3/day
5,000
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Year
Bulk Storage 7 Day Demand 5 Day Demand 3 Day Demand
Based on the demand assumptions used, there is already a shortage in 7 day

bulk storage capacity of approximately 375,000 m3, increasing to 5,680,000
m3 by 2030. Additional bulk storage tanks would need to be provided in
order to meet the 7 day storage requirements that is RC’s current strategic
policy. Should similar storage tanks/configurations be used, it is anticipated
that for every 1,000,000 m3 of additional storage approximately to 15-20 ha
of land would be required (based on the current land used by the NWPS for
bulk storage). This means that up to an additional 115 ha could be required
for storage for 2030.
Should the storage policy requirement be reduced in the future the

implications of such a change are reflected in Table 4-9 that summarizes the
PW storage shortfalls anticipated for different storage criteria during the
master planning period, split into the short term, mid term and long term.

Table 4-9
Potable Water Storage Shortfalls under different Scenarios
Year Shortfall Anticipated/Amount of Shortfall (m3)
7 day storage 5 days storage 3 day storage

Short Term
375,000-890,000 - -
(To 2012)
Mid Term 1,410,000- 315,000-
84,000 (2019)
(2013-2019) 3,430,000 1,760,000
Long Term 3,700,000- 1,450,000-
200,000-1,050,000
(2020-2030) 5,680,000 3,365,000
Land allocation to meet bulk storage requirements could be very large (up to
an additional 115 ha by 2030). The bulk storage requirements need to be
carefully reviewed and if appropriate, modifications made.
Options need to be investigated to reconcile the wide differences in PW

demand forecasts between MARAFIQ and RCJ, and address the supply
demand gap identified in Table 4-5. Options to decrease PW demand could
include:
Use alternative sources for process water.
Promote water demand management and conservation (community).
Promote process water demand management and water conservation
for industries.
Use Alternative Sources for Process Water
In 2010 in J1, TWW was being used for process application in one industry,
Gulf Guardian Glass, and in two other industries for cooling water use.
Industries need to be encouraged to use alternative sources of water to meet
their process water needs. Process water accounts for approximately 80%
of the industries total PW demand.
RCJ, MARAFIQ, and SaudConsult previously discussed the use of supplying

TWW as process water to industries, but indicated it was not practical due to
the quantity of water required for this purpose and that blending with PW
would not be allowed due to high quality of product water needed for the
industrial process water. RCJ reported that Saudi Aramco and Dow
expressed concern over the inconsistent quality of TWW and the effect this
would have on any RO Plant required to treat the water for cooling
applications. This would need to be adequately addressed before this could

move forward. Information provided by the RCJ in June 2011 indicted that
Dow-Aramco and SABIC Verbund may use TWW instead of PW or SWC, this
would decrease demand by 43,700 m3/day in 2015 and an additional 55,000
m3/day in 2018. However, the current J2 plan does not include TWW
pipelines and this would need to be investigated to ensure that ROWs and
pipelines are provided.
MARAFIQ has indicated that only PW could meet the high demand, however if
a portion of industries could use TWW, this would help with the demand on
the PW supply. This option would also require hydraulic analysis of the TWW
system to ensure capacities can be conveyed in the current network or if
upgrades would be required. Use of TWW can be good alternative provided
the customer can effectively control the bacterial growth in the cooling water
and also to maintain the blow down water quality as per RCER 2009
specifications, for discharging to the SWC canal.
Promote Water Demand Management and Conservation (Community)
Water demand management and water conservation have become

fundamental aspects in the management of a valued yet stressed resource.
Water conservation is defined as the minimization of loss or waste, care and
protection of water resources and efficient and effective use of water. Water
demand management is defined as the adoption and implementation of a
strategy (policy and initiatives) by a water institution to influence the water
demand and usage of water in order to meet any of the following objectives:
economic efficiency; social development; social equity; environmental
protection; sustainability of water supply and services; and political
acceptability.
The potential gains from attention to water demand management and water
conservation are far from marginal, even for domestic uses (where leakage
can be higher than actual consumption in some parts of the world). For
example, in Egypt water losses amount to approximately 34% of the national
water consumption, ranging between governorates from 15% to 65%. A
significant part of the losses consists of leakage losses in the supply system
as well as the distribution system. Studies show that with minor changes in
lifestyles and in urban and industrial settings, plus in this case some shift
away from irrigated agriculture; savings would exceed half of current water
use in the Middle East.
Benefits of implementing a demand management and water conservation

strategy may include:
Reduced demand for potable drinking water.
The volume of TWW discharged will also be reduced.
Increased use of TWW.
Flow reduction will reduce the size of piping required for water and
wastewater systems or extend the design horizon of the piping.

Reduced energy demand and associated greenhouse gas emissions.

This is particularly the case for demand management strategies that
target end uses that require water heating.
Minimize environmental impact of development through reduced
demand for water sourced from natural catchments and desalination
and reduced discharge of treated wastewater to receiving waters.
Process Water Demand Management and Water Conservation for Industries
Industrial demand for water increased substantially in the last three decades
in Saudi Arabia. The increase resulted from the development of industrial
cities (such as JIC, Yanbu and King Abdullah Industrial City) and the
expansion of industrial activities all over the Kingdom. The growing industrial
water demand is satisfied mainly by costly desalinated water. The following
legislation and measures have been taken to improve industrial water
demand management:
Saudi Arabia Government has established large industrial cities in
different parts of the Kingdom. The establishment of centralized
industrial city aimed to minimize industrial water demand, to maximize
wastewater recycling, and to protect the environment. Industrial
wastewater is collected, treated, and recycled within each city for
industrial process and landscape irrigation.
Closed water cycles have been introduced in industrial plants to
minimize wastewater disposal, reduce groundwater pumping, and
protect the environment. In this approach, wastewater is converted
into good quality condensate by evaporation at low temperature under
vacuum. This technology was introduced to large industrial plants in
1995.
The following presents water conservation and demand management

measures that can be utilized to reduce the industrial PW demand:
Enhancing the use of TWW for industrial purposes to replace the use of
PW. This can accomplished through providing high TWW quality and
presenting financial and economic incentives for industrial developers.
Promote the use of TWW for cooling towers in J1 and J2. This can be
accomplished through providing high TWW quality and presenting
financial and economic incentives for industrial developers. For J2 this
is subject to extending the TWW into J2.
Enhance the use of closed water cycle systems within industrial plants.
In this approach, wastewater is converted into good quality
condensate by evaporation at low temperature under vacuum. This
system will minimize water demand and wastewater disposal.
Water Consumption Auditing - Water audits are a key part of water
management plan, they are essential to gather the essential
information for water management planning such as water
consumption, options, costs, saving and financial returns. The water
audit scope may cover break down of usage across the site; inspection

of equipment, devices and process across the site as part of preparing

a usage inventory; investigation of consumption by major equipment,
devices and process; and investigation of usage trend.
Preparation of key performance indicators using baseline data (such as
L/capita/day) and comparison of monthly consumption to industry
benchmarks consumption.
Identification and feasibility of water savings measures.
Leak Detection - Industrial facilities hydraulic systems and equipments
are prone to leakage especially if the local network pressure is high.
Common source of leakage include taps, urinals, cistern flapper and
filler ball valves, fire hose reels, underground pipes and control valves.
Utilize leak detection and repair measures will highly influence water
demand within the facilitate
Improve Amenities Water Consumption - Urinals, toilets, showers, and
taps are all common sources of water waste and maintenance costs in
industrial facilitates. Water efficient amenities that have minimum
water performance standards have been introduced in different
jurisdictions worldwide such as Australia and various states the United
States.
4.5.2 Supply
Potable Water Supply (Generation)
Options need to be investigated to address the supply demand gap identified

in Table 4-5. Options to increase PW supply (generation) capacity could
include:
Keep current supplies online.
Implement the plants that are on-hold.
Connect to the regional water distribution network.
Increase supply from the IWPP.
Identify new water supply sources including connecting to the regional
network, building a new plant at the Desal II site, or receiving water
from RIC future desalination plant.
Keep Current Supplies Online
Should the temporary SWRO not go offline in 2010, this would primarily
address the short term deficit in 2011 and 2012, by providing and additional
75,000 m3/day.
If Desal I is kept online, it could provide an additional 19,200 m3/day. If

Desal II is kept online, it could provide an additional 38,400 m 3/day.
MARAFIQ has indicated that fuel gas will not be available for these plants
after commercial operation of the IWPP. Also due to the age of these plants,
they would need to reviewed to identify if the facilities are in need of
maintenance or upgrades in order to ensure that they can continue to

provide water of an appropriate quality and quantity.
In addition, negotiations could begin with SWCC to maintain or expand

supply to JIC. MARAFIQ has indicated that this is a viable option.
Connect to the Regional Water Distribution Network
Connecting to the regional network is an option that should be investigated

as it could be one of the quicker ways to achieve additional supplies.
Implement the Plants That Are On-Hold
Bring SWRO 5 comes online (not shown in the supply graph as timing
unknown), this will provide an additional 75,000 m3/day.
Increase Supply from the IWPP
IWPP is state of the art and the multi-stage flash distillation process is suited
for large scale plants. The IWPP will have a capacity of 800,000 m3/day, and
currently only 300,000 m3/day has been allocated for JIC, the remaining
amount has been committed elsewhere. MARAFIQ has indicated that no
additional PW would be available from the IWPP. Should the IWPP expand in
the future, it may be possible to negotiate for increased supply from the
IWPP facility.
Identify New Water Supply Sources
Groundwater accounts for less than 10% of the PW supply available and it is
currently used as back-up. New groundwater supply sources could be
investigated to increase this supply in locations that would not be subject to
concerns about contamination. Volume VIII provide recommendations
regarding source water protection. Based on the results of these studies,
the existing groundwater wells may be recommended to be
decommissioned.
MARAFIQ has also indicated the possibility of approaching IWPP to build a

new plant at the Desal II site for 150,000 m3/day.
Additionally, new SWRO plants could be considered, or increasing the

capacity of current plants.
Hooking into the supply proposed for RIC should also be investigated. At this
time, information is not been provided regarding the proposed supply for
RIC, however as there is only one network for PW and process water in JIC
this would need to be investigated to ensure that any step to connect it with
regional network will need to considering the quality of water in the regional
network.

Potable Water Distribution
The demands outlined in Section 4.4 will need to be run through the
computerized hydraulic network analysis model to determine if the existing
infrastructure is large enough to accommodate the new demands as the
community expands and to confirm that the system is adequate to meet the
flows (normal and fire), pressure, velocities and the looping configuration.
The model can assist in the location of any requirements for increased
pipeline diameters or booster PSs as well as any additional storage tanks.
To address the mid-term pumping capacity deficit, MARAFIQ has indicated

that the NWPS can be expanded by adding more pumps. A further expansion
of the EPS would also be an option. The creation of a new PS facility should
also be investigated.
With respect to the storage deficit, regardless of the decision regarding

number of days storage required, land needs to be set aside for expansion of
the bulk storage facilities. It is anticipated that only a portion of the storage
could be done at the existing locations so a new location should be identified
for storage. Storage located adjacent to NWPS is suitable for J1 and J2,
whereas a place in community area (near Al-Fanateer/Jalmudah PSs) could
be considered as an optional site.
Based on the Alternative Feedstock Basis for J2, this number is now expected
to top 230,000 m3/day by 2030, which is not even full-build out for J2.
Reportedly the original design capacity of the PW distribution system planned
for J2 was 200,000 m3/day. This apparent hydraulic deficiency should be
reviewed and any remedial measures that are identified be implemented .

4.6 Recommendations
The following table outlines the key recommendations related to PW. Many of the recommended studies need to occur in the short term, however their results will be implemented over the mid
and long term to meet the PW requirements of JIC.
Table 4-10
Potable Water Recommendations

Identify additional PW Sources: RCJ and MARAFIQ management urgently needs to address the This is the highest priority to avert a PW shortage in the future because the RCJ Short Term
issue of shortage of PW in the short term. A feasibility study should be conducted to assess the committed supply of PW from the IWPP facility will be fully utilized in the short term. MARAFIQ through to
practical and economic viability of additional supply(s) from: According to MARAFIQ, additional generation units or alternate sources for process Mid Term
IWPP beyond the current allotment of 300,000 m3/day; water demand for new industries may need to be investigated as soon as 2015. The
Tapping into the regional water distribution network; and demands shown in this report indicate that this deficit could happen even sooner.
New supplementary resources such as the RIC planned desalination water facility or
another plant to be constructed at a closer site.
Also consider keeping current supplies online, implementing plants that are on-hold; and use of
alternative sources for process water (i.e. TWW which is addressed further in Chapter 7).
Prepare hydrological studies to determine the capacity of local ground water and aquifers, To ensure water quality from ground water resources used for PW. RCJ Short Term
subject to resolving water quality issues as identified from release of TWW. Based on this study,
determine if existing groundwater wells need to be taken offline and potential to identify
additional supplies.
Demand Management Strategy: Determine which demand management and conservation Per capita water demand in JIC is higher than other cities in KSA and decreasing this RCJ Short Term
options should be encouraged in JIC and implement policy changes necessary. will reduce future PW needs and infrastructure costs and will promote sustainable MARAFIQ through to
use of resources. Industry Mid Term
Include a goal to reduce per capita water consumption and prepare a Process Water Demand
Management and Water Conservation Strategy for JIC incorporating best management practices. PW demand is largest from industry so their demand has the largest impact on
deficits. This strategy should be done in conjunction with Industry and should look
at use of alternative sources for process water.
Bulk Water Storage Requirements: Prepare a study to review the bulk water storage The 7 day storage requirement was established when PW was primarily supplied via RCJ Short Term
requirements to determine if reducing the current requirement is appropriate. The current a single source and transmission pipeline. Although this is still the case with added MARAFIQ
objective was based on the supply conditions at the early stage of JIC’s development and now redundancy in the future on transmission mains the requirement should be
the reliability and redundancy is enhanced. This study should also identify locations for bulk reviewed, while still ensuring all anticipated needs will be met. If the 7 day storage
storage reservoirs and the area requirements. requirement is maintained, up to an additional 115 ha could be required for bulk
storage for 2030.
Review of RCER and Design Guidelines: As PW is not generally used for irrigation, removal of To update design criteria to reflect actual use in JIC that PW is not used for RCJ Short Term
this reference in determining PW demand from the Design Criteria Manual is appropriate. Also, irrigation. PW is a main source for many nutrients essential for human health such
incorporation of minimum concentration for some nutrients within the PW quality guidelines is as calcium, iron and fluoride. Desalinated water has low concentration of these
recommended. important nutrients.
Use of PW to dilute IWW effluent: The 1999 MPU identified IWW TDS Limit concerns and Diluting effluent stream with PW to reduce TDS concentrations is bad practice and MARAFIQ Short Term
recommended that in order to comply with the combined TDS limits, as established in the RCER, will have negative impacts on the treatment plant capacity and will substantially RCJ
some industries have used PW to dilute their effluent streams. To minimize the use of PW, it is increase PW consumption. The 1999 MPU proposed analysis approach is appropriate Industry
recommended that industries be provided with incentives to recycle process water, potentially to manage this problem but it should be combined with a comprehensive flow
using the following approaches: charging fair market value for PW; restricting industrial water metering and water quality monitoring program.
outflow; requiring industry to pre-treat process water other than by dilution. In the interest of


PW conservation, it was recommended that analysis of this issue should proceed on the A flow metering and water quality monitoring program will facilitate the application
following basis: of the RCJ penalty system for non-compliance. Presenting financial incentives for
Determine the extent by which the industries practice PW dilution of their effluent compliance could further motive industrial facilities to comply with the regulations.
streams.
Determine the extent by which the TDS limits at individual discharge points could be
relaxed without raising the TWW TDC and TDS content beyond the prescribed limits.
Determine the extent by which the TWW TDS and TDC limits could be raised without
adverse effects on plant life.
Assess the ability of the IWW treatment system to treat WW with higher TDS limits.
Prepare MPUs approximately every 5 years for a 20-25 year time horizon. To provide updated demand projections and an overall review of the status of PW RCJ Mid Term
system. This process should be done in conjunction with input from MARAFIQ and MARAFIQ through to
the industries. Industry Long Term
Implement a technical/operations liaison committee with MARAFIQ and appropriate RCJ, as Discuss and coordinate projections and upgrades which is currently done in a MARAFIQ Short Term
described in Chapter 2. manner that is unclear who is responsible for this. RCJ through to
Mid Term
Finalize MARAFIQ design guidelines currently under preparation and incorporate into RCJ The proposed MARAFIQ and existing RCJ guidelines need to be compatible and a RCJ Short Term
guidelines as appropriate. comprehensive review of both guidelines is required to ensure consistency in MARAFIQ through to
approach. Having their own guidelines will provide MARAFIQ better control over Mid Term
changes that affect their business and allow for greater consistency across their
departments.
RCJ and MARAFIQ to consult on annual projections for PW demand and reconcile their wide To ensure up to date and verifiable projections are available for planning purposes. RCJ Short Term
differences in forecasting. This can be done via the liaison committee recommended in Chapter MARAFIQ through to
2. Long Term
Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of tariffs. This can be done via the liaison committee Tariffs need to reflect a reasonable cost recovery for utility maintenance and MARAFIQ Short Term
recommended in Chapter 2. expansion. Based on the current tariff schedule the community does not pay for RCJ through to
SWW as this is accounted for under the costs for PW. Reviews need to ensure that Mid Term
tariffs appropriately account for costs of upkeep and expansion of the SWW system.
Higher tariffs could be used to encourage the use of TWW by industries instead of
PW, where possible. PW for residential is charged on a sliding scale based on use
which is appropriate. This should be investigated to see if appropriate for industry.
MARAFIQ continue preparing 5 year supply-demand reports However this should be To ensure future shortfalls in supply are identified in time to address them. Typically MARAFIQ Short Term
supplemented with a 10 year supply-demand forecast updated annually and reviewed with the at 80% capacity design plans need to start for expansions. through to
RCJ for concurrence when the annual updates are prepared. Long Term
Continue to track actual use (in community and industrial areas) so that annually the actual To continue to refine projections versus actual use. MARAFIQ Short Term
demand can be compared with the projections.
Complete study and develop an integrated network management (mass balancing, leak The 1999 MPU also recommended performing a PW conservation study to minimize MARAFIQ Short Term
detection & DMAs) water systems. leakage. This could be done under the MARAFIQ’s NOOR Program. This study
should include an investigation of all “non-revenue water”, which includes leakage,
non-chargeable (or illegal) use, metering discrepancies, etc. Based on information
provided by MARAFIQ, mass balance meters are being installed under the NOOR
transformation programme #5 (Eliminate/Unaccounted Water Product).
Review current design capacity of J2 network. It is our understanding that the PW system for J2 has been designed based on the RCJ Short Term
assumption of total demand of 200,000 m3/day. This MPU has projected higher
demands, so the system design should be reviewed.
Perform a network distribution analysis: This should be done through a computerized hydraulic To determine network ability to meet new demands. According to MARAFIQ, the MARAFIQ Short Term
network analysis model to determine if the existing infrastructure is large enough to NWPS will require expansion beyond 2013 and the existing distribution network can
accommodate the new demands as the community expands and to confirm that the system is meet customer demand through 2013.


adequate to meet the flows (normal and fire), pressure, velocities and the looping configuration.
The model can assist in determining the location of any requirements for increased pipeline Need to evaluate existing network through a hydraulic model analysis before
diameters or booster pumping stations as well as any additional storage tanks. Conduct a expanding PSs.
baseline engineering study to verify/modify the basic design criteria such as looping
requirements, elimination of secondary tank storage and pump houses as recommended in the
1999 MPU.
Conduct a feasibility study to identify required upgrades to meet increased storage To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
requirements.
Conduct feasibility study to identify upgrades required to EPS in order to meet SWRO 4 and 5 To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
and upgrades required to NWPS. Determine if expanding NWPS and EPS are appropriate and/or through to
if a new PS needs to be planned. Mid Term
Implement the facility upgrades currently identified including SWRO 4 and 5, EPS pumping To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
capacity upgrades and installation of bulk storage tanks at the NWPS. through to
Mid Term
Replace the existing asbestos cement pipes in the PW network, in order to comply with a Royal This is essential from a public health standpoint and is considered a Best MARAFIQ Short Term
Decree that requires all asbestos cement pipes used for PW which are more than 25 years old to Management Practices initiative.
be replaced.
Repair concrete structures as required and continue with corrosion control as a part of O&M. To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
through to
Mid Term
Repair any major leaks identified in the integrated network management system study above. To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term

5.0 INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER

The industrial and sanitary (or domestic) wastewater from industries are
collected in two separate systems, with the exception being Blocks E, J, and
N in the J1 Support Industries Area which are served by the SWW network
only.
As shown in Figure 5-1 (Existing Industrial Wastewater System), the IWW

system consists of two main components:
Treatment.
The collection system (network) including pumping facilities.
Industrial wastewater is treated at the Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant

8 (IWTP 8) and is collected from the existing Primary and Secondary
industries in J1. The plant uses primary, secondary and biological treatment
process. Treated water is filtered and chlorinated for disinfection. The
industrial wastewater collection system includes gravity sewers, force mains
and PSs.
5.1 Existing System
5.1.1 Industrial Wastewater Treatment
IWTP 8 was designed in stages, the design capacities of Stage I and Stage II
were originally designed for 26,000 m3/day and 41,700 m3/day respectively.
IWTP 8 was designed and constructed in stages Stage I (commissioned in
1983), Stage II (commissioned in 1989), and in 2000 Stage I and Stage II
were commissioned to have an upgrade with a total treatment capacity of
65,000 m3/day.
IWTP 8 currently complies with RCER 1999, and any expansions will comply
with RCER 2004.
Industries are supposed to pre-treat their IWW to comply with point source
discharge criteria and IWTP 8 then processes the IWW to meet the required
standards, however there are concerns about the industry point charge
quality being achieved.
There is 300,000 m 3 of emergency storage at IWTP 8, and two 31,500 m3

storage tanks for TWW.

TS 7
Al-Fasil District
T3
District
Airport Area
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District
Evap. Jubail
Stn. Industrial
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100
T106
T112
Al-Huwaylat
Al-Huwaylat
Stage 3 and 4
T113
Stg.2 St. 1 Block N
Island
SWTP Block J-South
T289
(Exp.)
Pond
T1 0
T130
1
Al-
Lulu
District
T138 T138
T147
68 69 T148 47
T150 6
24 T154
Kh a
Al-
Ar a b i a n
Shati
T295
rsa
7
Sa u
74 9
T162 District
Gu l f
niah
5
di E
79
le ct
R as
O&S 23
T263
T251
T241
Ra il
ric
Centre
Jubail 1
Ta n
Block P T174
C om
ro a
u
49 4
ra R
dR
pan
47 55
Industrial Area
OW
OW
46
yR
T184
OW
22
T259
T195
Block K Block F
T143
51 52 53 54
T163
T198
3
T289
Sanitary 59 T204 IWPP
Landfill 56 Fac.
IWTP #8
T223
T218 57 58
Desal.
2 10 11 #2
1 T218
RC T230
Scap
Fac. 21 18 20 15 16
T2 1
8
TS9
Sanitary
T315
T335
TS1
Landfill
T241
T121
T195
T183
T161
T261
TS3
T2 74
MOT
BeeA'h T272
85
T2 74

ED
CO TS8

7
3
TS
INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER LINE PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
PUMPSTATIONS SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
FIGURE 5-1 PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
EXISTING INDUSTRIAL
WASTEWATER SYSTEM
STATUS: FINAL
Existing Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant
IWTP 8 uses a number of treatment processes as described below:

Lagoons: four aeration lagoons oxidise and stabilise dissolved and
suspended organic matter. From these lagoons, the wastewater flows
to two settlement ponds.
Screening: raw IWW is passed through bar screens to remove larger
items that could cause a blockage.
Grit Removal: then grit is settled out in two grit chambers.
Primary Sedimentation: Settleable solids and floating oils are
separated and removed. Organic materials is pumped to the solid
waste treatment process for treatment and disposal.
Neutralization: In these tanks wastewater is dosed with caustic soda
or sulphuric acid.
Activated Sludge: There are three 9,000 m3 tanks with five surface
aerators used per tank. Activated sludge is mixed in and air is induced
to maintain optimum conditions for biological growth.
Secondary Sedimentation: This then passes to sedimentation tanks
where activated sludge is settled and recycled. There are eight 26 m
diameter tanks.
Pressure Filtration: Pressure filtration is used to remove any
remaining suspended solids using gravel and sand.
Disinfection: Chlorine is used to treat the TWW before use in
irrigation.
The intermediate filtration, nutrient dosing and ozonation systems are no
longer operational.

Waste from the screening and grit removal process are disposed of at the
RCSLF. Also, sludge is thickened and press filtered to 30% solids and
landfilled within lined cells of the RCSLF. This is addressed under Chapter
11.
Treated water from IWTP 8 can be conveyed to the irrigation system of the
industrial area or to any irrigation area in the community through a series of
interconnection lines and valve system. TWW is addressed in Chapter 7.
5.1.2 Industrial Wastewater Collection
In J1, the overall IWW collection system is made up of a branched sewer

network system which collects IWW from each industry (industries are
required to pre-treat all IWW before releasing it into the IWW system) and
deliver it through a series of pipes to the existing IWTP 8. The network
consists of a series of PSs at individual industries’ sites that connect to the
wastewater collection network that, in turn, transport the IWW to IWTP 8.
In J2, the IWW system will be a low pressure force main system. The
required pressure will come from industry elevated discharge towers which
each industry is required to provide on-site (these could be some 20 metres
above ground level). The wastewater level in the industry elevated discharge
towers shall be sufficient to provide the total dynamic head required to
deliver the IWW from the industry site, through the IWW system and across
the KRT Corridor to IWTP 8.
The industrial wastewater collection schemes in the two industrial areas are
dramatically different in hydraulic design, jurisdiction of ownership and
operational responsibility. The J2 system is a marked improvement over the
earlier constructed system which has been dependent on the principle of
pumping in series which has led to bottleneck difficulties during its
development and operation.
IWW is generated from three principal sources:

Rainwater run-off (first 30 mm from process area i.e. first flush).
Process water.
Tank washing.
The largest flow in terms of sizing the network is rainwater that is incident
upon paved industry areas within the industrial fence. Each industry
undertakes primary treatment of the collected water from all potential
sources and must provide 72 hours storage.
The collection and conveyance of wastewater from the J1 industrial area is

pumped by a system of PSs capable of delivering the wastewater through an
inter-connecting pipework to the appropriate treatment plant (i.e. SWTP 9 for

SWW and IWTP 8 for IWW). The IWW pump stations are designed in series,
ultimately leading to IWTP 8.
As shown on Figure 5-1, the IWW collection system is made up of three

sections, each delivering directly to IWTP 8:
PS-18 has an available pumping capacity of 65,500 m3/day and is
serving the primary and secondary industries to the south of Corridor
EW2 and extending from Refinery 1 in the east to the secondary
industry block in the west. The flows are conveyed east to west by a
series of PSs and associated pipelines to PSs sited in the northern
boundary of the Rolling Mill and flows are pumped directly to IWTP 8.
serving the secondary industries located to the west of Corridor NS3
and between west Corridors EW1 and EW2. This system is comprised
of a series of PSs and pipelines, the collected flow being discharged to
the southernmost PS and is pumped directly to IWTP 8.
serving the remainder primary and secondary industries in the area
bounded by Corridors NS1, NW1, NS3 and NW2. Flows are conveyed
by a series of PSs and mains northwards from Fertilizer 1 along
Corridor NS1 to its junction with Corridor EW1, and westwards to the
west side of Corridor NS2. From this point flows are conveyed
southwards along the west side of Corridor NS2 to its junction with
Corridor EW2 and westwards to the PS situated on the southern
boundary of Methanol, which pumps directly to the IWTP 8.
There are 35 IWW pump stations with pumping capacities ranging from 557
to 120,700 m3/day. The pump stations are either dual-function, transferring
IWW and SWW or single-function transferring only SWW. The pump stations
were equipped with odour and corrosion control treatment injecting oxygen
and or ozone into the pipelines on an automatic basis at rates sufficient to
maintain the industrial wastewater in an aerobic condition. However this
odour control is no longer functioning and needs to be ungraded or replaced
with suitable technology.
Industries are required to maintain on their premises effluent storage

capacity sufficient to guard against a minimum 72-hour interruption in
collection service, flow surges that would overload the collection system, or
the release of effluents that are not in compliance with the discharge criteria
caused by an emergency or pipe break.
The J1 primary industry area systems have a designed average flow capacity
of 332,700 m3/day. Due to heavier PETROKEMYA demand than originally
anticipated, MARAFIQ debottlenecked PS-16 and PS-15 by installing larger
IWW pumps, which were upgraded again in 2009 (PS-16 to 800 m3/hr and
PS-15 to 1,500 m3/hr).


5.2.1 Industrial Wastewater Treatment
The MARAFIQ Facilities Planning Department conducted an independent

technical study to ascertain the treatment capability of the treatment plants
and determined the scope for modification to improve treatment efficiency
and technology selection for expansion. Based on recommendations of the
study, the CAPEX for expansion has been processed and bidding is in
progress. The expansion up to 55,000 m3/day has been planned in the
assigned area in the north of existing IWTP 8. Sufficient land has been
allotted for expansion of IWTP 8 for J2. Also, the project will upgrade the
existing plant in order to address high COD from influent wastewater.
Recently there has been an increase of 200% in peak Chemical Oxygen
Demand (COD) was observed in the influent water from industries.
Therefore, the MARAFIQ Facilities Planning Department has proposed process
intensification along with plant expansion.
The MARAFIQ Supply Plan IWW Treatment System proposes to mitigate the
supply-demand gap using Stage I of IWTP 8 with enhancement of aeration
system (implemented through the approved CAPEX for plant expansion in
2009). The long term peak supply deficit is proposed to be met through the
expansion of IWTP 8 to add 55,000 m3/day to be online in 2011 as per
approved CAPEX.
The IWTP is also currently being refurbished and upgraded including

computer monitoring systems. MARAFIQ determined that IWTP Stage III
with rehabilitation of Stage I and II will have a total treatment capacity of
125,000 m3/day and will be complete in 2011, however in 2012 this will be
reduced to 97,000 m3/day in order to meet RCER 2004. The Stage III
expansion has been approved based on meeting RCER 2004. MARAFIQ
anticipates IWTP expansion Stage IV will be needed by 2019.
Table 5-1 summarizes the current IWTP 8 capacity and proposed expansions.

Table 5-1
IWTP 8 Existing Capacity and Proposed Expansions
Capacity Timing
(m3/day)
IWTP Stage I & II 41,700 Original Design
IWTP Stage I & II Refurb (Total) 65,000 In service now (will be
reduced to 41,700 again in
2012 to meet 2004 RCER)
IWTP Stage III Expansion 55,000 2011 (Stage I and II will
(Conventional Activated Sludge serve as a standby unit for
Biological Process) emergencies)
IWTP Stage IV 55,000 2019 (can be brought
online earlier if required)
5.2.2 Industrial Wastewater Collection
The Industrial Wastewater System Engineering Study prepared by Softcon in

association with the Stanley Group dated July, 2006 provides the site
development infrastructure and mechanical systems for J2. This report was
based on a totally different hydraulic concept for IWW in J2 compared to J1
consisting of individual elevated storage facilities for IWW at each industrial
site discharging to a piped network that conveys the flows to the IWTP 8. J2
is made up of a branched sewer network system which collects IWW from
each industry in J2 and delivers it through a series of pipes to IWTP 8. The
system is a low pressure force main system. The required pressure will come
from industry elevated discharge towers which each industry is required to
provide on-site (these could be some 20 metres above ground level). Water
level in the industry elevated discharge towers needs to be sufficient to
provide the total dynamic head required to deliver the IWW from the industry
site, through the IWW system and across the KRT Corridor to IWTP 8. This is
discussed further under Section5.5.
The system is made up of a single 900 mm pipe running down the central
east-west corridor of J2, with 700 mm connections to individual industry
plots. Redundancy has been incorporated into the system by the inclusion of
two parallel pipelines across the KRT Corridor, each of which has the capacity
to carry the full design flow of 100,000 m3/day. Redundancy is also provided
by the fact that all industries are required to maintain on-site storage,
equivalent to a minimum of 72 hours of production.
In October 2006, an initial WL | Delft Hydraulics report reviewed the IWW

system for J2 and based on the conclusions in that report, RCJ had
discussions with Softcon/Stanley consultants as well as with the future
operators of the system. As a result of these meetings, RCJ requested WL |
Delft Hydraulics to perform a further hydraulic evaluation of the IWW system

including some intended modifications. In December 2007, WL | Delft

Hydraulics issued an intermediate report to RCJ regarding the IWW system
for J2 which included J2 Phase 4.
The objectives of this study were:

1. Establishing of hydraulic design parameters in consultation with the
CLIENT.
2. Modification of the simulation model and local modifications to realise
two different system design principles (stand pipes with pumps, and
pumps directly connected to the system with slow closing non-return
valves).
3. Calculation of three steady state conditions (minimum, nominal and
maximum design flow) for two system designs with two transport
lines in operation. The most critical flow condition for each system
design is also simulated with a single transport line in operation.
4. Development of operating scenario’s for the individual Industries,
including allowable pump capacity and head in relation to the
required (calculated) edge level in the standpipe, transport capacity
per 24 hours per Industry, start-up and stop procedures for the
individual Industries and required time intervals between start up of
individual Industries.
5. Hydraulic design of the seal weir construction and equalizer pipe
upstream of the inverted siphon pipe section.
6. Transient analysis for system design selected by the CLIENT:
emergency conditions such as pump trip of all Industries due to a
power failure of the electric grid, or inadvertent valve closure
upstream of the waste water treatment plant.
The subjects are:
- minimum and maximum pressure in the system,
- possible overflow of stand pipes (in case selected design),
- back flow of sewage water to the Industry storage reservoirs,
- possible effects and locations of severe air entrainment due to
large differences in water level (effect of water jumps). Three
(extreme) cases will be simulated.
7. Remedial design to avoid back flow, overflow of stand pipes,
minimum pressures >-0.5 barg; maximum pressure < 10 barg.
Possible measures are: check valves downstream of the stand pipes,
by-pass lines (with check valves) to supply water to the system after
pump trip, adapted surface area of stand pipes, edge levels, etc. Two
solutions will be evaluated and reported in consultation with the
client (WL | Delft Hydraulics, Dec 2007).
The recommended modifications consisted of:

1. Addition of 900 m pipeline (internal diameter 900 mm) to double the
complete transport system between the Industrial Area and the
Sewage water treatment plant, and to allow transport through a

single pipeline. Including modifications of manifold to direct the

water to the individual pipelines.
2. Addition of a sand trap and weir to minimise sand entrainment in the
inverted siphon under the KRT-crossing.
3. No restrictions on the individual Industries to store water on site
before transporting. The individual Industry discharges to a stand
pipe with an internal diameter of 2 m and a preliminary design height
of 9 m RCD.
4. Partially modified pipe profile.
5. Maximum flow rates Phase 1 to 4 : 49,200 m3/day, including a peak
demand margin of 10 % (in total 110 % of the designed flow
capacity), and excluding 1,700 m3/day by the secondary Industries
phase 1 to 4 (adjustment October 30th, 2007) (WL | Delft
Hydraulics, Dec 2007).
The MARAFIQ Supply Plan Network Analysis for IWW proposed that upgrades
to PS-15 and PS-16 pumping capacity (completed in 2010) would meet the
supply deficit from 2010 onwards. Expansion of pumping capacity of PS-10
and PS-11 (completed in 2010) would meet the supply deficit from 2010
onwards. The disposal of surplus TWW will be provided through the
proposed installation of a dedicated surplus TWW line from IWTP 8 to the
TWW discharge area. MARAFIQ is also proposing the provision of inlet works
IWTP 8 for J2 IWW.
According to MARAFIQ, Section Q (Secondary Industry) is only partially

designed. It is envisaged that Section Q will be occupied by one or two
additional primary type industries which will provide direct IWW/SWW
pipelines from their premises to main pump stations PS-18 and PS-21.
Based on current industrial development, the extension of the system into
the undeveloped areas of Sections P-2, and K need immediate attention.
Section P2 and K site development is almost completed.
The following table summarizes the current primary PS capacity and exp.
Table 5-2
IWW Primary Pumping Station Capacity and Proposed Expansions
Pump Station Total Capacity (m3/day) Timing

PS-1 120,700 In service
Source: MARAFIQ, July 2009
MARAFIQ has indicated that currently these PSs are operating well below
design capacity. Figure 5-2 (Current Planned Industrial Wastewater System)
illustrates the current proposed modifications to the IWW distribution
network.


IWW:

A. General
D. Stormwater Runoff Criteria
E. Pre-treatment Criteria
Section 5.05 Wastewater Collection System

A. General
C. Wastewater Production
D. Key Design Parameters
E. Calculation of Design Flows
F. Physical Components in the Wastewater Collection System
G. Construction/Design Considerations for Wastewater Collection
Subsections B, D, E, F and G of 5.05 Wastewater Collection System and D of

2.03 Water Environment Criteria are directly applicable to detailed design
and construction and therefore beyond the level of analysis required at the
master plan level. The discussion in this Volume will be limited to the design
criteria that are pertinent at the Master Plan level.
Overall, the RCJ criteria outlined with respect to IWW have been adequately
tested in the systems installed to date. However, there have been problems
with meeting some of the quality parameters identified. Recommendations
for this are provided in sections 5.6, 6.6 and 7.6.
Table 5-3 summarizes assessment of the relevant criteria under 5.05

subsections C and 2.03 subsections A and E.

TS 7
Al-Fasil District
T3
District
Airport Area
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District
Evap. Jubail
Stn. Industrial
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100
T106
T112
Al-Huwaylat
Al-Huwaylat
Stage 3 and 4
T113
Stg.2 St. 1 Block N
Island
SWTP Block J-South
T289
(Exp.)
Pond
T1 0
T130
1
Al-
Lulu
District
T138
T147
68 69 T148 47
T150 6
24 T154
Kh a
Al-
Ar a b i a n
Shati
T295
rsa
9 7
Sa u
74
T162 District
Gu l f
niah
5
di E
79
le ct
R as
O&S 23
T263
T251
T241
Ra il
ric
Centre Jubail 1
Ta n
Block P T174
C om
ro a
u
49 4
Industrial Area
ra R
dR
pan
47 55
OW
OW
46
yR
T184
OW
22
T259
T195
Block K Block F
53 54
T143
51 52
T163
T198
3
T289
Sanitary 59 T204 IWPP
56 Fac.
Landfill
IWTP #8
T223
57 58
Desal.
2 10 11 #2
1 T218
RC T230
Scap
15 16
Jubail 2 Fac. 21 18 20
Industrial Area T2 1
8
Sanitary
TS1
Landfill
T241
T121
T195
T183
T161
T261
TS3
T2 74
MOT
BeeA'h T272
85
T2 74

ED
CO TS8

7
3
TS
EXISTING INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER LINE EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
FUTURE INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER LINE PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS FUTURE SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
EXISTING PUMPSTATIONS PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
EXISTING INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT FUTURE PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA FUTURE SUPPORT INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
FIGURE 5-2
CURRENT PLANNED INDUSTRIAL
WASTEWATER SYSTEM
STATUS: FINAL
Table 5-3
Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Industrial Wastewater and MPU Assessment
Design Criteria from Manual Assessment

A. General
2. General guidelines are as follows: This is a proven and appropriate approach that meets
a) Industrial and municipal wastewater shall be and/or exceed most method of practice for industrial
segregated to increase the potential for use of each wastewater management worldwide. It is
stream; recommended that the practice continue to be a zero
b) Industrial wastewater streams shall be pretreated, discharge city.
to comply with applicable standards, before
discharging to a central treatment facility to assure
that the central facility receives only those wastes
which can be effectively treated;
c) The in-plant or overall pretreatment facility may be
required to meet a specific pretreatment effluent
criteria. If required, the pretreatment effluent
criteria will be specified in terms of mass and/or
concentration, and the performance level will be
based on the best available treatment technology;
d) Direct discharge of untreated or partially treated
wastewater not meeting the discharge criteria - see
TABLE 2-F, TABLE 2-I and TABLE 2-J (including
polluted ballast and ship wastewater), hazardous
materials, and contaminated stormwater is
prohibited; and
e) Only after reuse possibilities are fully exhausted, the
discharge of treated wastewater to the Gulf and Red
Sea is allowed; this does not pertain to waters
drawn from the sea or cooling water canal for the
purpose of non-contact cooling water.
E. Pre-Treatment Criteria
1. Unless meeting the requirements of Table 2-F (Cooling MARAFIQ has indicated a large increase (up to 4 fold)
Water Criteria), all wastewaters must be discharged to in chemical/organic loading in the IWW being received


the Royal Commission's Central (now MARAFIQ’s) If industries are not meeting the pretreatment
Industrial Wastewater Treatment Facility. All such required, this can have a significant impact on the
discharges shall be pretreated as necessary to comply function of IWTP 8. MARAFIQ has indicated that
with the wastewater pretreatment criteria specified in treatment capacity at IWTP 8 has been reduced to
TABLE 2-G and 2-H. If deemed necessary by the Royal about 70% of design capacity because of the water
Commission, additional criteria limits and monitoring quality being received. Enforcement of these criteria
requirements on the combined or individual wastewater is paramount, and a monitoring system needs to be
streams from a pretreatment facility may be imposed. put in place.
The USA National Pre-treatment Program consists of

three types of national pre-treatment standards
(prohibited discharge, categorical standards and local
limits) that apply to industrial users. Prohibited
discharges, comprised of general and specific
prohibition, apply to all industrial users regardless of
the size or type of operation. Categorical standards
apply to specific process wastewater discharges from
particular industrial categories. Local limits are site-
specific limits develop by local Wastewater treatment
plant operator to enforce general and specific
prohibition on Industrial users Other jurisdictions
worldwide have applied categorical standards and
requested State of the Art technology to be applied for
Industrial Wastewater pre-treatment. Germany is a
good example. Development of categorical standards
based on industry specific wastewater discharges is
recommended. This approach is effectively applied in
different jurisdictions.
There are no pre-treatment standards for some

important parameters (BOD, COD, and Silver). We
recommend updating Table 2-G to include these
parameters.


3. Wastewater from Industries This is a proven and appropriate approach.
b) For the wastewater generation from the industrial
processes, an individual assessment must be made.
4. Wastewater from Fire Fighting and Irrigation This is a proven and appropriate approach.
a) Water included in the calculation of the water Fire fighting system testing water can be stored and
consumption for fire fighting and irrigation will not used for landscape irrigation and other non potable
later be converted to wastewater. water usage within the industrial facility.
5. Wastewater Caused by the Leaking Water Supply This is a proven and appropriate approach.
Network
a) In the calculation of the water quantities to be
supplied, a certain percentage for leakage has been
included. As the leakage occurs in the water
distribution system before it reaches the consumers,
this quantity will not generate any wastewater.
6. Infiltration to/ Leakage from the Gravity Sewer System This is a proven and appropriate approach, however
a) In order to determine the quantities to add to or an overall study of the system should be conducted to
subtract from the calculated sewage flows, an determine average infiltration and leakage in the
individual assessment shall be made in each project. overall system. Regular Leaks detection and repair
The quantities will depend on depth of pipe, location and onsite wastewater flow monitoring are best
of groundwater table (if any), pipe type and number management practices that widely adapted for middle
of joints, and soil and other external load conditions. to large size industrial facilitates.

The following assumptions have been made for IWW demand:

demand provided beyond 2018, and is estimated to have minimal
increase between 2015 and 2018, it has been assumed that IWW
demand will increase at 0.5% per year through the remainder of the
Master Plan period.
models.

5.4 Demand and Supply Assessment

Figure 5-3 illustrates the actual IWW volumes as recorded by MARAFIQ from
2004 through 2008.
Figure 5-3
Industrial Wastewater Actual Use 2004-2008
60
50
40
x 000 m3/day-pk
30
20
10
-10
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
Peak Surplus/Deficit 13.9 13.7 5.1 7.5 8.7
Yearly Growth -0.5% 0.6% 19.9% -4.5% -2.4%
Year
This shows that IWW generation increased by 0.6% and 19.9% in 2005 and
2006, and decreased by 4.5% and 2.4% in 2007 and 2008. It is reasoned
that the decrease in IWW in 2007 and 2008 was due to the slowdown of
industries due to global market factors that resulted in less production by
industries. Actual use in 2008 was 48,000 m3/day and there was a surplus in
the system of 8,700 m3/day-peak.
MARAFIQ has indicated an increase in the BOD/COD loading in 2007/2008

compared to the previous 25 years and they have identified some industries

who are concentrating the effluent and sending less quantity with more
organic loading. This may be to decrease the cost of disposal as MARAFIQ
charges for IWW treatment based on quantity, not quality. MARAFIQ has
also indicated that Stages I and II can only treat 41,700 m3/day (about 70%
of design capacity) due to the increase of IWW strength in the influent flows.
3 stages to 4 stages. This report undertook a high level review of the design
prepared for J2 Stages 1 to 3 in order to assess whether it presented any
constraints to the development of J2 Stage 4. This report indicated that the
total volume of IWW generated by industries in J2 (Stage 1 through 4) was
expected to be around 51,000 m3/day by 2030, including an allowance of
approximately 1,600 m3/day for secondary industries and that the capacity of
the IWTP (60,000 m3/day) was insufficient to meet the estimated demand in
2030 from J1 (102,000 m3/day) and J2 (51,000 m3/day). The report
concluded that the total volume of IWW generated by industries in J2 is lower
than the design capacity of the system (100,000 m3/day). Based on the
Alternative Feedstock Basis for J2, this number is now expected to top
126,000 m3/day by 2030, which is not even full-build out for J2.
The MARAFIQ Supply Plan indicated that there could be a short term deficit in
2009. Stage I (which is reserved capacity lagoon based treatment) was used
provide relief during daily peak and also during the 2009 deficit with efficient
aeration. Stage I will later transform into balancing, equalization and
emergency reserve. There is an approved CAPEX for the Stage III expansion
of 55,000 m3 /day using conventional biological process (activated sludge)
which is anticipated to be online in 2011.
The major findings of the MARAFIQ Supply Plan Network Analysis for IWW
indicated that there is a deficit in IWW PS capacity in PS-10, PS-11, PS-15
and PS-16. A CAPEX to upgrade these PS’s was approved and completed in
2010. They also determined that there was a concern with emissions of
odour due to inadequate odour control system.
A report prepared by Bechtel in 2009 titled Irrigation Water Improvement

Project Study Report, suggested that additional emergency storage tanks
(enough for 3 days capacity) be built at IWTP 8.
The August 2010 MARAFIQ projections show IWW demand in 2009 as 49,000
m3/day and anticipated sales of 95,000 m3/hr by 2020, which can be met for
both treatment and conveyance.

The MARAFIQ 2011-2015 Supply Plan also recommends that tankered

wastewater no longer be accepted from JANA as it is high in TOC and TDS
which is excessively loading the plant.
The August 2010 RCJ projections showed IWW demand in 2009 as 64,000
m3/day and a forecasted demand of 148,000 m3/day in 2018, which would
result in a shortfall in capacity of the current planned treatment capacity.
Once flows for J2 are increased, this would add to the deficit.
Findings of MPU
Table 5-4 and Figure 5-4 illustrate the MPU IWW demand forecast through
2030.
Table 5-4
Industrial Wastewater Capacity and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030

Figure 5-4
Industrial Wastewater Treatment Capacity and MPU Demand
Forecast to 2030
300
250
200
x' 000 m3/day
150
100
50
0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Year
IWW Treatment Capacity Demand

(x000 m3/day)
Based on the demand assumptions used, there would be a deficit anticipated

starting in 2012 (15,000 m3/day), which would then increase to 132,000
m3/day by 2030.
Table 5-5 Summarizes the IWW treatment capacity shortfalls anticipated for
the planning period, split into the short term, mid term and long term.
Table 5-5
Industrial Wastewater Treatment Shortfalls

Short Term 15,000 (2012)
to 2012
Mid Term 33,000 - 121,000
2013-2019
Long Term 75,000 - 132,000
2020-2030
These shortfalls could increase by 125,000 m3/day if the quality of influent

remains at its current levels.

Table 5-6 illustrate the MPU IWW demand forecast for J1 through 2030.
Table 5-6
Jubail 1 Primary Pumping Station Capacity and MPU Demand
Forecast to 2030
J1 Primary PS Capacity
Year (m3/day) J1 Demand (m3/day)
2010 333 88
2011 333 95
2012 333 105
2013 333 116
2014 333 132
2015 333 147
2016 333 147
2017 333 148
2018 333 148
2019 333 149
2020 333 149
2021 333 150
2022 333 151
2023 333 152
2024 333 152
2025 333 153
2026 333 154
2027 333 155
2028 333 156
2029 333 156
2030 333 157
Though on an aggregate level the primary PSs have the capacity to meet the
demand in J1, the PSs should be reviewed individually to confirm this. Also,
the secondary PSs need to be reviewed.

IWW is generated from three principal sources; Rainwater run-off (first 30

mm from process area i.e. first flush), process water, and tank washing. Of
these three, the two that can be modified based on demand are process
water and tank washing.

in Table 5-4. Options to decrease IWW demand could include:
Reduce process water demand.
Reduce tank washing demand.
Enforce the discharge criteria for the industries.
Onsite reuse.
Reduce Process Water Demand
Any actions undertaken to reduce process water demand will reduce the IWW
that needs to be treated. A Process Water Demand Management and Water
Conservation Strategy should be investigated as discussed under Section4.5.
Reduce Tank Washing Demand
The process currently used by industries for tank washing should be reviewed
to ensure that they are using the most economical, sustainable and
appropriate methods and schedules for tank washing.
Enforce the Discharge Criteria for Industries
MARAFIQ has indicated that industries are currently not meeting the
discharge quality criteria where flows enter the wastewater collection system,
however verification of this was not provided. This needs to be further
investigated to verify if this is currently monitored and enforced and if it is
not, this needs to be done. In Canada this is generally done through the
implementation of a sewer use by-law which restricts the quality of effluent
that can be discharged into municipal sewers combined with a rigorous
monitoring and penalty system for infractions.
The 1999 MPU also identified Industrial Wastewater TDS Limit concerns and
recommended that in order to comply with the combined total dissolved
solids (TDS) limits, as established in the RCER, some industries have used
PW to dilute their effluent streams. To minimize the use of PW, it was
recommended that industries be provided with incentives to recycle process

water, potentially using the following approaches; charging fair market value
for PW; restricting industrial water outflow; requiring industry to pre-treat
process water other than by dilution. In the interest of PW conservation, it
was recommended that analysis of this issue should proceed on the following
basis:
Determine the extent by which the industries practice PW dilution of
their effluent streams.
Determine the extent by which the TDS limits at individual discharge
points could be relaxed without raising the TWW TDC and TDS content
beyond the prescribed limits.
Determine the extent by which the TWW TDS and TDC limits could be
raised without adverse effects on plant life. TDS and TSS are a concern
for irrigation system too as clogging and other problems are common
with irrigation system that have a higher TDS and TSS values.
Assess the ability of the industrial wastewater treatment system to
treat wastewater with higher TDS limits.
If the current influent quality continues, this could reduce the plant capacity
by 125,000 m3/day (70%).
The MARAFIQ 2011-2015 Supply Plan also recommends that tankered

wastewater no longer be accepted from JANA as it is high in TOC and TDS
which is excessively loading the plant.
On-site Reuse
On-site wastewater treatment and re-use is becoming more popular in large

industrial facilities. Closed cooling water system is another approach that
widely applied, and these systems reduce wastewater generation.
5.5.2 Supply
Industrial Wastewater Treatment

in Table 5-5. Options to increase IWW treatment capacity could include:
are:
Use Stage I aeration system to mitigate the immediate shortfall.
Bring the Stage IV expansion online earlier.
Build another expansion (Stage V).
Upgrade the Treatment Process Performance of the existing IWTP.
Assess the impact of 2004 RCER criteria on IWTP 8 performance.
Provide additional storage tanks
Use Stage I Aeration System to Mitigate the Immediate Shortfall
MARAFIQ has indicated that the Stage I aeration system was used to

mitigate the 2009 shortfall and can be used to continue to help mitigate the
shortfall.
Bring the Stage IV Expansion Online Earlier
If the Stage IV expansion is brought online earlier they could address the
shortfall in the short/mid term and postpone a complete shortage until 2014.
Build Another Expansion (Stage V)
Additional expansions to IWTP 8 should be investigated. Land is currently

available by IWTP 8 and MARAFIQ and RCJ have had discussions about
ensuring this land is available for future expansions.
Upgrade the Treatment Process Performance of the Existing IWTP
If point source treatment criteria is not being met by industries, one solution
would be upgrading the current IWTP to address the additional
environmental criteria that are limiting the current capabilities of the plant.
This should be investigated and tariffs reflecting that IWTP 8 (rather than the
individual industries) are carrying the costs of meeting the RCER quality
criteria.
According to the Bechtel 2009 Irrigation Water Improvement Project Study

Report, BOD has increased nearly 57% from 2006 to 2009 (from 210 mg/l
to 330 mg/l). The plant was designed for 264 mg/l and is therefore
operating at 25% over design capacity. The report recommends the use of
composite and proportional samplers rather than grab samples to confirm
findings.
The COD/BOD ratio of the IWW is quite low for industrial effluent and has
dropped marginally between 2006 and 2009.
The primary sedimentation tanks appear to be performing poorly, however

this again should be confirmed through additional sampling.
Outlet BOD has risen from an average of 20 mg/l in 2006 to 40 mg/l in 2009.
No clear trend was apparent for total suspended solids (TSS). In 2006 TSS
was 30 mg/l, increasing to over 60 mg/l in 2007 and then decreasing again.
Turbidity follows a similar trend to TSS.
The report shows compliance with RCER 1999 maximum standards as follows
(generally showing improvement with the exception of BOD):
Ammonia – SWW enters plant at less than the RCER maximum
standard of 40 mg/l so plant performance is 100%.
COD – maximum standard is 350 mg/l, so plant performance is 100%.
TSS – in 2006 compliance was 25% and in 2009 was 80%.

Turbidity – in 2006 compliance was 7% and in 2009 was 40%.

Free Residual Chlorine – in 2006 compliance was 25% and in 2009 was
51%.
BOD – in 2006 compliance was 97% and in 2009 was 39%.
The report shows compliance with RCER 1999 monthly average standards
(using annual average) as follows:
Ammonia – monthly average standard is 15 mg/l and was 19 mg/l in
2009.
COD – monthly average standard is 150 mg/l and was 113 mg/l in
2009.
TSS – monthly average standard is 10 mg/l and was 9.9 mg/l in 2009.
Turbidity – monthly average standard is 2 NTU and was 7 NTU in
2009.
BOD – monthly average standard is 25 mg/l and was 39 mg/l in 2009.
Assess the Impact of 2004 RCER Criteria on IWTP 8 Performance
MARAFIQ has indicated that the 2004 RCER revisions will particularly create
problems with the IWTP process requirements. The criteria for organic
loading are based on a maximum concentration of Total Organic Carbon
(TOC) of 800 mg/L. This parameter does not correspondingly regulate the
organic loadings of BOD and COD which more dramatically affect the
treatment process. Consequently it is difficult to assess the actual hydraulic
and organic load capacity of the treatment plant. MARAIQ previously
indicated that IWTP 8 would unlikely to be able to meet the 2004 RCER with
respect to COD and perhaps BOD and other parameters. Based on the
available data, chlorination is problematic as evidenced by high Total
Coliforms (TC) and very low residual chlorines. The combined upgrade of
Stages I and II occurred to a capacity upgrade of 65,000 m3/day with 120
mg/l BOD & 500 mg/l COD. However based on more recent information,
they have indicated that the plant will meet RCER 2004 in 2012, but at a
reduced capacity (41,700 m3/day).
A review of the 2004 RCER standards found that IWW discharge, SWW
discharge, and irrigation water standards met the RCJ environmental
objectives and the international state-of-the-art parameters. The regulations
also comply with the RCJ zero discharge policy. In case treated IWW
discharged from industries does not meet the quality standards, the RCJ
Penalty System has the capacity to alleviate such problems and enforce
compliance.
A comprehensive wastewater quality assessment study is recommended.

This study should evaluate existing wastewater treatment facilities treatment
efficiency and the compliance of industrial facilities with the RCER. The study
should come out with clear understanding of the current conditions and
should recommend measures to alleviate current and future problems.

Provide Additional Storage Tanks
Per the recommendation made by Bechtel, the provision of additional storage

tanks at IWTP 8 should be investigated.
Industrial Wastewater Collection
Based on current industrial development, MARAFIQ has indicated the

extension of the system into the undeveloped areas of Sections P-2 and K
require immediate attention, and upgrades are required for Section Q.
The IWW pump stations are designed in series, ultimately leading to IWTP 8.
Blocks E, J, and N in the J1 Support Industries Area are served by a Sanitary
Wastewater network only. This should be looked at to determine if these
areas should be included in the IWW system. This should be determined by
reviewing the quality of the water being discharged by the industries to the
SWW system.
J2 IWW will connect direction to ITWP 8 and there will be no tie in point
between the J1 and J2 networks, therefore J2 will not impact the J1 network
capacity. On an aggregate level it appears that there should be sufficient
pumping capacity available in the primary J1 IWW PS’s (1, 18 and 22) for the
projected flows, however a hydraulic analysis should be conducted to confirm
this. Also, the secondary PS’s need to be reviewed.
The TWW pipeline network is owned by RCJ where MARAFIQ disposes their
surplus TWW through this network and MARAFIQ has no control of this
network. MARAFIQ’S responsibility ends at the boundary limit of SWTP 9 and
IWTP 8 and the boundary wall of the Al-Fanateer and Al-Deffi PSs. MARAFIQ
has proposed that the disposal of surplus TWW be provided through the
installation of a dedicated surplus TWW line from IWTP 8 to the TWW
discharge area. This is discussed further in Chapter 7.

5.6 Recommendations
The following table outlines the key recommendations related to IWW. Many of the recommended studies need to occur in the short term, however their results will be implemented over the
mid and long term to meet the IWW requirements of JIC.
Table 5-7
Industrial Wastewater Recommendations
Study/Action Rationale Action by Timing

Identification of additional treatment options: Conduct a feasibility study To ensure proper performance of collection network and IWTP 8 and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
to review options for additional treatment to meet IWW demand including RCJ
those identified under Section5.5 (use Stage I aeration system to mitigate According to MARAFIQ, additional generation units or alternate sources for process water demand for new
the immediate shortfall; bring the Stage IV expansion online earlier; build industries may need to be investigated as soon as 2015, however we anticipate that this shortfall could
another expansion (Stage V); upgrade the existing IWTP treatment begin as early as 2012.
system; and provide additional storage).
Demand Management Strategy: Conduct a feasibility study to review Any reduction in demand will reduce the strain on IWTP 8. RCJ Short Term
options for reducing demand for IWW treatment including those identified MARAFIQ through to
under Section5.5 (reduce process water demand; reduce tank washing Industry Mid Term
demand; and onsite reuse).
Wastewater Quality Assessment: Conduct a comprehensive wastewater The quality of incoming IWW discharged from industries impacts on how well IWTP 8 functions and there RCJ Short Term
quality assessment study to evaluate existing wastewater treatment is some question about the quality of IWW from individual industries being released into the IWW MARAFIQ through to
facilities treatment efficiency and the compliance of industrial facilities with collection system not meeting RCER requirements. Monitoring will allow for identification of concerns and Mid Term
the RCER. This should include a monitoring program for IWW leaving a means of enforcement. Enforcement of the RCER criteria is paramount. If quality criteria are not being
industries to ensure that RCER are being met and determining the extent met, then the RCER penalties must be enforced, and in addition, charging a different tariff for off-spec
by which the industries practice PW dilution of their effluent streams. water should be considered for all industries. This should be based on a sliding scale, depending on how
excessive the quality parameters are and how these could impact treatment capacity at IWTP 8.
This study should assess the impacts of IWW quality being discharged from industries on the performance
and treatment efficiency of IWTP 8. Regular wastewater flow monitoring through installation of temporary
flow meters and samplers at the main wastewater collection junctions is a recommended Best
Management Practice. Flow metering will provide more in depth wastewater flow characteristics (Peak
flow, average daily and monthly). This information has great value for short term and long term
planning, design and monitoring of the wastewater system. A CAPEX project for installing on-line
analyzers to monitor most of the primary industries has already been proposed.
MARAFIQ has recommended that tankered wastewater no longer be accepted from JANA as it is high in
TOC and TDS which is excessively loading the plant.
Review of RCER: Development of categorical standards based on industry This approach is effectively applied in different jurisdictions. There are no pre-treatment standards for RCJ Short Term
specific wastewater discharges is recommended. As recommended in the some important parameters (BOD, COD, and Silver). We recommend updating Table 2-G to include these MARAFIQ
1999 MPU, review RCER to: parameters.
Determine the extent by which the TDS limits at individual
discharge points could be relaxed without raising the TWW TDC and To ensure that RCER are providing the most appropriate criteria for the function of the plant and the
TDS content beyond the prescribed limits. impact on the environment.
Determine the extent by which the TWW TDS and TDC limits could


be raised without adverse effects on plant life. TDS and TSS are a
concern for irrigation system too as clogging and other problems
are common with irrigation system that have a higher TDS and TSS
values.
Prepare MPUs approximately every 5 years for a 20-25 year time horizon. To provide updated demand projections and an overall review of the status of IWW system. This process RCJ Mid Term
should be done in conjunction with input from MARAFIQ and the industries. MARAFIQ through to
Industry Long Term
Implement a technical/operations liaison committee with MARAFIQ and Discuss and coordinate projections and upgrades which is currently done in a manner that is unclear who MARAFIQ Short Term
appropriate RCJ, as described in Chapter 2. is responsible for this. RCJ
Finalize MARAFIQ design guidelines currently under preparation and The proposed MARAFIQ and existing RCJ guidelines need to be compatible and a comprehensive review of RCJ Short Term
incorporate into RCJ guidelines as appropriate. both guidelines is required to ensure consistency in approach. Having their own guidelines will provide MARAFIQ
MARAFIQ better control over changes that affect their business and allow for greater consistency across
their departments.
RCJ and MARAFIQ to consult on annual projections for IWW demand and To ensure up to date and defensible projections are available for planning purposes. RCJ Short Term
agree on forecasts clearly enunciating the assumptions. This can be done MARAFIQ through to
via the liaison committee recommended in Chapter 2. Mid Term
Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of tariffs. This can be done via the Tariffs need to reflect a reasonable cost recovery for utility maintenance and expansion. Reviews need to MARAFIQ Short Term
liaison committee recommended in Chapter 2. ensure that tariffs appropriately account for costs of upkeep and expansion of the IWW system. This RCJ through to
review should also consider instituting tariffs based on quantity of use (similar to that being used for Long Term
residential use of PW). This also should be investigated to see if charging should (and can be) done
based on BOD and COD parameters and charges for off-spec water.
MARAFIQ continue preparing 5 year supply-demand reports, however this To ensure future shortfalls in supply are identified in time to address them. Typically at 80% capacity MARAFIQ Short Term
should be supplemented with a 10 year supply-demand forecast updated design plans need to start for expansions. through to
annually. Long Term
Continue to track actual use (in community and industrial areas) so that To continue to refine projections versus actual use. MARAFIQ Short Term
annually the actual demand can be compared with the projections. through to
Long Term
Prepare an overall hydraulic study of the IWW collection system to Regular leak detection surveys and repairs and onsite wastewater flow monitoring are best management RCJ Short Term
determine average infiltration and leakage and overall performance practices that are widely adopted for middle to large size industrial facilitates. MARAFIQ through to
capability. Industry Mid Term
Evaluate existing network through a hydraulic modelling analysis to To ensure proper performance of network. On an aggregate level it appears that the primary PS’s in J1 MARAFIQ Short Term
determine if upgrades required to PS’s or pipe diameters in order to meet can meet demand, but this should be confirmed through a hydraulic network analysis as well as confirm
IWTP 8 expansions including the existing IWW collection and PS system in any upgrades required to small PS’s.
J1. As part of this, investigate the impact of J2 Stages 3 and 4 in greater
detail. The extension of the J2 system to include Stage 4 could result in a need for industries in Stages 1 to 3 to
increase the height of the industry elevated discharge towers located on their plots to ensure that there is
sufficient total dynamic head to deliver their IWW to IWTP 8 (possibly already underway).
MARAFIQ has indicated that all PSs need to be upgraded and that all PSs are the relay type so if one is
increased in capacity, it will overload all subsequent PSs. RCJ has identified that this study is required but
a Task Number has not been issued to date.
Review current design capacity of J2 network. It is our understanding that the IWW system for J2 has been designed based on the assumption of total RCJ Short Term
demand of 100,000 m3/day. This MPU has projected higher demands, so the system design should be
reviewed.
Investigate feasibility of dosing chemical coagulant to augment To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
performance on clarifier or PST and dosing polymer to augment IWTP 8 RCJ
performance.


Implement source testing at treatment plants and identify best means for To ensure additional control of VOC emission and to identify air quality and odor contamination. RGME RCJ Short Term
odor control. recommended that immediate source testing at the treatment plants be conducted for establishing MARAFIQ through to
emission rates, and assessing the best technology for odor control. Future designs should accommodate Mid Term
sealed covers for tanks, if necessary, for controlling VOC emissions and odor control.
Study and implement extensions and upgrades required for Section Q To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
(Secondary Industry), Sections P-2, and K.
Implement the facility upgrades currently identified including Stage III and To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Mid Term
Stage IV expansions, but complete them earlier to help meet demand.
Implement upgrades to PS-10, PS-11, PS-15 and PS-16 per approved To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
CAPEX.

Per recent RCJ (Bechtel) recommendations: To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
Moderately increase MLSS to 4000 mg/l to decrease F:M ratio and
improve performance.
Dose polymer to augment pressure filter performance.
Increase Cl2 dose to ensure that compliance with FRC dosing is
100% and make flow proportional.
Refurbish SCADA to check control loops and potential replacement
of wiring.
Maintain lagoon surface aerators.
Calibrate inlet flow meters.
Continue with corrosion control as a part of O&M and repair concrete To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
structures as required. through to
Mid Term
Implement a CAPEX project to procure, construct, test, and commission To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
concrete repair/lining with associated re-bar and other related works for all through to
MARAFIQ facilities in JIC. Mid Term

6.0 SANITARY WASTEWATER

The industrial and sanitary (or domestic) wastewater from industries are
collected in two separate systems. As shown in Figure 6-1 (Existing Sanitary
Wastewater System), the sanitary wastewater (SWW) system for JIC consists
of two main components:
Treatment.
The collection system (network) including pumping facilities.
SWW is treated at Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Plant 9 (SWTP 9) and is

collected from primary industry, secondary industry, support industry,
community areas, blocks in the eastern corridor, Camps 6 and 9A, and Al-
Jubail. Blocks E, J, and N in the J1 support industries area are served by the
SWW network only, not the IWW network.
6.1 Existing System
6.1.1 Sanitary Wastewater Treatment
SWW treatment in JIC originally consisted of 17 wastewater treatment plants

(WWTP), 16 of which were package plants. The one centralized plant, SWTP
9 (shown on Figure 6-2), has a design capacity of 72,000 m3/day. Presently
SWTP 9 handles the treatment of all SWW from both JIC and Al-Jubail. The
other (interim) plants are not in service, and MARAFIQ has indicated
operation of these plants has been suspended. SWW from Al-Jubail also
includes IWW as they do not have a separated collection system.
SWTP 9 was constructed in stages through the 1980’s. The original plant has
a capacity of 72,000 m3/day. An expansion was undertaken in 2010 to
provide an additional capacity of 15,000 m3/day. MARAFIQ has indicated that
SWTP 9 currently complies with RCER 1999, and any expansions will comply
with RCER 2004, and then RCER 2009 as appropriate once adopted. They
have indicated that the above noted expansion for 15,000 m3/day will be
reduced to 10,000 m3/day in 2014 to comply with RCER 2004.
SWTP 9 was designed as a conventional activated sludge process with a

number of treatment processes as described below:
Preliminary Treatment
Screening: To remove large objects from the incoming raw sewage,
which could foul pumps and other equipment.
Grit removal: To remove, sand, and fine and heavy inorganic
materials, which could cause abnormal, wear to pumps and excessive
deposits of grit in sludge digesters.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY
Al-Reggah Jalmudah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah
District
C1
A1
T2 EXISTING SANITARY
WASTEWATER SYSTEM
Mardumah
T6
D1
Bay Community
TS4
Area SANITARY WASTEWATER TRUNK SYSTEM

Al-Mutrafiah
District F2 PUMPSTATIONS
Al-Deffi
Al-Fasil District B2 LIFTSTATIONS
District TS4 D2
F1
B1 PACKAGE TREATMENT PLANT
Al-Fanateer WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT
TS 7
District
PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
T3
Al-Fanateer PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
P1
P2 Island
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District
PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Evap. Jubail
Stn. P3 Industrial
See Detailed RC SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
College
WTP #3 T6 HQ
Figure SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
TS6 T100
Al-Huwaylat
T106
SERVICING AREA
Block J-South
43 42 41 T112 Island
T289
St. 1
T113
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 28 29 30 31 32 33
SWTP Storm-
Stormwater Strm.W T120 Al-Huwaylat
(Exp.) SWTP #9 water NWPS Block N
Holding Pond H.Pond 38 39 40 District
Pond 35 36 37
T1 0
P4 T130 Block E-South
Al-
1
Lulu
T138 T138
District
T147
Kh a
T150 69 70 T148
68 6 47
Sa u
T154
rsa
24
T295 Ar a b i a n G u l f
di E
niah
9 7
T251
74 T162 Al-
5 Shati
le ct
R as
O&S 79
Ra il
T195
District
T263
T241
Block P 23
ric
Centre
Ta n
ro a
C om W
49 4
Industrial Area
dR
ura
47 55 Industrial Area
pan
46
O
T184
RO
yR
22 Block K Block F
W
T259
OW
T143
T163
51 52 53 54
Sanitary 3
59 T204
Landfill 56
T223
T218 57 58
IWTP #8
1 T218 2 10 11 12 14
RC
Scap T230
Fac. 21 18 20 15 16
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
56 King Fahd
BeeA'h T272
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/22/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
FIGURE 6-2
Stores Garage Workshop Warehouse
SANITARY WASTEWATER
TREATMENT PLANT 9 SITE
PLAN
Secondary Secondary Aeration Aeration Aerated Lagoon #3 Aerated Lagoon #4

Settlement Settlement Primary Sludge Holding Lagoon #3
Administration
Tank #3 Tank #4 Sedimentation Tank #4 BERM
Tank #3 Tank #4
Building
Primary
Activated Sludge Sedimentation Tank #3
AERATION TANK INFLUENT
Administration
Pump Chamber Primary
Building GRAVITY SEWER
Sedimentation Tank #2
Secondary Secondary Primary INFLUENT MAIN

Reclaimed Water Reclaimed Water Settlement Settlement Aeration Aeration Sedimentation Tank #1
Storage Tank #4 Storage Tank #1 Tank #2 Tank #1 Tank #2 Tank #1 OVERFLOW

Interception
Chamber
PRIMARY INFLUENT
Balancing
Caustic Soda Caustic Soda Pond #2
Settlement Pond #2
Dosing Plant Dosing Plant PUMPING MAIN
Sludge Holding Lagoon #2
RECLAIMED WATER
Lagoon RETURN ACTIVATED SLUDGE

Filter Feed Balancing
Pumpt Stn.
P. Stn.
Pond #2 Settlement Pond #2
SECONDARY SETTLEMENT TANK INFLUENCE
Chlorine
Contact Tank Sludge Sludge Measuring WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE
Digestion Digestion Flume
Tank #1 Tank #4
Reclaimed Water Reclaimed Water Pressure Dissolved
Storage Tank #3 Storage Tank #2 Filters Air Sludge Sludge
Aerated Sludge Holding Lagoon #1
Pressure Flotation Digestion Digestion
Sludge
Tank #2 Tank #5
Grit
Filters Building Dewatering Tanks
Control Building
Chlorine House Sludge Sludge
House Digestion Digestion
Tank #3 Tank #6
Screen
Main Switch
House Aerated Lagoon #1 Aerated Lagoon #2
House
Sludge Holding Lagoon

LPG Storage
Balancing Sedimentation Tank #2 Recrb.

Tanks
Blower
Tanks Sedimentation Tank #3
House
Centrifuge
Chemical Building Building
Thickening Tanks
NOT TO SCALE

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 4/15/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
Primary Treatment
Primary sedimentation: Primary sedimentation tanks are designed to
remove heavy coarse settable solids and scum from the wastewater.
Primary effluent flows to secondary treatment and primary sludge is
pumped to the primary digester for treatment. The process removes
30-35% of raw wastewater BOD and 40% of suspended solids.
Secondary Treatment
Biological treatment: A process to remove dissolved pollutants (non-
settable) from wastewater by converting them to settable solids
(biological sludge), which can be removed by settling. The aeration
tanks provide a place for mixing bacteria with primary effluent as well
as providing oxygen for the bacteria. The biological process takes place
in the aeration tanks. In the secondary settling tanks, return activated
sludge (biological sludge) settles by gravity and is returned by
pumping to the aeration tanks. Secondary effluent passes over the
weirs to the filter feed pump station. Approximately 85-90% BOD and
suspended solids are removed.
Tertiary Treatment
Filtration: The secondary effluent is pumped to the pressure dual
media (anthracite/grit) filters.
Disinfection: Chlorine is added to the filtered effluent for disinfection
(killing of disease causing bacteria) so that the effluent conforms to
health standards stipulated for landscape irrigation.
Advanced Treatment
The purpose of the advanced treatment is to improve the effluent
quality for unrestricted landscape irrigation. The plant applies flow
balancing and post-precipitation and has the ability to operate in a
high lime, low lime or alum precipitation mode. Chemical coagulants
such as lime or alum can be added to wastewater for enhancing the
removal of suspended solids and phosphorus. This plant is on standby
mode.
The Advanced Water Treatment Plant (AWTP), Anaerobic Digestion System,

and Sludge Dewatering Solid Removal systems were not operational for
some time but are now again operational. The AWTP was provided to
augment the treatment processes at SWTP 9 so that effluent quality would
meet that required for irrigation.
There is also 300,000 m3 of emergency storage at SWTP 9 and four 24,000

m3 storage tanks for TWW.
TWW from SWTP 9 is conveyed to the irrigation system through a series of

interconnection lines and a valve system. TWW and irrigation are addressed
under Chapter 7.

Waste from the screening and grit removal process are disposed of at the
RCSLF. In addition, sludge is thickened and press filtered to 30% solids and
landfilled at the RCSLF. This is addressed under Chapter 11.
Existing Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Plant
6.1.2 Sanitary Wastewater Collection
The SWW network provides collection and conveyance systems for SWW
from JIC and Al-Jubail. The network is comprised of gravity, force mains, and
PSs. The SWW is conveyed to SWTP 9 via primary PSs 3, 4, 24 and 56. In
order to provide odour control, oxygen injection systems are installed at
primary, secondary and support industries area PSs. Oxygen is injected into
the sewers on an automatic basis at rates sufficient to maintain the SWW in
an aerobic condition to avoid septic conditions.
The SWW network consists of 58 pump stations and 222 lift stations. The
pumping capacity ranges from 557 to 248,000 m3/day. These PSs are
indoors, which help to keep pumps in good condition since the PSs were
commissioned throughout the 1980’s. The first expansions of PS-15 and PS-
16 were completed in 2003 and the next stage was completed in 2009/2010.
Community
SWW from the community area is conveyed for treatment through a system
of inter-connecting pumping mains and PSs. The collection system in the
community consists of three (3) levels of operation, primary, secondary and
tertiary. Gravity sewers discharge into the lift stations, which in turn pumps

into the secondary system then to the primary system and finally to SWTP 9
for treatment.
Al-Jubail
SWW from Al-Jubail is pumped through a force main line from the Al-Jubail
PS, collected and conveyed to SWTP 9 via PS-56 and P-4.
Industrial Area
Collection and conveyance of SWW from the industrial areas is primarily by a

pumped system, incorporating PSs and an inter-connecting pipe network that
delivers the SWW to SWTP 9.
Wastewater from the primary, secondary, support industries, eastern corridor

and northern corridor is conveyed to SWTP 9 through two force mains each
with a diameter of 1,000 mm and each with a capacity of 184,000 m 3/day.
The JIC SWW collection system, is made up of the following five service
areas, each delivering directly to SWTP 9:
Eastern Corridor Area

SWW from Haii Al-Bahar, Haii Yanbu, and Haii Al-Shati is collected and
conveyed through PS-EC1, PS-EC 2, PS-1, PS-3 and PS-4 for further
conveyance to SWTP 9.
Northern Corridor Area

SWW from Haii 1, 2 and 3 is conveyed to SWTP 9 through PS-28, PS-3
and PS-4. SWW from Haii 12 and 13 is conveyed to SWTP 9 through
PS-5, PS-3 and PS-4.
Haii Al-Fanateer and Haii Al-Deffi Areas

SWW from Haii Al Fanateer is collected and conveyed to SWTP 9
through PS-B2, PS-B1, PS-1, PS-3 and PS-4. SWW from Haii Al Deffi
is collected and conveyed to SWTP 9 through PS-D2, PS-D1, PS-1, PS-
3 and PS-4.
Support Industry Area

SWW from Haii 1, 2 and 3 is conveyed to SWTP 9 through PS-28, PS-3
and PS-4.
As mentioned above, the support and light industries park is served by

a single wastewater collection system. SWW and pre-treated IWW are
conveyed in one combined system to SWTP 9. All PSs provided here
are single-function, in order to transfer SWW to the next down-stream
PS in series. The wastewater flows from Section N are collected
through a series of PSs leading to the main PS-43, which pumps the

wastewater to primary PS-4. Ultimately PS-4 discharges all the SWW

from the community area.
Primary and Secondary Industrial Areas

The SWW from the primary and a portion of secondary industries in
the industrial areas are collected and conveyed to SWTP 9 through a
series of interconnecting dual PSs (PS-5, PS-3 and PS-4). The SWW
from the remaining secondary area and Camps 14 and 15 are collected
and conveyed to SWTP 9 through a series of interconnecting secondary
pump stations (PS-24 and PS-4).
In the primary industry park, dual function PSs are located within the
boundary line of each industrial site. The SWW design capacity in the
primary industry park is 248,000 m3/day. Exceptions are the IBN
SINA and SASREF sites which are served by PSs located on the SAMAD
(PS-6) and PETROKEMYA (PS-16) sites respectively, and the SADAF
site (PS-12), which has only a SWW PS. Industries are responsible for
transferring their effluents by pipelines to the PSs.
The planned SWW collection network for J2 (currently under development) is

shown on Figure 5-2. Based on updated mapping provided by RCJ in late
2010, the SWW transmission network connects to SWTP 9 which is located
north of J2.

6.2.1 Sanitary Wastewater Treatment
The MARAFIQ Facilities Planning Department conducted an independent

technical study to ascertain the treatment capability of the treatment plants
and determine the scope for modification to improve treatment efficiency and
technology selection for expansion. Based on recommendations of the study,
in addition to the Phase 1 expansion completed in 2010 for 15,000 m3/day
through aeration enhancement, they recommended a 55,000 m3/day
expansion in 2011. In 2014, the Phase 1 expansion will be reduced to
10,000 m3/day in order to comply with RCER 2004.
Table 6-1 summarizes the current proposed expansion plans for treatment of
SWW.

Table 6-1
SWTP 9 Existing Capacity and Proposed Expansions
Daily Capacity In Service

(m3/day) Timing
SWTP 9 (Original) 72,000 In Service

SWTP 9 Phase 1 Expansion (aeration) 15,000 2010; derated to
10,000 in 2014
to comply with
RCER 2004
SWTP 9 Phase 2 Expansion 55,000 2011
SWTP 9 Refurbishment (72,000) - 2012
Total 142,000
6.2.2 Sanitary Wastewater Collection
The future community area servicing will be comprised of a tertiary system

which includes a small diameter gravity pipe network and small tertiary PS’s
within the community. These discharge to the secondary system of gravity
mains and PSs. These discharge to two primary PSs with large diameter
pumping mains to SWTP 9.
The SWW collection system in J2 is a branched network. SWW will flow by

gravity from each industry site to the nearest collection sump, from there it
will flow to SWTP 9 via a series of sumps, lift stations and pipelines.
Redundancy has been incorporated into the system through the installation
of one spare pump at each sump and the inclusion of bypass piping around
the lift station that pumps SWW into SWTP 9.
The following table summarizes the primary PS capacities.
Table 6-2
Sanitary Wastewater Primary Pumping Station Capacity
Pump Station No. of Total Capacity Notes

Pumps (m3/day)
PS-56 5 44,236 Being upgraded in 2010 to
85,000 m3/day
PS-3 6 229,478
PS-4 6 247,987
PS-24 2 53,827
Source: MARAFIQ, July 2009
Figure 6-3 (Current Planned Sanitary Wastewater System) illustrates the

proposed modifications to the SWW distribution network.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
C2
Al-Gurmah
A2
G2 Al-Reggah Jalmudah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah E2
District
C1
A1
G1 T2 CURRENT PLANNED SANITARY
E1 WASTEWATER SYSTEM
Mardumah
T6
D1
Bay Community
TS4
Area EXISTING SANITARY WASTEWATER TRUNK

Al-Mutrafiah SYSTEM
District F2
H2 Al-Deffi FUTURE SANITARY WASTEWATER TRUNK
Al-Fasil District B2 SYSTEM (TO 2030)
District TS4 D2
H1 F1 FUTURE SANITARY WASTEWATER TRUNK
B1
SYSTEM (AFTER 2030)
Al-Fanateer EXISTING PUMPSTATIONS
Bay Area
TS 7
Pumping District
Station FUTURE PUMPSTATIONS (TO 2030)
T3
FUTURE PUMPSTATIONS (AFTER 2030)
Al-Fanateer
P1
Future Primary P2 Island EXISTING LIFTSTATIONS
Sewage Pumpstation
(To Replace Existing P-2) P2 O&M Al-Khaleej EXISTING PACKAGE TREATMENT PLANT
Centre District
Evap. Jubail
Stn.
EXISTING WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT
P3 Industrial
See Detailed RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Figure
TS6 T100
T106 Block J-South Al-Huwaylat PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
43 42 41 T112 Island
T289
St. 1
T113
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 28 29 30 31 32 33 PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
SWTP Storm-
Stormwater Strm.W T120 Al-Huwaylat
(Exp.) SWTP #9 water NWPS Block N
Holding Pond H.Pond 38 39 40 District
Pond 35 36 37 FUTURE COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
T1 0
P4 T130 Block E-South
Al-
1
Lulu
T138 T138
District PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
T147
Kh a
T150 68 69 70 T148
6
47
Sa u
T154 AREA
rsa
24
di E
niah
9 7
T251
74 T162 Al-
5
Shati
le ct
R as
O&S 79
Ra il
T195
District
T263
T241
Block P 23
ric
Centre T174
Jubail 1
Ta n
ro a
C om W
49 4 AREA
dR
ura
47 55 Industrial Area SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR

pan
46
O
T184
RO
SERVICING AREA
yR
22 Block K Block F
W
T259
OW
T143
T163
51 52 53 54
3
AREA
Sanitary 59 T204
Landfill 56
T223
T218 57 58
IWTP #8
1 T218 2 10 11 12 14
RC
Scap T230
Jubail 2 Fac. 21 18 20 15 16
Industrial Area
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
56 King Fahd
BeeA'h T272
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/21/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3

SWW:

A. General

A. General
D. Key Design Parameters
E. Calculation of Design Flows
F. Physical Components in the Wastewater Collection System
G. Construction/Design Considerations for Wastewater Collection
Subsections B, D, E, F and G to 5.05 Wastewater Collection System and E of

2.03 Water Environment Criteria are directly applicable to detailed design
and construction and therefore beyond the level of analysis required at the
master plan level. The discussion in this Volume will be limited to the design
criteria that are pertinent at the master plan level.
Overall, the criteria outlined with respect to SWW has been adequately tested
in the wastewater systems installed to date. However, there have been
problems with meeting some of the quality parameters identified.
Recommendations for this are provided in sections 5.6, 6.6 and 7.6. Table 6-
3 summarizes comments on the relevant criteria under 5.05 Subsections A
and C and on portions of 2.03 Subsection A.

Table 6-3
Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Sanitary Wastewater and MPU Assessment

A. General
2. General guidelines are as follows: This is a proven and appropriate approach. Dual
a) Industrial and municipal wastewater shall be segregated wastewater collection system that has a separate grey
to increase the potential for use of each stream; and black wastewater collection networks is
recommended by many jurisdictions worldwide. The
collected grey water can be used after onsite treatment
for non-potable water demand such as landscape
irrigation and closets flushing. Such system will
substantially reduce wastewater generation.
A. General
1. The criteria for design of a wastewater collection system are This is a proven and appropriate approach.
outlined below. The criteria proposed have been compiled
based on previous projects constructed in Saudi Arabia. For
each project an individual assessment must generally be
made to the appropriateness of the proposed criteria.
1. Domestic Wastewater This is a common practice approach. Regular wastewater
a) The average daily wastewater flow shall be calculated as flow monitoring through installation of temporary flow
80% of the potable water demand excluding leakage and meter at the main wastewater collection junctions is a
irrigation. recommended best management practice. Flow metering
2. Wastewater from Institutional and Commercial Areas will provide more in depth wastewater flow characteristics
a) The average daily wastewater flow shall be calculated as (Peak flow, average daily and monthly). This information
80% of the potable water demand excluding leakage and has great value for short term and long term planning,
irrigation. design and monitoring of the wastewater system.
3. Wastewater from Industries
a) The average daily wastewater flow from the employees It is common practice to assume that SWW is
shall be calculated as 80% of the potable water demand approximately 80% of PW demand, however this 20%
excluding leakage and irrigation. loss is typically assumed to address losses through


leakage and irrigation. After additional monitoring, this
should be revisited to confirm if it is appropriate based on
the patterns in JIC.
Based on MARAFIQ’s current forecasts from the

actual use in 2009, it appears that SWW demand
was approximately 70% of PW demand. The usual
design parameter in international practice is about
80% and is recommended for adoption. The
additional difference could be attributed to
unaccounted–for-water or non-revenue-water
caused by leakage, differences in bulk water supply
and billings, and unmetered water use such as
hydrant flushing or construction use.
4. Wastewater from Fire Fighting and Irrigation This is a proven and appropriate approach.
a) Water included in the calculation of the water
consumption for fire fighting and irrigation will not later
be converted to wastewater.
5. Wastewater Caused by the Leaking Water Supply Network This is a proven and appropriate approach.
a) In the calculation of the water quantities to be supplied, a
certain percentage for leakage has been included. As the
leakage occurs in the water distribution system before it
reaches the consumers, this quantity will not generate
any wastewater.
6. Infiltration to/leakage from the Gravity Sewer System This is a proven and appropriate approach; however a
a) In order to determine the quantities to add to or subtract study of the system should be conducted to determine
from the calculated sewage flows, an individual average infiltration and leakage in the overall system.
assessment shall be made in each project. The quantities
will depend on depth of pipe, location of groundwater
table (if any), pipe type and number of joints, and soil
and other external load conditions.

The following assumptions have been made for SWW demand:

1. Community demand: is based on the Volume 1 forecast and an
assumption of 400 Lpcd (80% of PW use). Refer to Table 6-3 for
rationale.
2. Al-Jubail demand: is based on the RCJ Strategic Planning
Department August 2010 Supply and Demand Report. As there is no
annual demand provided beyond 2018, and the increase in SWW
demand in the years leading up to 2018 was approximately 2-4%, a
3% increase was assumed to continue.
demand provided beyond 2018, and SWW was assumed to increase at
1.5% per year, in line with the PW demand.
models.


Figure 6-4 illustrates the actual SWW use as recorded by MARAFIQ from
2004 through 2008.
Figure 6-4
Sanitary Wastewater Actual Use 2004-2008
90
80
70
60
50
x 000 m3/day-pk
40
30
20
10
-10
-20
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
Peak Surplus/Deficit 11 5 1 -1 -6
Yearly Growth 3.6% 8.7% 4.9% 6.8% 7.0%
Year
This shows that SWW generation increased by 8.7%, 4.9% and 6.8% and
7% annually between 2004 and 2008. It also shows that in 2008, based on
actual use of 76,000 m3/day, that there was a shortage in the system of
6,000 m3/day-peak.
In 2009, the flow rate was approximately 77,000 m3/day, which is 7% over
the design capacity.

3 stages to 4 stages. This report found that SWW production from J2 is
expected to reach a peak of 8,200 m3/day by 2030. This was made up of
6,000 m3/day from primary industries or industrial clusters, and 2,300
m3/day from secondary and support industries. Given that the J2 SWW
system will be developed as a branched system, the design of J2 stages 1
through 3 will not be a constraint on the development of Stage 4. Based on
the Alternative Feedstock Basis for J2, this number is now expected to top
36,000 m3/day by 2030, which is not even full-build out for J2.
The MARAFIQ Supply Plan predicted a short term deficit in 2010/2011 and no
deficit in SWW treatment capacity during the remainder of forecast period,
2017. They used the Stage 1 aerators to help mitigate this. The report
indicated that the long-term deficit in treatment plant capacity could be met
by the expansion of SWTP 9 Phase 2 to add 55,000 m3/day treatment
capacity. PS-56 will have inadequate pumping capacity to receive Al-Jubail
SWW. An upgrade is proposed for PS-56 to help meet this demand. In the
short term, a portion of Al-Jubail SWW flow was diverted to PS-20 and the
tankered wastewater disposal from PS-56 was shifted to SWTP 9.
A report prepared by Bechtel in 2009 titled Irrigation Water Improvement

Project Study Report, suggested that additional emergency storage tanks
(enough for 3 days capacity) be built at SWTP 9.
The August 2010 MARAFIQ projections show SWW collection of 78,000

m3/day in 2009 increasing to 143,000 m3/day by 2020, which will result in a
shortfall in the current planned treatment capacity.
The August 2010 RCJ projections through 2018 show SWW demand of
94,000 m3/day in 2009 increasing to 177,000 m3/day by 2018 (with J2
showing as 0), which would result in a shortfall in capacity the current
planned treatment capacity. Once flows for J2 are included, this would
increase the deficit further.

Findings of MPU
Table 6-4 and Figure 6-5 illustrate the MPU SWW demand forecast through
2030.
Table 6-4
Sanitary Wastewater Capacity and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
Capacity
(x 000 m3/day) Demand (x 000 m3/day)
Primary Al-
Year SWTP 9 PSs Community Jubail J1 J2 Total
2010 87 616 46 41 26 0 113
2011 142 616 49 43 27 0 119
2012 142 616 54 44 28 1 127
2013 142 616 59 45 29 2 135
2014 137 616 63 47 30 9 150
2015 137 616 68 48 30 16 163
2016 137 616 73 49 30 16 169
2017 137 616 78 51 30 20 179
2018 137 616 83 52 30 23 188
2019 137 616 87 54 30 27 197
2020 137 616 91 55 31 30 207
2021 137 616 96 57 31 30 214
2022 137 616 101 59 32 30 221
2023 137 616 105 60 32 30 228
2024 137 616 110 62 33 33 238
2025 137 616 115 64 33 36 248
2026 137 616 120 66 34 36 255
2027 137 616 124 68 34 36 262
2028 137 616 129 70 35 36 270
2029 137 616 134 72 35 36 277
2030 137 616 139 74 36 36 284

Figure 6-5
Sanitary Wastewater Capacity and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
700
600
500
400
x' 000 m3/day
300
200
100
0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Year
SWTP 9 Primary PSs Demand Demand if no Al-Jubail (after 2015)
Based on the demand assumptions used, there will be a shortfall in treatment

capacity 2014 starting at 13,000 m3/day increasing to nearly 148,000 m3/day
by 2030. If the wastewater flow from Al-Jubail is disconnected and treated
separately by Al-Jubail (assumed earliest to occur is 2016), there will be a
shortage in 2014 and 2015 (13,000-26,000 m3/day) and then not a shortage
again until 2019. Also the size of expansion required for 2030 would only be
73,000 m3/day instead of 148,00 m3/day.
Though on an aggregate level the primary PSs have the capacity to meet the
demand in J1, the PSs should be reviewed individually to confirm this. Also,
the secondary PSs need to be reviewed.
Table 6-5 summarizes the SWW treatment and distribution shortfalls

anticipated for the planning period, split into the short term, mid term and
long term.

Table 6-5
Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Shortfalls
Year Shortfall Anticipated/Amount of Shortfall

(m3/day)
If Al-Jubail SWW not If Al-Jubail SWW
continued (after 2015) continued
Short Term
- -
To 2012
Mid Term 13,000 (2014) –
13,000 (2013) – 60,000
2013-2019 26,000 (2015)
Long Term
7,000 (2021) – 73,000 70,000-147,000
2020-2030
Table 6-6 illustrates the anticipated population in the community districts,

Jubail University College, Jubail Industrial College and worker camps in 2030,
as well as the anticipated SWW demand for these areas.
Table 6-6
Community Sanitary Wastewater Demand Forecast (2030)
Area 2030 Population* Demand (m3/day)

Al Fanateer 34,000 13,600
Dareen 8,300 3,320
Al Deffi 44,000 17,600
Huwaylat 6,000 2,400
Al Khaleej 2,000 800
Eastern Corridor 14,600 5,840
Jalmudah 46,700 18,680
Mardumah 40,300 16,120
Al-Mutrafiah 47,600 19,040
City Centre 15,000 6,000
Al Surouge - -
Al Fasil - -
Al Reggah 46,119 18,448
Subtotal 304,619 121,848
Jubail University College* 18,000 7,200
Jubail Industrial College* 11,300 4,520
Worker Camps 12,985 5,194
Total 346,904 138,762
*Refer to Volume IX (Community) for rationale on distribution of population in the community.
** Students


in Table 6-5. Options to decrease SWW demand could include:
Promote water demand management and conservation (as outlined in
Section 4.5).
Discontinue accepting SWW from Al-Jubail.
Review Treatment Process Performance and Compliance with RCER.
Promote Water Demand Management and Conservation
Any reduction for demand for PW in the community and in the industrial
areas for domestic water use will decrease the SWW that needs to be
treated. Refer to Section 4.5 for information regarding water demand
management and conservation.
Discontinue Accepting SWW from Al-Jubail
Al-Jubail currently has no SWW treatment facility and disposes of their SWW
and IWW to JIC’s SWTP 9 via the JIC separate SWW sewer network..
Recently, Al-Jubail has accounted for approximately 35% of the effluent
treated at SWTP 9. This practice has proven to be a serious detriment to
JIC’s SWW collection system, SWTP 9 performance and the production of
excess TWW. It is strongly recommended that this practice be discontinued
and the construction of a separate treatment facility in Al-Jubail be promoted
and implemented.
Al-Jubail houses many workers employed in JIC and is considered by some to

be the city's southern gateway and as such, it has been very important to
provide high quality sanitation to the community. Due to the closely inter-
related relationship between JIC and Al-Jubail, treatment of SWW from Al-
Jubail, was allowed from the beginning. However, if continued, this
arrangement will place undue stress on the JIC SWW system with potential
detrimental impacts on the collection system such as pipeline corrosion and
hydraulic overload and the additional hydraulic and organic loading already
has negatively impacted the performance and treatment efficiency of SWTP
9. Impacts of this additional flow on the volumes of TWW produced also
need to be considered.
The SWW characteristics and organic loadings from Al-Jubail have posed
significant problems in the SWW system. It is known that industrial
wastewater is included in the SWW from Al-Jubail as it is a combined

wastewater collection system. We understand that many problems have

been experienced with the SWW collection system in Al-Jubail resulting in
system overflows due to excessive hydraulic loading and that pollution was
becoming evident. Although the collection system is classified as a SWW
network, all classes of land use development are served including industrial.
One waste source is a slaughterhouse that creates shock organic loadings on
SWTP 9. Another source of shock loading is the discharge of tanker trucks
with septage waste discharging into the system (up to 120 truck loads per
day. The practice of using on-lot septic tank systems and tanker trucks in Al-
Jubail should be stopped and all wastewater should be connected to the
communal system. This is an out-dated practice that should be discontinued
and the standards that are in effect in JIC should be similarly applied in Al-
Jubail considering they are abutting urban areas.
There is an urgent need for a comprehensive hydraulic study and wastewater

loading survey to be conducted on the Al-Jubail wastewater collection system
and a scheme be adopted for separating the Al-Jubail wastewater from being
discharged to the JIC SWW collection and treatment facilities.
RCJ should commence negotiations on a priority basis with Al-Jubail officials

to discontinue the practice of discharging the combined sanitary and
industrial wastewater into the JIC separate sanitary sewer network. RCJ
should further consider offering the engineering service to Al-Jubail of
planning and designing their wastewater collection and treatment system
including the selection of a suitable site for a new wastewater treatment
plant and the handling and disposal of the treated effluent to protect the
environment.
Review Treatment Process Performance and Compliance with RCER
According to the Bechtel 2009 Irrigation Water Improvement Project Study

Report, BOD has increased nearly 100% from 2006 to 2009 (from 150 mg/l
to 300 mg/l). This could indicate that wastewater which should be going to
IWTP 8 is ending up at SWTP 9 or this increase could be due to waste from
food processing industries or this could be an error due to a change in time
of day of when samples are collected. The report recommends the use of
composite samplers rather than grab samples. SWTP 9 did originally have
composite samplers, however they are no longer working. If a confirmation
by new sampling does verify the BOD of 300 mg/l, the plant is being
overloaded at 14% for this parameter. Auto samplers should be installed in
SWW PSs to determine where the high strength waste is coming from.
The COD/BOD ratio of the SWW is in a normal range. The primary

sedimentation tanks appear to be performing poorly, however this again
should be confirmed through additional sampling. Outlet BOD has risen from
an average of 5 mg/l in 2006 to 60 mg/l in 2009. In a plant of this nature,

BOD would have been expected to be 20 mg/l or lower. This could indicate a
problem with the secondary (or biological) treatment at the plant.
The total suspended solids (TSS) in early 2006 was 12 mg/l and in 2009 this
has increased to 34 mg/l. This is well above the RCJ average monthly
standard of 10 mg/l. Turbidity has risen from 4 NTU in 2006 to 25 NRU in
2009. The RCJ average monthly standard is 2 NTU and the maximum is 5.
Both of these will impact the performance of the pressure filter. There are
also concerns with the secondary (or biological) treatment at the plant.
6.5.2 Supply
Sanitary Wastewater Treatment

in Table 6-6 Options to increase SWW treatment capacity could include:
Reduction of organic and hydraulic loading in JIC with separate Al-
Jubail SWTP.
Upgrade/expand SWTP 9.
Provide additional storage tanks.
Reduction of Organic and Hydraulic Loading in JIC with new Al-Jubail SWTP
In the past SWTP 9 has been upset due to high concentration of COD which
MARAFIQ has indicated that this could be from IWW and/or tanker waste
shock loadings. The treatment process took about 40 days to revive. During
this time the effluent quality was seriously affected, obnoxious odors
emanating from the plant upset the public, and an environmental report was
submitted to the RCJ Environment Control Department.
Upgrade/Expand SWTP 9
This would need to be investigated to ensure that expansions to the existing
plant make economic sense and to confirm that it is possible with the
remaining land available.
Provide Additional Storage Tanks

Per the recommendation made by Bectel, the provision of additional storage
tanks at SWTP 9 should be investigated.
Sanitary Wastewater Collection
MARAFIQ has indicated that all PSs need to be upgraded and that all PSs are
the relay type operating in series so if one is increased in capacity, it will
overload all subsequent PSs). PS-56 is particularly affected if RCJ continues
to allow Al-Jubail’s SWW to be connected to the JIC system. As identified
above, a comprehensive hydraulic study and wastewater loading survey
should be conducted on the Al-Jubail SWW collection system including a
feasibility study for separately treating all wastewater from Al-Jubail.

6.6 Recommendations
The following table outlines the key recommendations related to SWW. Many of the recommended studies need to occur in the short term, however their results will be implemented over the
mid and long term to meet the SWW requirements of JIC.
Table 6-7
Sanitary Wastewater Recommendations

Discontinue Accepting Wastewater from Al-Jubail: RCJ, the Municipality of Al-Jubail The wastewater from Al-Jubail is collected in a combined system including both sanitary and RCJ Short Term
and MARAFIQ map out a strategy and implementation plan to separate the industrial wastewater and as the volumes have increased, this organic, chemical and hydraulic Al-Jubail through to
wastewater from the JIC SWW system over a five year horizon to allow for loading has been detrimental to the JIC completely separate SWW system. JIC should no longer MARAFIQ Mid-Term
feasibility studies, detailed design, land acquisition and construction. be liable for treatment of Al-Jubail’s wastewater when it is totally incompatible with the design
concept of the JIC separate wastewater systems.
This will involve a comprehensive hydraulic study and wastewater loading survey to
be conducted on the Al-Jubail wastewater collection system and a scheme to be
adopted for separating the Al-Jubail wastewater discharge to the JIC SWW collection
and SWTP 9 with a new treatment plant facility built in Al-Jubail.
Identification of additional treatment options: Conduct a feasibility study to review To ensure proper performance of collection network and SWTP 9 and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
options for additional treatment to meet SWW demand including those identified RCJ
under Section6.5 (Reduction of Organic and Hydraulic Loading in JIC with new Al-
Jubail SWTP, upgrade/expand the existing SWTP treatment system; and provide
additional storage).
Wastewater Quality Assessment: As a continuation of the above strategy, conduct The quality of the SWW being discharged by the J1 support industries should be looked at to RCJ Short Term
a comprehensive wastewater quality assessment study to evaluate existing determine if the quality parameters could upset the SWTP 9 treatment process, and if so these MARAFIQ
wastewater treatment facilities treatment efficiency, the quality of water coming sources should be pre-treated or treated separately.
from the J1 support industries and from Al-Jubail. Regular wastewater flow
monitoring through installation of permanent flow meters at the main wastewater The wastewater collector system in Al-Jubail has been expanding more rapidly than ever
collection junctions is a recommended best management practice. Install composite anticipated and is accommodating industrial as well as community land uses (while the systems
samplers at SWTP 9 and autosamplers at SWW PSs to determine where the high in JIC are separated) creating shock loadings on the JIC sanitary sewer network and SWTP 9
strength waste is coming from (is IWW being discharged into the SWW system?). treatment process.
Take samples from tankers conveying septage from Al-Jubail at their discharge
points in JIC. Flow metering and sampling will provide more in depth wastewater flow and organic loading
characteristics (peak flows and loadings, average daily and monthly). This information has
great value for short term and long term planning, design and monitoring of the wastewater
system.
Demand Management Strategy: Conduct a feasibility study to review options for To ensure proper performance of collection network and treatment facilities to meet demand. RCJ Short Term
reducing demand for SWW treatment including those identified under Section 6.5 MARAFIQ through to
(promote water demand management and conservation (as outlined in Section 4.5), Industries Mid-Term
discontinue accepting SWW from Al-Jubail, Review Treatment Process Performance
and Compliance with RCER.)
Review Design Guidelines related to typical losses accounted for in design. It is common practice to assume that SWW is approximately 80% of PW demand, however this RCJ Short Term
20% loss is typically assumed to address losses through leakage and irrigation. After additional MARAFIQ through to
monitoring, this should be revisited to confirm if it is appropriate based on the patterns in JIC. Mid-Term
This should include a review of the system to determine average infiltration and leakage.


Ensure appropriate access to facilities. MARAFIQ noted that a security and O&M problem exists if O&M crews are denied access to PSs RCJ Short Term
located on industrial properties. Appropriate access needs to be ensured and perhaps a contract MARAFIQ
should be investigated with the industrial property tenants.
Prepare MPUs approximately every 5 years for a 20-25 year time horizon. To provide updated demand projections and an overall review of the status of SWW system. This RCJ Mid Term
process should be done in conjunction with input from MARAFIQ and the industries. MARAFIQ through to
Industry Long-Term
Implement a technical/operations liaison committee with MARAFIQ and appropriate Discuss and coordinate projections and upgrades which is currently done in a manner that is MARAFIQ Short Term
RCJ, as described in Chapter 2. unclear who is responsible for this. RCJ through to
Mid-Term
Finalize MARAFIQ design guidelines currently under preparation and incorporate into The proposed MARAFIQ and existing RCJ guidelines need to be compatible and a comprehensive RCJ Short Term
RCJ guidelines as appropriate. review of both guidelines is required to ensure consistency in approach. Having their own MARAFIQ through to
guidelines will provide MARAFIQ better control over changes that affect their business and allow Mid-Term
for greater consistency across their departments.
RCJ and MARAFIQ to consult and agree on annual projections for SWW demand. To ensure up to date and verifiable projections are available for planning purposes. RCJ Short-Term
This can be done via the liaison committee recommended in Chapter 2. MARAFIQ through to
Mid-Term
Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of tariffs. This can be done via the liaison Tariffs need to reflect a reasonable cost recovery for utility maintenance and expansion. Reviews MARAFIQ Short Term
committee recommended in Chapter 2. need to ensure that tariffs appropriately account for costs of upkeep and expansion of the SWW RCJ through to
system. For JIC, the PW tariffs are created to also cover the SWW and as such the PW tariffs Long-Term
need to appropriately account for upgrades to the SWW system. In 2010 tariffs were instituted
for Al-Jubail. These tariffs should be reviewed annually based on the percent of SWW being
treated at SWTP 9 that is coming from Al-Jubail. Costs for Al-Jubail should also include impacts
of this additional flow on the volumes of TWW. Investigate charging based on BOD for Al-Jubail
and J1 and J2.
MARAFIQ continue preparing 5 year supply-demand reports, however this should be To ensure future shortfalls in supply are identified in time to address them. Typically at 80% MARAFIQ Short Term
supplemented with a 10 year supply-demand forecast updated annually. capacity design plans need to start for expansions. through to
Long-Term
Continue to track actual use (in community and industrial areas) so that annually To continue to refine projections versus actual use. MARAFIQ Short Term
the actual demand can be compared with the projections. through to
Mid-Term
Conduct a comprehensive hydraulic study to evaluate the system, particularly The wastewater collector system in Al-Jubail has been expanding more rapidly than ever RCJ Short Term
regarding J1 support industries and Al-Jubail. Evaluate existing network through a anticipated and is contributing more flows than anticipated to the SWW system in JIC. MARAFIQ through to
hydraulic modelling analysis to determine if upgrades required to PS’s or pipe Mid-Term
diameters in order to meet SWTP 9 expansions. On an aggregate it appears that the primary PS’s in J1 can meet demand, but this should be
confirmed through network analysis as well as confirm any upgrades required to small PS’s.
MARAFIQ has indicated that all PSs need to be upgraded and that all PSs are the relay type so if
one is increased in capacity, it will overload all subsequent PSs.
Review current design capacity of J2 network. It is our understanding that the SWW system for J2 has been designed based on the assumption RCJ Short Term
of total demand of 8,200 m3/day. This MPU has projected higher demands, so the system design
should be reviewed.
Conduct a feasibility study to identify upgrades required for PSs and the piping To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. This should include identifying MARAFIQ Short-Term
network. upgrades to PS-56 to allow it to continue to receive Al-Jubail SWW beyond 2010.
Implement upgrades to PS-56 per approved CAPEX. To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short-Term
Implement source testing at treatment plants and identify best means for odor To ensure additional control of VOC emission and to identify air quality and odor contamination. MARAFIQ Short-Term
control. RGME recommended that immediate source testing at the treatment plants be conducted for through to
establishing emission rates, and assessing the best technology for odor control. Future designs Mid-Term


should accommodate sealed covers for tanks, if necessary, for controlling VOC emissions and
odor control.
Investigate how to increase MLSS, thus decreasing the F:M ratio (potentially To ensure proper performance of treatment plant and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short-Term
operating the plant as an extended aeration plant).
Per recent RCJ (Bechtel) recommendations: To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
Recommission AWTP. Investigate using H 2SO4 in place of CO2 if required. RCJ
Run MLSS at target level. Increase to 3600mg/l to reduce F:M ratio.
Increase CL2 dose to ensure that FRC is maintained and ensure flow
proportional. For pressure filters, dose polymer as required and replace
media. Disinfection to prevent icing.
Do bridge repairs and rehabilitation of auto control system for PST.
Install automatic flow diversion. Refurbish SCADA (check control loops and
replace wiring if required), oxygen tanks, and pressure filters to improve
performance. Get Grit removal back in service. Fix weirs in aeration tanks.
Repair concrete structures as required and continue with corrosion control as a part To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
of O&M. through to
Mid Term
Implement CAPEX to procure, construct, test, and commission concrete repair/lining To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
with associated re-bar and other related works for all MARAFIQ facilities in JIC. through to
Mid Term

7.0 TREATED WASTEWATER REUSE

The final effluent (treated wastewater) from both IWTP 8 and SWTP 9 are
combined and reused for irrigation of landscaped areas within the city, with
the unused treated wastewater (TWW) diverted via force main to the TWW
discharge area, a large salt flat located north of the NWPS. Figure 7-1
(Existing Treated Wastewater System) illustrates the TWW distribution
network.
The TWW is pumped from SWTP 9 and IWTP 8 to TWW storage tanks located
at each treatment plant. It is then pumped into the distribution network
where it is primarily used in irrigation of community and industrial
landscaping. Although the daily rate remains relatively constant throughout
the year, there are seasonal variations in actual operational cycles. In the
summer months, the systems are operated six days per week, except Friday.
In the winter months, operation is on alternate days or four days per week.
A limited amount of TWW is currently being supplied for industrial process

use. In 2010, TWW is being used for process application in one industry (Gulf
Guardian Glass) and in two other industries for cooling water use.
7.1 Existing System
7.1.1 Industrial Area
The TWW from IWTP 8 is filtered, disinfected and stored in TWW storage
tanks at the IWTP 8 site. The installed ground storage capacity at IWTP 8 is
sufficient to store 40 hours of treated effluent at the IWTP Stage II design
flow rate (41,700 m3/day). Future stage development will incorporate
additional capacity to meet the 40 hours storage requirement. If dilution is
needed to attain the desired effluent quality, PW can be added into one of
the storage tanks.
TWW from IWTP 8 currently serves J1 and the eastern corridor. The TWW
distribution system for J1 is limited to accommodate only the highway and
corridor irrigation requirements within the parks. Irrigation in the support
and light industries area uses the TWW from SWTP 9 and IWTP 8.
Previously, areas within each industry's plot were irrigated mostly with PW,
however the RCJ has indicated that PW is no longer used.
TWW supplied to the primary and secondary industry areas is pumped

directly from the IWTP 8 to the TWW distribution network. It consists of a
network of pipes with diameters ranging from 300 mm to 1,000 mm in
diameter.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island Jalmudah JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah
District

T2
EXISTING TREATED
WASTEWATER SYSTEM
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4
Community TREATED WASTEWATER STORAGE TANKS
Al-Mutrafiah Area
District TREATED WASTEWATER STORAGE PONDS
Al-Deffi
Al-Fasil TREATED WASTEWATER PUMPSTATIONS
TS4
District
District
Al-Fanateer TREATED WASTEWATER NETWORK
District
WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS
TS 7
T3
Island
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District
Evap. RC Jubail
Stn. HQ Industrial SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
College
WTP #3 T6
TS6 T100 SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
T106 Block E-South Al-Huwaylat SERVICING AREA
T112 Island
T113
Al-Huwaylat
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 St. 1 AIRPORT SERVICING AREA
SWTP Block N District
T289
Stormwater Strm.W Storm- Block J-South T120
Holding Pond H.Pond
(Exp.) SWTP #9 water NWPS
Pond
T1 0
T130 Al-
Lulu
1
T138 District
T138
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
Al-
Sa u
T154
rsa
Shati
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
O&S
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre Block P
Ta n
ro a
C om W

dR
ura
pan
O
T184
RO
yR
Block K Block F
W
T259
OW
T143
T163
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218
#2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 4/15/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
A 300 mm diameter connection from the support and light industries

irrigation water network has been provided to supply the eastern
corridor.
TWW distribution network for primary and secondary industry areas in J1 are
connected to the TWW distribution system for the support industry area at
three locations. At each junction, sectional valves are installed for isolating
the two systems. TWW for the support industry area, eastern corridor,
northern corridor camps, Royal Commission building, and Jubail Industrial
College can be pumped either from IWTP 8 or SWTP 9 by closing and opening
certain sectional valves, allowing the primary and secondary industry areas
to be isolated from the rest of the TWW system in JIC.
TWW PS’s at IWTP 8, have two separate sets of pumps. Four high lift pumps
discharge into the TWW system, which will normally operate over a period of
16 hours maximum. These are controlled by the TWW distribution grid
system pressure. Excess TWW is discharged to SWTP 9 for further storage or
to the TWW discharge area for disposal by evaporation and infiltration. This
transfer is controlled manually.
IWTP 8 currently has no way to discharge TWW directly to the TWW

discharge area, and must discharge first to SWTP 9. The 600 mm diameter
line along T295 was enlarged to 800 mm diameter and extended to SWTP 9.
This transfer line transports TWW from the IWTP 8 to the TWW storage tank
at SWTP 9. This provision allows the supply of additional irrigation water to
the community. TWW, however, cannot be pumped from SWTP 9 to IWTP 8.
7.1.2 Community
TWW from SWTP 9 is used for landscape irrigation for the permanent
community and eastern corridor residential camps, including all public parks.
The community irrigation system consists of a primary, secondary, and
tertiary system. These systems include storage, transmission mains, district
PSs and lateral irrigation lines which are responsible for transferring TWW
from SWTP 9 to points of application.
In the primary system, the TWW from the SWTP 9 is filtered, disinfected and
stored in the TWW storage tanks at SWTP 9. TWW is pumped from SWTP 9
storage tanks to ground level irrigation storage tanks at each district's water
PS in the community. The pumps are sized to transfer all of the stored water
at SWTP 9 during the 12 hour period when irrigation is to occur. Sufficient
storage capacity is provided for 32 hours of treated effluent output at the
SWTP 9 design flow rate.
The secondary irrigation system consists of arterial and distribution mains

which convey the irrigation water from the district TWW PS in each district

and distribute the water to the tertiary irrigation systems. The distribution
mains are usually located along the roadways in secondary utility ROWs.
In the tertiary irrigation system, TWW is distributed for landscaping irrigation
along freeways, expressways, collector, local and residential roads, utility
ROW, parks, pedestrian walkways, incidental open spaces and in the
landscaped corridors within the community. The tertiary system provides for
fully automatic timed control to minimize labour requirements and maximize
reliability. Most irrigation is typically applied in the early morning and/or
evening hours in order to reduce evaporation losses.
The primary system includes connections to Al-Fanateer and Al-Deffi PSs.

The TWW from SWTP 9 is supplied to Fanateer PS irrigation tanks through a
1,200 mm diameter pipe which reduces to 700 mm diameter near the
Fanateer PS, and from this location the supply line changes to 600 mm
diameter and extends to a valve chamber located along Tareeg Fahd. The
proposed Jalmudah PS is still in the evaluation stage.
SWTP 9 TWW pumps are controlled by the demand for TWW for irrigation as
determined by the water level in the district's irrigation storage tank in the
community. As the water level in the community ground storage tank drops,
an electrically operated valve opens allowing water from the transmission
mains to fill the tank. This decreases water pressure in the transmission
mains, and a pressure sensor at the SWTP 9 TWW PS starts the transfer
pumps.
The main distribution network was designed to provide an average rate

within the community area of 72,900 m3/day. The primary system includes
connection between Al-Mutrafiah and Al-Deffi, and primary connection to
Jalmudah, Al-Fanateer, Al-Reggah, Al-Deffi, Mardumah and Al-Mutrafiah. The
primary connection to district Al-Surouge and Al-Fasil has not been provided
at this stage. The pipe sizes range between 600 mm diameter to 1,200 mm
diameter. There are two TWW storage tanks of total capacity 36,000 m3 in
Al-Fanateer and two storage tanks of total capacity 36,000 m3 in Al-Deffi.
A transfer pipeline was constructed to transfer any excess TWW from IWTP 8
to the TWW storage tanks at SWTP 9. If there is more TWW generated at
SWTP 9 than the storage tanks can hold, the excess can be discharged via
force main to the TWW discharge area located north of the NWPS.
7.1.3 Disposal of Surplus TWW
Surplus TWW from SWTP 9 and IWTP 8 that is not used for irrigation or
process water is discharged to the TWW discharge area, north of the NWPS.
The TWW discharge area has expanded far beyond its original design limits of
approximately 38 ha (as shown in the 1999 MPU) and has now spread to an
area that ranges seasonally from approximately 700 ha to over 2,000 ha,

well into Al-Fasil and Al-Mutrafiah in the future community area. Al-
Mutrafiah is in the initial stages of development.

7.2.1 Industrial Area
According to the RCJ, a new 1200 mm diameter irrigation transmission line

has been built along T-7 and T-4 to add a TWW system in the easterly
portion of the secondary industries corridor. This is intended to reinforce
supply to the irrigation system in the community area.
MARAFIQ has proposed the installation of a dedicated surplus TWW line from
IWTP 8 to the TWW discharge area.
The system design for J2 does not include a TWW/irrigation network within
the utilities corridor.
7.2.2 Community
Expansion of the landscaping irrigation systems have been done in Jalmudah

and more recently in Al-Mutrafiah. It is intended to eventually loop the
system in the community areas as expansion continues.
7.2.3 Disposal of Surplus TWW
The RCJ has been undertaking various studies regarding the options for
disposal of surplus TWW. These are discussed under sections 7.4 and 7.5.
Figure 7-2 (Current Planned Treated Wastewater System) illustrates the

current proposed TWW network.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island
Al-Surouge
District Jalmudah JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY
Al-Reggah
District
Mardumah
District

T2
CURRENT PLANNED TREATED
WASTEWATER SYSTEM
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4
Community EXISTING TREATED WASTEWATER STORAGE
Area TANKS
EXISTING TREATED WASTEWATER STORAGE
Al-Deffi PONDS
Al-Fasil
TS4 District
District Al-Mutrafiah EXISTING TREATED WASTEWATER
District Al-Fanateer PUMPSTATIONS
District
FUTURE TREATED WASTEWATER DISTRICT
PUMPSTATIONS
TS 7
EXISTING WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS
T3
EXISTING TREATED WASTEWATER NETWORK
Al-Fanateer
Island FUTURE TREATED WASTEWATER NETWORK
O&M Al-Khaleej EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Centre District
Evap. RC Jubail PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Stn. HQ Industrial
College PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
WTP #3 T6
TS6 T100
T106 Block E-South Al-Huwaylat FUTURE COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
T112 Island
T113
Al-Huwaylat
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 St. 1 EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
SWTP Block N District
T289
Stormwater Strm.W Storm- Block J-South T120
Holding Pond H.Pond
(Exp.) SWTP #9 water NWPS PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Pond
T1 0
T130 Al-
Lulu
1
District AREA
T138 T138
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
Al- FUTURE SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
Sa u
T154
rsa
Shati AREA
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
le ct
R as
O&S SERVICING AREA

Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre Block P
Ta n
ro a
C om W

dR
ura
AREA
pan
O
T184
RO
yR
Block K Block F AIRPORT SERVICING AREA

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218
#2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/21/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3

TWW:

A. General
Section 2.04 Criteria for Miscellaneous Activities

A. Liquid and Sludge Discharges to Land
These sections are directly applicable to detailed design and construction and
therefore beyond the level of analysis required at the master plan level. The
discussion in this Volume will be limited to the design criteria that are
pertinent at the master plan level.
Overall, the criteria outlined with respect to TWW has been adequately tested
in the wastewater and TWW systems installed to date. However, there have
been problems with meeting some of the quality parameters identified.
Recommendations for this are provided in sections 5.6, 6.6 and 7.6.
The following assumptions have been made for TWW:

1. Demand: based on the Supply and Demand Forecasts prepared by the
RCJ Planning and Budget Department (Utilities Services for Jubail
Industrial City) – July 2008. As there is no annual demand provided
beyond 2016, it has been assumed that irrigation demand for “other”
will remain constant at 6,000 m3/day through the remainder of the
Master Plan period and that RCJ irrigation will increase proportionate
to the population growth through the remainder of the master plan
period.
2. Supply: based on the estimated flows to be treated at SWTP 9 and
IWTP 8 as described in Chapters 5 and 6.
Additional options for use of TWW are outlined in Section7.5 which are not
included in the above list as these are new areas for use that need to be
explored in greater detail to determine volumes.


Figure 7-3 illustrates the actual use as recorded by MARAFIQ from 2004
through 2008.
Figure 7-3
Irrigation Actual Use 2004-2008
140
120
100
80
x 000 m3/day-pk
60
40
20
-20
2004 2005 2006 2007 2008
Yearly Growth 5.2% -9.7% -5.4% 3.5% 14.1%
Year
This shows that irrigation use decreased by 9.7% and 5.4% in 2005 and
2006 and increased by 3.5% and 14.7% in 2007 and 2008. It also shows
that in 2008, based on actual use of 73,000 m3/day, that there was a surplus
of 52,000 m3/day-peak.
In 2003, of the total of TWW available (about 97,000 m3), approximately

62% was used for irrigation, 1% was used by industry for cooling, 1% was
tanked and the remaining 36% was surplus.

Table 7-1 outlines the 2007 and 2008 surplus TWW statistics for JIC:
Table 7-1
Surplus Treated Wastewater (2007 and 2008)
Month Year 2007 Year 2008

IWTP 8 SWTP 9 Total IWTP 8 SWTP 9 Total
3
m /day
January 12,594 68,826 81,420 12,227 57,386 69,613
February 22,844 61,691 84,535 22,179 50,459 72,638
March 12,597 59,919 72,516 12,230 47,060 59,290
April 12,576 42,590 55,166 12,210 45,523 57,733
May 12,586 42,672 55,258 12,219 38,110 50,329
June 12,566 38,001 50,567 12,200 33,205 45,405
July 12,555 35,542 48,097 12,189 28,602 40,791
August 12,515 33,615 46,130 12,150 29,065 41,215
September 12,499 34,701 47,200 12,135 45,604 57,739
October 12,581 40,160 52,741 12,215 51,082 63,297
November 12,582 46,251 58,833 12,216 47,669 59,885
December 12,603 58,623 71,226 12,236 50,433 62,669
Average 13,425 46,883 60,307 13,034 43,683 56,717
Source: MARAFIQ, March 2009
This shows that on average in 2008 there was a surplus of TWW of

approximately 57,000 m3/day, down from 60,000 m3/day in 2007. The
surplus in 2009 was approximately 61,000 m3/day. This also shows that
approximately 75% of surplus TWW was from SWTP 9, of which
approximately 35% is from Al-Jubail.
The 1978 MP indicated that TWW was to be used for irrigation on local roads,
collectors, expressways and freeways, but not on residential access roads
and that the SWTP 9 TWW was to be used for these areas in the community.
IWTP 8 was to be considered for use, but plans only showed TWW from
SWTP 9 to the community.
The 1984 MPU identified TWW as the main source of supply for irrigation, and
PW was to be used when TWW was insufficient to meet demand. At that
time, only PW was available for irrigation in primary and secondary
industries. A decision was made to connect IWTP 8 to SWTP 9 since all of
industrial TWW could not be used and there was an anticipation of shortage
from the SWTP for the community. It was also not supposed to result in
ponding.

The 1999 MPU was the first to identify the “SABKHA” as being used to
discharge surplus TWW, though it had existed before this MPU. This was also
the first indication of using limited amounts of TWW for industrial processes.
Excess TWW was discharged through force mains to the evaporation basins
located north of the NWPS. In 1998, 18,000 m3/day was disposed of in the
“marsh”. It was recommended that the 1998 levels of excess disposal be
maintained in order to sustain the environmentally desirable marsh area that
had developed. The 1999 MPU projected excess TWW of 18,000 m3/day in
2003. This number was based on an assumption of industries using 39,000
m3/day of TWW (up from 5,500 m3/day actual use in 1998). Current use of
TWW for industrial use only approximately 6,000 m3/day. The assumptions
for use by industry was largely overestimated compared to what was actually
used. This has lead to a much larger surplus than anticipated.
MARAFIQ has indicated that the surplus TWW could increase to as much as
120,000 m3/day in the future if present practices continue including
acceptance of Al-Jubail SWW.
MARAFIQ and RCJ have discussed the following options for surplus TWW:
Options to increase use of TWW:
o To convert TWW to process water for industry use.
o To utilize TWW as cooling water make-up.
o To utilize the TWW as a primary cooling water in the industry.
Options to modify where surplus TWW discharged:
o To discharge the surplus TWW to SWC canal.
o To discharge the surplus TWW to the south of JIC airport.
The June 2010 RCJ presentation on Disposal/Reuse of Surplus TWW shows

that if the following demands are met in 2030 that there will be no surplus
TWW:
Industrial Use 30,000 m 3/day
Inside City Park 25,000 m3/day
Outside City Park 75,000 m3/day
Additional Irrigation 288,000 m3/day
Al-Jubail Irrigation 50,000 m3/day
These demands are not yet confirmed so have not been carried in the
following Table and Figure, but are discussed in Sections 7.4 and 7.5. This
would also require major expansions to the TWW distribution system.

Findings of MPU
Table 7-2 and Figure 7-3 illustrate the MPU TWW demand forecast through
2030.
Table 7-2
Treated Wastewater Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
* Other = nursery, tanker, industry

Figure 7-4
Treated Wastewater Supply and MPU Demand Forecast to 2030
600
500
400
x' 000 m3/day
300
200
100
0
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030
Year
TWW Supply TWW Demand TWW Supply if No Al-Jubail (after 2015)
Based on the demand assumptions used, there will be sufficient supply of

TWW for the MPU planning period. There will be a surplus of TWW starting at
approximately 123,700 m3/day, increasing to approximately 337,000
m3/day.
If SWW is no longer treated from Al-Jubail (after 2015) the surplus decreases
to 263,000 m3/day by 2030.
In addition, if demand for process water for J2 facilities Dow-Aramco and

SABIC Verbund can be provided via TWW instead of PW, this would increase
TWW demand by 43,700 m3/day in 2015 and an additional 55,000 m3/day in
2018. At this time, J2 utility ROW’s have not been designed to accommodate
TWW pipelines.
Also, should the potential demands discussed by RCJ in the previous section
become actual demands, then this demand of 468,000 m 3/day which would
reduce the surplus in 2030 to 80,000 m3/day, or if combined with no longer
treating SWW from Al-Jubail would mean no excess TWW.
In 2008 the split was approximately 65% from the SWTP and 35% from the
IWTP, and in 2030 this split will be approximately 50% and 40%,

respectively. In 2010, approximately 35% of the SWW from SWTP 9 is from

Al-Jubail, meaning that Al-Jubail is contributing approximately 25% of the
TWW (40,000 m3/day). Both JIC and Al-Jubail are growing so the volume of
excess TWW will steadily increase.
Table 7-3 outlines the surplus TWW anticipated for the planning period, split
into the short term, mid term and long term.
Table 7-3
Surplus Treated Wastewater Volumes
Year Surplus Anticipated/Amount of Surplus (m3/day)

If Al-Jubail SWW not
If Al-Jubail SWW continued
continued (after 2015)
Short Term
124,000 - 155,000 124,000 – 155,000
To 2012
Mid Term
169,000 - 206,000 169,000 – 256,000
2013-2019
Long Term
218,000 - 263,000 273,000 – 337,000
2020-2030

Currently, the main concerns with TWW, are two-fold:
What are the best methods to dispose of the surplus TWW as the
current TWW discharge area is large and covering portions of Al-
Mutrafiah and Al-Fasil.
The quality of the TWW is not meeting the current RCER and this is
posing concerns for when and where it can, and should, be used.
The wastewater flows are continuing to increase especially with SWTP 9

being expanded to handle the flows from Al-Jubail and JIC. This is resulting
in more excess water being discharged to the TWW discharge area. The
higher groundwater table has also adversely affected structural foundations,
duct banks and buried pipelines creating flooding and corrosion problems.
Concerns related to groundwater quality are addressed in Volume VIII
(Environment).
The opportunities and constraints can generally be broken down into three
areas; supply, demand, and disposal of surplus.

Opportunities for use of TWW can generally be split into:

1. Irrigation:
a. Community area
b. Industrial area
c. Additional road irrigation (outside community and industrial area)
d. Agriculture
e. Al-Jubail
2. Water for Parks/Ponds:
a. Regional City Park
b. Inside City Park
3. Industrial uses for TWW:
a. process water
b. primary cooling water in the industry
c. make-up water for cooling towers
TWW from the IWTP 8 can be added to the reclaimed water storage tank at
SWTP 9. This provision allows the supply of additional irrigation water to the
community. TWW, however, cannot be pumped from SWTP 9 to IWTP 8.
This means that TWW from IWTP 8 is the only source for industrial irrigation
and industrial use.
Irrigation
TWW has quality criteria that restrict its use for vegetation, not food crops.
In 1998, community irrigation use was averaging approximately 50,000

m3/day, and is currently estimated between 45,000 - 55,000 m3/day. This is
surprising given that new areas in the community have developed since
1998. As the community grows, and expansions to the SWTP take place,
more supply will be available for the use of irrigation and more land should
require irrigation. In the short term, the irrigation network could be
extended into the future community areas to promote growth of vegetation.
Also, increased use in the current community should be investigated.
The design of J2 does not include a TWW/irrigation network within the

utilities corridor. This should be reconsidered to allow for irrigation
distribution to J2. If the system is not extended this will mean that J2 is
using PW for irrigation, and that J2 is contributing to the creation of TWW,
but not using any of it, which will compound the current surplus. Extension
of the irrigation network to this area should be studied immediately.
Irrigation is currently used along freeways such as TS-1, and extension of the
irrigation system to these areas could help improve the landscaping and
aesthetic appeal.

Irrigation could be used to supply the hydroponics agricultural industry.

MARAFIQ has done some study on this, and this option should be studied in
further detail.
The irrigation system could be extended to Al-Jubail. Discussions should be

held to determine interest and if there would be sufficient space in existing
ROW’s to allow such a retrofit.
Water for Parks/Ponds
In a presentation made by RCJ in July 2010, regarding the disposal and re-
use of surplus TWW, they recommended using water for parks and ponds at
a new proposed City Park (Green Belt), at the west side of the Buffer Zone,
and for a new proposed Regional Park, west of the airport.
These recommendations are sound, but providing TWW to the Regional Park
will require a major extension of the irrigation system.
Industrial Uses for TWW
In 1999 only one industry was using 1,100 m3/day. This has now increased
to three industries using 6,000 m3/day, however this is much less than that
predicted in the 1999 MPU.
RCJ, MARAFIQ, and SaudConsult discussed the use of supplying TWW as

process water to industries, but indicated it was not practical due to quantity
of water required for this purpose and that blending with PW would not be
allowed due to high quality of product water needed for the industrial process
water.
If TWW were used in place of PW for use by industries for process water, this
would have the double benefit of decreasing the demand on the PW system
and using the available TWW which will decrease the surplus that needs to be
disposed of.
Use of TWW can be good alternative to PW or SWC for use in cooling towers
provided the customer can effectively control the bacterial growth in the
cooling water and also to maintain the blow down water quality as per RCER
2009 specifications, for discharging to the SWC canal. This is an important
and potentially significant use of excess TWW to maintain the zero discharge
policy.
As discussed in the 1999 MPU, a preliminary engineering analysis, "Use of

Reclaimed Industrial Wastewater as Alternative Water Supply to Industries",
prepared by the RCJ Engineering Department in 1995, made the following
conclusions:

Surplus TWW produced by the IWTP contains moderately high total

dissolved solids, up to 1,400 mg/l, and other low concentrations of
organic and inorganic molecules. This water can be properly used as
process and production water only if further treatment, such as
reverse osmosis (RO), is provided to remove the impurities from the
TWW.
For effective and efficient operation of RO, however, the quality of feed
water must be consistent and any elements in the water, which may
have detrimental effect on the RO membrane, must be removed. As a
result, additional treatment such as second stage pressure filtration
and other processes to protect the membrane are likely to be required
by the users.
The RO system produces highly concentrated rejection flow of brine.
Brine must be treated to meet the RCJ’s discharge criteria for
discharge into the SWC return canal and Gulf. The disposal of brine in
the IWTP cannot be allowed, as it will upset the biological treatment
plant. Other disposal methods such as deep ground injection is costly
and may have adverse impact on the quality of the ground water.
Since TWW cannot be pumped from the SWTP to the IWTP, only the
reclaimed water from the IWTP will be available for industrial uses to
augment or replace the current usage of PW. However, this is a sizable
and growing quantity of water, representing an average of 72,000
m3/day as of 2003. It is projected to grow to an average of 110,000
m3/day by 2013. (Based on the 2004 actual demand numbers, IWTP 8
demand was 41,582 m3/day, much less than anticipated in 1995).
This 1995 report recommended two options:

Option 1 was to supply TWW to the industries without further
improvement of quality. Each user would install their own supply line
and construct a treatment facility on their site to suit their demand.
This option could be expanded to include two or more adjoining
industries with a joint treatment plant. Under this option, each
individual plant would be constructed in accordance with each
industry's water demand schedule. Financing, construction, and
operation of each plant would be the responsibility of each user. A
benefit of this option is that the existing TWW distribution system
would not need modifications. However, the aggregated construction
and operational cost for scattered small plants would exceed a single
large plant, and monitoring and controlling the quality of brine before
discharging to the receiving water would be complicated.
Option 2 was to upgrade TWW in a centralized treatment plant to
meet minimum quality requirements and then to distribute the water
to the industries. Each user would be required to install its own supply
line. Under this option, a single entity such as MARAFIQ, the RCJ or
the using industries would be responsible for financing, constructing,
and operating the central plant and modifying the TWW distribution
system. A large plant, in general, is more likely to employ well-

qualified professionals to operate and maintain the facilities and thus

guarantee consistent high quality production water. Under this option,
the existing TWW distribution system would need to be modified to
isolate and separately distribute the upgraded TWW and the normal
TWW. Modifications would include installation of new pumping
facilities, storage tanks, connecting pipes, sectional valves, and valve
chambers.
In view of the cost advantages, production reliability, and environmental

impacts, it was recommended that a centralized treatment facility be
constructed at the IWTP. Under this option, all accrued costs can be
recovered from the users.
To meet industrial process water quality criteria, MARAFIQ has indicated that
it will become necessary to provide post treatment of the TWW to be
compliant with RCER and that this has proven to be prohibitively expensive.
MARAFIQ had considered providing a Centralized Utility Services for J2 that

could include power and other utilities (i.e. Oxygen, Nitrogen, high/medium
pressure steam, steam condensate recovery, demin water, plant service air
and instrumentation air. The feed water for the demin water system used for
steam production was considered to include tertiary treated IWW. This
project has since been cancelled.
The demin system would be designed considering the RCER 2004 effluent
discharge standards as its design feed water. It is very important that
effluent supplied from IWTP 8 meets the RCER 2004 regulations as it will
impact the demin plant performance. Section 5.5 outlines how the ITWP 8
effluent is not currently meeting RCER.
MARAFIQ commissioned a feasibility study for implementing and marketing

the Centralized Utilities Concept to JIC customers, including a de-mineralized
water production and a distribution condensate polishing plant. This study is
being prepared by National Power Company, Singapore Utilities International
Pte Ltd, and Parsons Binkerhof Power (PB). The Draft Proposal for Excess
Reclaimed Water Handling prepared by PB indicated that after discussions
and site visits it is recommended that there shall be no demin water
distribution as water quality to customers is of a concern due to
contamination from the long distribution network from pipes. Three different
feed water sources were considered to produce demin/process water: PW,
treated SWW and treated IWW. The PW (desalinated water) is relatively
expensive, it was indicated that the treated SWW is being used for
irrigation and is not available for further treatment for industrial process
use, and as such treated IWW available from IWTP was considered as a
feed water source for the production of demin water. A back up feed
water supply from potable/treated SWW is offered. Contrary to the findings
of this report, it appears that SWW would be available for the plant as it is

not fully used by the irrigation requirements in the community.
The report concluded that cased on current data available it is possible to

produce the required amount of steam from IWW and the surplus can be
distributed to industries as process water after first pass RO.
The secondary effluent from IWTP 8 contains high concentrations of

ammonia, TDS, COD and is more saline compared to PW standards. It is
understood that MARAFIQ will be taking steps to augment the current
upstream treatment process such that the effluent standards will meet
RCER 2004 regulations. The RO reject and regenerant waste from DI
plant will have a TDS of 4,000-5,000 ppm which is also related to
incoming IWW. This has to be discussed with MARAFIQ and RCJ to obtain a
waiver from RCJ to exceed the limits specified in RCER 2004 regulations.
There are currently no specific standards for the rejects from the DI plant
which uses TWW and not PW as its feedstock.
The ultimate treated water plant capacity at the demin plant would be
expected to be approximately 2,600 m3/hr. It is anticipated that a property
approximately 20,200 m2 (2 ha) would be required for the 3 phases of the
demin plant.
The overall treatment process would consist of the following main

components:
Feed water tank and pumping system
Chemical dosing system with Micron filtration or Ultrafiltration
Filtrate storage tank
RO 1
Storage tank and pumping system
RO 2
Permeate storage tank and pumping system
D.M. Plant (Mixed Bed Units)
Boiler Feed water tank and pumping system
This plant would have one 11,000 m3 raw water storage tank and two 5,200
m3 demin water storage tanks.
An option for a condensate polishing plant was included in case condensate

return is planned. The ultimate condensate polishing plant capacity is
expected to be 1,000 m3/hr. It is anticipated that a property approximately
2,000 m2 (0.5 acres) would be required for the condensate polishing plant.
If demand for process water for J2 facilities Dow-Aramco and SABIC Verbund
can be provided via TWW instead of PW, this would increase TWW demand
by 43,700 m3/day in 2015 and an additional 55,000 m3/day in 2018. At this

time, J2 utility ROW’s have not been designed to accommodate TWW

pipelines.
7.5.2 Supply
Options to reduce and improve supply include:

1. Reduce effluent to SWTP 9:
a. Water Conservation – reducing the volume of PW used will
decrease the volume of SWW to the SWTP and thus will reduce
the volume of TWW. Refer to sections 4.5, 4.6, 6.5, and 6.6
where these are discussed.
b. Reduce or eliminate SWW from Al-Jubail – Again, reducing the
volume of SWW to the SWTP will reduce the volume of
reclaimed water. Refer to sections 6.5 and 6.6.
2. Reduce effluent to IWTP 8:
a. Water Conservation – reducing the volume of PW used for
process water, tanking washing and on-site re-use will decrease
the volume of IWW to the IWTP and thus will reduce the volume
of TWW. Refer to sections 4.5, 4.6, 5.5, and 5.6 where these
are discussed.
3. Improve quality of TWW from SWTP 9 (including upgrades to SWTP 9
and improving the quality received from Al-Jubail). Refer to sections
6.5 and 6.6.
4. Improve quality of TWW from IWTP 8 (including upgrades to IWTP 8
and improving quality received from industry). Refer to sections 5.5
and 5.6.
The quality of TWW needs to be addressed immediately. This is through a

combination of efforts including monitoring flows coming into the treatment
plants and ensuring that the incoming quality meets the RCER standards as
well as upgrades to the treatment plants themselves to ensure that the TWW
quality meets the RCER standards.
RCJ has indicated that the is unclear if IWTP 8 was ever designed to provide
TWW for irrigation. They recommend installing a membrane process after
the pressure filter and in the short term use an iron or aluminum coagulant
dose into the aeration tank to improve settlement in the clarifier. They also
recommend providing post chlorination at the Al-Deffi and Al-Fanateer PSs
using Cl2 drums, flushing the system more frequently, and modifying when
the irrigation occurs so that the spray systems are not working when people
are in proximity.
RGME prepared an Environmental Impact Study for the JIC Industrial Area in
2004. It identified that the existing quality of TWW made it unsuitable for
reuse and that it is essential the deficiencies need to be corrected. RGME
also recommended that immediate source testing at the treatment plants be
conducted for establishing emission rates, and assessing the best technology

for odour control and that future designs should accommodate sealed covers
for tanks, if necessary, for controlling VOC emissions and odour control.
They indicated that the existing quality of TWW made it unsuitable for reuse
and that it is essential the deficiencies need to be corrected and they noted
that disposal of surplus TWW to the discharge area should only be continued
if standards are met.
To prevent TWW from carrying water borne pathogens that may be present
in SWW, stringent effluent standards equivalent to the California Standards
(1972) were adopted in JIC. The standards require that the median number
of Coliform organisms in the TWW do not exceed 2.2 total coliforms MPN per
100 ml for 7 days and 23 total coliforms MPN per 100 ml in any one sample.
In addition, to further reduce the levels of BOD and TSS, an advanced
treatment plant (Stage IV) with 72,000 m3/day capacity was constructed.
The Stage IV plant encompasses chemical coagulation, and sedimentation
units. Stage IV was used for less than a year for treatment and is available
as a standby facility only. Eventually this facility will be eliminated.
Meeting the specified TWW quality is of crucial importance for human health.
The results of two monitoring days (April 11 and 12, 2009), were provided
for limited parameters, not including bacteriological or parasitological
parameters, which are important to assess the potential impacts of human
health. The analysis results show high concentrations of TDS, Turbidity, COD
and DO that exceed RCER. Refer to sections 5.5 and 6.5 for fuller discussion
of the current quality concerns at IWTP 8 and SWTP 9.
7.5.3 Disposal of Surplus
The current volume of surplus TWW is about 124,000 m3/day which could
increase to 337,000 m3/day by 2030 if SWW continues to be accepted from
Al-Jubail. Options for disposal of this surplus include:
1. Provide more storage tanks
2. Totally use reclaimed water so no surplus
3. Discharge of TWW to the Gulf
4. Modify the TWW discharge area:
a. Reduce the current TWW discharge area
b. Eliminate current TWW discharge area
c. Establish a new constructed wetland
Provide more storage tanks
Provision of additional storage tanks at SWTP 9 and IWTP 8 and in the

community would provide some short term, but limited assistance in the
disposal of TWW.

Totally use reclaimed water so no surplus
It is not anticipated that this would be easily achieved without major

expansions to the irrigation system, however complete reuse of reclaimed
water would eliminate the need to discharge surplus. It may be possible to
achieve this in the future, if a broad combination of the alternatives outlined
in this section are successfully implemented.
Discharge of treated wastewater to the Gulf
The 1984 MPU identified that if there was more treated SWW generated than
storage tanks could hold, the excess was to be discharged to a primary
drainage channel, pumped to the industrial area system or discharged to the
Gulf via the SWC canal. In winter it was anticipated that there would be an
excess of TWW available that could be used to make up the summer deficit if
it could be stored and this was to be studied. There is a pipe line from IWTP
8 to the SWC canal to facilitate the disposal of treated effluent via SWC
canal, however this has not been used.
In many coastal cities TWW is released into an adjacent water body. Should
the RCJ determine to not use TWW discharge area, the reclaimed water could
be directly discharged to sea, subject to meeting appropriate discharge
quality requirements. RCJ Environmental Department has informed us that
as per regulations no effluent water is allowed to be disposed in the Gulf and
the no discharge policy will continue. However the practice in Yanbu does
allow treated wastewater effluents to be discharged to the Red Sea.
The RCJY should review the merits of allowing adequately treated wastewater
to be discharged to the Gulf to address the excess TWW issue.
Modify the TWW Discharge Area
Reduce the Current TWW Discharge Area
In the original design of the TWW discharge area, it was anticipated that the
area would cover approximately 38 ha (as shown in the 1999 MPU), however
the area now covered ranges seasonally from approximately 700 ha to over
2,000 ha and covers portions of the future community area. The Al-
Mutrafiah property is at the initial stage of site preparation necessitating
urgent reduction and relocation of this effluent disposal operation.
Development of Al-Mutrafiah started in 2010 and Al-Fasil and Al-Sourouge
are not anticipated to start development until the end of this MPU planning
period.
This could be done by reducing discharge of the surplus water to another

location so that the area is reduced and by filling. This alternative will take
time.

Eliminate TWW Discharge Area
The environmental significance of the TWW discharge area is addressed in

Volume VIII. Eliminating a TWW discharge area completely is not likely a
practical option unless the surplus is drastically reduced.
Establish a new constructed wetland
Figure 7-5 illustrates alternative locations for the TWW discharge area.
RCJ, MARAFIQ, and SaudConsult discussed the use of Reedbeds (a

technology like green water treatment technology that provides habitat for
wildlife).
Any new site should not be immediately adjacent to the airport because of
the potential and serious hazard of water fowl and migratory birds close to
aircraft, and the history of accidents that has occurred from such situations.
Any new site should not be adjacent to the coastline due to the risk of some
flow reaching the Gulf, contrary to the “zero discharge policy” in JIC.
Any new site should not interfere with any other long term land use plans in
the MPU.
One of the most viable immediate solutions from environmental, future land
use, and public awareness perspectives is to relocate the site as far inland
and remote as possible, namely the site west of the Dammam/ Abu Hadriyah
Expressway recommended by the Consultants for the Drainage Study for the
Discharge of surplus TWW from the SWTP 9.

Island
Alt. Discharge Area

Community Area
Opt. #4 (469 ha) Alt. Discharge Area FIGURE 7-5
Opt. #1 (1,660 ha)
ALTERNATIVE TREATED
WASTEWATER DISCHARGE
Al-Gurmah AREA’S
Island
TS 7
Al-Surouge Al-Reggah Jalmudah
Airport Area District Mardumah District District
EXISTING WASTEWATER DISCHARGE AREA
District
T2 ALTERNATIVE WASTEWATER DISCHARGE
AREAS
Alt. Discharge Area

Saudi Elec
Kh arsa nia
TS 4 POTENTIAL FUTURE PARK IRRIGIATION AREAS
Opt. #5 (2,297 ha) Al-Fanateer
Alt. Discharge Area

District
Al-Fasil Al-Mutrafiah Al-Deffi EXISTING MAJOR ROADS
Opt. #2 (356 ha)
Railroad RO
District
h Ras Ta nu
District District
tric Com pa
Al-Fanateer PROPOSED MAJOR ROADS

Island
JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY BOUNDARY
Alt. Discharge Area Existing
T3
W
Discharge Area
Al-Kahleej
Opt. #3 (234 ha)
ra RO W
ny RO W
(2,352 ha)
District
T6
TS6
Al-Huwaylat
T112
District
T295
Al-Lulu
T138 T138 District
Al-Shati
T251
T195
TS3
T241
District
Al-Bahar
District
A r a bi a n G u l f
Jubail 2 Industrial Area Jubail 1 Industrial Area
T218
T218
T315
T335
TS1
T121
TS9
T2 1
8
T272
T2 74
TS8
TS King Fahd
3
7 Industrial Port
TS
T1
0 3 0 1 2 4 km
Jubail
Commercial
1
Al-
TS
Port
Jubail

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 12/22/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
MO
T8 5
MOT
6 13
7.6 Recommendations
Table 7-4
Treated Wastewater Reuse Recommendations

Demand Strategy: Prepare a Feasibility Study on industrial demand for TWW MARAFIQ has conducted a study regarding reclaimed water to identify and confirm the RCJ Short Term
and options for use (process water, primary cooling water, make-up water for potential for end reliability of recycling surplus, however the final report is still under MARAFIQ through to Mid
cooling towers). This process should be done in conjunction with input from Management review. In addition, a committee has been struck at RCJ regarding TWW and the Industry Term
industries. recommendations of this group should be reviewed and implemented as appropriate.
This should also include options regarding extending irrigation system to the J2, This should include identifying the engineering requirements for treatment of the discharge
the proposed Regional City Park, Al-Jubail, and Freeways. brine and the integrated RO process.
This study is needed to determine system viability. This could include a pilot study to
determine additional pre-treatment and brine treatment requirements and establish design
parameters. Further interface with equipment suppliers is required to determine if there is an
alternative to a pilot study.
Disposal of Surplus TWW: Conduct a feasibility study to identify best ways to To ensure that appropriate means of discharge of surplus are provided in the future. MARAFIQ Short Term
dispose of surplus TWW including those identified under Section5.5 (provide RCJ through to Mid
more storage tanks; totally use TWW so no surplus; modify the TWW discharge Term
area).
Review of RCER: Update RCER to include discharge criteria for rejects from the To ensure that RCER guidelines are up to date to reflect potential use in JIC. RCJ Short Term
DI plant which uses TWW and not PW as its feedstock. through to Mid
Term
Review of Design Guidelines related to separation distances for new irrigation To ensure that separation distances are appropriate. RCJ Short Term
pipes, from potable pipes as well as setbacks to protect well fields. through to Mid
Term
Implement a groundwater monitoring program. This is discussed in Volume To ensure no significant impact on groundwater from TWW. RCJ Short Term
VIII. through to Mid
Term
Prepare MPUs approximately every 5 years for a 20-25 year time horizon. To provide updated demand projections and an overall review of the status of SWC system. RCJ Mid Term
This process should be done in conjunction with input from MARAFIQ and the industries. MARAFIQ through to Long
Industry Term
Implement a technical/operations liaison committee with MARAFIQ and Discuss and coordinate projections and upgrades which is currently done in a manner that is MARAFIQ Short Term
appropriate RCJ, as described in Chapter 2. unclear who is responsible for this. RCJ through to Long
Term
The reclaimed water pipeline network is owned by RCJ and MARAFIQ dispose of their surplus
reclaimed water through the RCJ network, as such, coordination between RCJ and MARAFIQ is
required in order to ensure that the system is working properly and being planned for properly.
MARAFIQ has indicated that there is a lack of flexibility to dispose surplus reclaimed water
during emergencies due to treatment process upset and pipe breaks. The TWW pipeline
network is owned by RCJ where MARAFIQ dispose their surplus reclaimed water through this
network and MARAFIQ has no control of this network. MARAFIQ’S responsibility ends at the
boundary limit of SWTP 9 and IWTP 8 and the boundary wall of the Al-Fanateer and Al-Deffi


PSs.
Finalize MARAFIQ design guidelines currently under preparation and incorporate The proposed MARAFIQ and existing RCJ guidelines need to be compatible and a RCJ Short Term
into RCJ guidelines as appropriate. comprehensive review of both guidelines is required to ensure consistency in approach. Having MARAFIQ through to Mid
their own guidelines will provide MARAFIQ better control over changes that affect their business Term
and allow for greater consistency across their departments.
RCJ and MARAFIQ to consult and agree on annual projections for TWW demand. To ensure up to date and realistic projections are available for planning purposes. RCJ through to Mid
This can be done via the liaison committee recommended in Chapter 2. MARAFIQ Term
Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of tariffs. This can be done via the Tariffs need to reflect a reasonable cost recovery for utility maintenance and expansion, but MARAFIQ Short Term
liaison committee recommended in Chapter 2. encourage the use of TWW in place of other sources (PW, SWC, etc). RCJ through to Mid
Term
Prepare 5 year supply-demand reports, supplemented with a 10 year supply- To ensure future shortfalls in supply are identified in time to address them. Typically at 80% RCJ Short Term
demand forecast updated annually. capacity design plans need to start for expansions. MARAFIQ through to Long
Term
Continue to track actual use (in community and industrial areas) so that To continue to refine projections versus actual use. MARAFIQ Short Term
annually the actual demand can be compared with the projections. through to Mid
Term
TWW Quality: Conduct feasibility study to determine best ways to immediately To ensure improvement in TWW quality and proper performance of network and to meet MARAFIQ Short Term
improve the TWW quality from IWTP 8 including installing a membrane process demand. RCJ through to Mid
after the pressure filter and an iron or aluminum coagulant dose into the Term
aeration tank to improve settlement in the clarifier. Conduct feasibility study to
determine if providing post chlorination at the Al-Deffi and Al-Fanateer PSs using
Cl2 drums is appropriate.
Storage: Conduct feasibility studies regarding identifying upgrades required for To ensure proper performance of network and to meet demand. MARAFIQ Short Term
40 hours storage requirement of the design flow rate for the IWTP 8 and 32 RCJ through to Mid
hours storage requirement of the design flow rate for the SWTP 9. Term
Perform a network analysis to determine if the existing infrastructure is large This should also include options regarding extending irrigation system to the J2, the proposed MARAFIQ Short Term
enough (pipe diameter, PS capacity) to accommodate the new demands as the Regional City Park, Al-Jubail, and Freeways. RCJ through to Mid
community expands. Evaluate existing network through hydraulic model before Term
expanding PSs. Pumping capacities will need to be investigated for the TWW PS’s at SWTP 9 and IWTP 8.
Flush the system more frequently. To ensure proper performance of network. MARAFIQ Short-Term
RCJ through to Long
Term
If possible, modify when the irrigation occurs so that the spray systems are not To minimize exposure. RCJ Short-Term
working when people are in proximity. through to Long
Term
Repair concrete structures as required and continue with corrosion control as a To ensure proper performance of network. MARAFIQ Short-Term
part of O&M. through to Mid
Term

8.0 SURFACE WATER DRAINAGE

SYSTEM
Drainage in the JIC area is to the northeast toward the Arabian Gulf, through
surface drainage and via the groundwater table. The system is generally
separated into four major independent systems J1, J2, the community area
east of Mardumah Bay and the community area west of Mardumah Bay.
As noted in the RCJ Design Criteria, JIC is quite arid, as the occurrence of
rain is not common. The average annual rainfall in JIC is 100 mm (31 year
duration records), falling in short, and high intensity winter storms. The RCJ
Environmental Control Department (ECD) monitoring stations (seven fixed and
two mobile) measure rainfall, and this information is used for design.
The maximum annual precipitation reported was 250 mm in 1995/96 and the
maximum storm occurred on November 2, 1982 with a rainfall of 110 mm
almost half of that year’s annual precipitation of 212 mm now considered as
equivalent to the 100 Year Return Storm event. The minimum annual recorded
precipitation was 10.4 mm in 1981. Almost all of the rainfall occurs between
the months of November and May, and generally no precipitation occurs during
the intervening months of June through to October.
An integrated storm water drainage system is included in the road fabric

and supporting infrastructure designed in compliance with RCJ’s
Engineering and Planning Design Criteria. Stormwater Management in JIC
and Yanbu are considered the models of practice for urban development in
the Kingdom. Reportedly, JIC and Yanbu are the only cities in the Kingdom
with fully designed integrated surface water drainage systems with storm
sewer/channel networks. Other cities utilize the road cross sections to channel
the runoff water.
8.1 Existing System

As discussed in Section 3.12 (Drainage Systems) of the RCJ’s Engineering and
Planning Design Criteria Manual, there are fours levels of system used for
drainage in the industrial area, primary, secondary, tertiary and auxiliary
systems.
Primary systems are designed for a 50 year storm with provisions for storage
run-off within a flood plain based on a 100 year storm and with the outfall
completely tide locked. Channels are lined and have zero freeboard for the 50
year storm flow, and maintain 0.30 m freeboards for the minimum rough
grading level at the edges of adjacent developed areas for the 100 year storm
storage.

Secondary systems are designed for a 25 year storm with zero freeboard.
Intersections with primary systems are engineered using concrete protection.
Tertiary systems are designed for a 10 year storm if they provide an

emergency overflow outlet to prevent damage to any facility or structure. If no
emergency overflow outlet is provided, the design period is determined on a
cost benefit basis, but not to exceed a 25 year storm.
Auxiliary systems are swales and/or depressed areas, where flooding can be
tolerated for short periods of time without adverse effect on any building,
structure or facility such as parks, beaches, roadway medians, recreation
facilities and open spaces. The design capacity is based on a 5 year storm;
however, the capacity may be enlarged if used as temporary storage in
conjunction with Primary System 100 year criteria.
Surface Water Drainage in J1
During construction of industries, the sites are graded to effectively drain

each block so that the grading allows for sheet flow into secondary drainage
ditches surrounding each lot. Internally, if rain water is contaminated, it must be
impounded for treatment before discharge to these ditches. Historically, each
industrial block is rough graded to be compatible with the planned stormwater
drainage system with a maximum slope of 0.2% up towards the middle of
each lot. Rough graded surfaces at utility corridors are either flat with an
average elevation of the adjacent lots, with an embankment at both sides or
sloped towards the lower industrial lot.
There are four relatively large stormwater channels draining the J1 primary
industrial area. The existing storm drainage layout for J1 is shown in Figure 8-
1 (Existing Jubail 1 Stormwater Drainage System). For monitoring purposes,
RCJ designated these from south to north as Channels 1 through 4 inclusive.
All four channels discharge to the Arabian Gulf as follows:

Channel 1 discharges to the Gulf south of the KFIP, south of the SWC
intake, and north of the Jubail Commercial Port (JCP).
Channel 2 discharges to the Gulf between the Desal I and the newly
constructed IWWP plant.
Channel 3 discharges to the Gulf between the Al-Shati and Al-Lulu
Districts in the eastern corridor.
Channel 4 discharges to the Gulf north of Jubail Industrial College.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island Jalmudah
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah
District

T2
EXISTING JUBAIL 1
STORMWATER DRAINAGE
SYSTEM
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4
Community
Al-Mutrafiah Area Al-Fanateer PRIMARY DRAINAGE CHANNELS *
District Al-Deffi
District District
Al-Fasil
District TS4
TS 7
T3
Al-Fanateer
Island SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
O&M Al-Khaleej SERVICING AREA
Centre District
Evap. CHANNEL 4 Jubail
Stn. * STORMWATER IN THE COMMUNITY EAST OF MARDUMAH
Industrial
RC College
BAY IS NOT AVAILABLE
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100
T106 Al-Huwaylat
T112
Al-Huwaylat Island
St. 1
T113
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 District
SWTP Block N Block E-South
T289
Stormwater Strm.W SWTP #9 Storm- Block J-South T120
(Exp.) water NWPS
Holding Pond H.Pond
Pond
T1 0
T130 Al-
CHANNEL 3 Lulu
1
District
T138 T138
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
Al-
Sa u
T154
rsa
Shati
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
O&S
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre
Ta n
ro a
C om W

dR
ura
pan
O
T184
RO
yR

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218
CHANNEL 2
#2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
CHANNEL 1 Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/22/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
These channels are normally inspected weekly and any abnormal flows
reported in ECD monthly reports for the period. Increased inspections are
carried out during or immediately following significant storm periods. The first
flush stormwater (first 30 mm of rainfall) at primary and secondary industries
process areas are, if polluted, directed to the IWW system.
Channel 3 also receives drainage from a significant part of the existing support
industries park and there have been several small spills of polluted water from
these factories to ditches that eventually drain into the main channel. Most of
these incidents have been minor.
The hydraulic performance of these drainage systems have proven to be

satisfactory with minor and isolated incidents of pollution infractions.
Under RCJ policy for 100 year return storms, the corridor ROWs can be used
for flood storage with the design requirement that the top surface of the
floodwater must be at least 0.3 m below the property line elevation of the
adjacent industrial lots. This is shown graphically in Figure 8-2 (Typical
Industrial Drainage Channel Cross Section).
Figure 8-2
Typical Industrial Primary Drainage Channel Cross Section
Source: RGPK
Surface Water Drainage in the Community Area
Surface water in the Community area is collected via a system of integrated

storm sewer networks located in the road ROW. The water is collected and
discharged to the Gulf. The community areas east and west of Mardumah Bay
have independent systems.
The servicing plans prepared by RCJ for each district include the layout of all
surface water collection systems when the grading and utility services of each
Sector or District are planned and designed on an individual development
area basis. It is evident that many of these community sub-areas are being

designed in isolation without consideration of the abutting Sectors or Districts

creating design conflicts. To rectify this situation there is an urgent need for
preparation of an overall Master Plan for Drainage that encompasses all the
existing and future Districts as well as the City Centre area around Mardumah
Bay and the new University campus to the South of Mardumah Bay. The policy
for selecting the type and location of drainage outlets to the coastlines of the
Mardumah Bay and Gulf are of prime importance to ensure that the
environment and aesthetics of the City Centre prestigious coastal areas are
preserved.

Surface Water Drainage in Jubail 2
J2 generally rises upwards from north-east to south-west and consists mainly

of sand dunes. There are a few areas of SABKHA flats on the northeast and
southeast boundaries. The surface water drainage system for J2 was originally
planned as an extension of the open channel system already established in J1.
However prior to development of this area, two engineering studies were
undertaken to assess the options that were most suitable and viable for J2.
As part of their May 2002 Report Jubail Park West Developments Study,
Nexant prepared a high level conceptual design for the site preparation and
drainage of J2. The scope covered Stages 1 and 2, and included an
assessment of rough grading site levels, storm drainage system, stormwater
retention ponds and stormwater tie-in to J1. The stormwater drainage system
concept proposed for J2 was to utilize the existing drainage ditches in J1 to
drain J2 into the Arabian Gulf. In order to ensure that the J1 system did not
overflow, the rainwater from J2 was planned to be held in a retention pond
adjacent to SWTP 9 and subsequently flow by gravity through a siphon into the
existing J1 channels. Consideration was also given to the use of detention
lagoons to dispose of stormwater by evaporation and percolation. This
technique was not considered viable given the topography of the site. The
quantities of stormwater generated in the design storm were determined to
require very large lagoons, which would obviously reduce the amount of land
available for lease to industries.
Subsequent to the Nexant report, additional consultancy contracts were

awarded as summarized below to complete the study of full build-out of J2:
Stormwater Drainage System Design for J2, Stages 1 and 2, August,
2004.
Stormwater Drainage System Design for J2, Stage 3, Sept, 2006.
Design Calculation for J2, Stage 4 Evaporation Pond, August, 2007.

An RGPK analysis of the Nexant preliminary drainage concept was

subsequently undertaken under different modeling configurations for the
purpose of validating and optimizing the original design concept. The analyses
were carried out using computational models available in the MIDUSS
program. The Nexant Study was based on limited site data and only intended
as a preliminary assessment. The Nexant drainage concept assumed all four
Stages of J2 would be conveyed into a single detention pond. The Nexant
concept also included the installation of a 2.5 m dia. x 7.7 km long stormwater
pipeline across the KRT/SEC ROW Corridor discharging to the existing drainage
channel on the western boundary of J1. The stormwater pipeline route over the
KRT/SEC ROW corridor required the stormwater pipeline to cross underneath
the existing Aramco pipelines at significant depth. This excessive depth of
bury resulted in the stormwater pipeline’s outlet invert being less than the
invert of the existing receiving drainage channel in J1. This invert relationship
resulted in a surcharged stormwater pipeline condition incurring the need to
design the stormwater pipeline as a pressurized siphon. Analysis of the
Nexant concept validated the technical feasibility of the concept. In
conjunction with the technical analysis a cost analysis of the Nexant concept
was also undertaken. This cost analysis concluded a high cost associated with
the 2.5 m dia. x 7.7 km long stormwater pipeline across the KRT/SEC ROW
Corridor for the following reasons:
High construction cost of the 2.5 m dia. x 7.7 km long stormwater
pipeline.
Maintenance and operation costs associated with potential
sedimentation and blockage of the stormwater pipeline at the invert of
the siphon.
Practical difficulties of construction associated with the under crossing of
the Aramco pipelines to the satisfaction of all public and private sector
design and construction codes and safety.
Due to the high costs associated with the Nexant proposal, alternate concepts
were examined and construction of an evaporation retention ponds located to
the north of J2 was deemed to be the most viable option.
Separate ponds were designed located on the east side of SWTP 9 to

accommodate the Stage 1 development and on the west side of SWTP 9 to
accommodate the Stage 2 development. The proposed location of the third
retention pond is in the northwest quadrant north of the secondary industries
D site which will hold the combined stormwater from Stages 3 and 4 of J2 as
well as from the support industries. The locations of the three surface water
retention/evaporation ponds in J2 are shown on Figure 8-3 (Current Planned
Stormwater Drainage System). Construction of the Stage 1 pond has already
started.
The retention ponds are designed to retain stormwater generated during the 50
year return design storm of 5-hour and 79.6 mm as indicated in the RCJ Civil
Design Manual with a minimum freeboard of 0.30 m. The retention ponds

can also accommodate the more severe 100 year return storm, without
flooding on to the industrial areas.
The operation of the stormwater retention ponds as evaporation ponds will

require that all retained waters from the design storms captured in a given
year must be evaporated by year-end so as to be completely dry before the
rainy season occurring in the following year. Approximately 3.5 million cubic
metres of storage capacity will be provided for J2. The analysis conducted
using the MIDUSS program showed that the average annual evaporation rate
(including humidity in the summer) is greater than the total stormwater
storage at the peak volume; therefore, pond water will be fully evaporated
within six months. In operation this means that the pond storage volumes
generated in the winter will be evaporated over the summer months before the
next rainy season begins the following winter.
The J2 surface water drainage network of channels allows for gravity flow to
the three evaporation ponds for all industrial blocks in J2 with the exception of
the east – west strip of land on the south limit of J2, most of which is currently
designated as “Logistics Areas”. There are four separate parcels of land of 112
ha, 120 ha, 35 ha and 150 ha allocated in this strip for logistics purposes.
Drainage of these lands cannot be accommodated by gravity to the J2 channel
network and will therefore require additional evaporation ponds to be
constructed.
Surface Water Drainage in Community Area
Within the community, all districts and neighbourhoods will need to be

planned and designed with the necessary roads and underground site
services including stormwater sewer systems and channelized outlets to
accommodate surface water drainage in an integrated infrastructure
network.
In the future community, SaudConsult and Wilbur Smith have recommended a

piped drainage system at tertiary level within areas of approximately the size
of the neighbourhoods. The areas would be graded to permit gravity runoff
from the centre of the drainage sub-areas to the secondary system. The
tertiary drainage system would generally be a closed gravity pipe network,
though it could be used in combination with open ditches, gutters and
channels. These will be located in the road ROWs and other public areas. It is
anticipated that densely developed areas will require a totally piped system.
A secondary system will be covered by rectangular concrete channels varying

in width from 1.0 m to 2.5 m with branches generally along the boundaries of
each neighbourhood drainage area. The secondary channels will typically run
along roads and should be sufficiently deep to collect flow from the adjacent
piped systems.

The secondary drainage channels will discharge via three points. Channels
near the coastline will discharge through uncontrolled outfalls directly to the
sea. During high spring tides these outfalls will be submerged and some minor
flooding could occur in the lower reaches during a rainstorm. Channels located
inland will be discharged through uncontrolled outfalls at a higher level to open
sabkha or desert areas where run-off will disperse by evaporation or
percolation into the ground. Measures to prevent uncontrolled discharge into
the desert could include low earth bunds enclosing collection basins designed
to take the 5 year return period storm from the catchment area. Channels
that are neither close to the sea nor an inland boundary will discharge to large
open trapezoidal-section channels located in the landscape corridors and
discharged via the discharge options above.
Primary channels will be open trapezoidal channels with a width at invert of

approximately 5.0 m. The longitudinal gradient of the swales will be very flat
towards the outfall so that they act as long water storage troughs. For swales
discharging to the sea, the invert will be just above the low tide level to allow
them to discharge freely for about two hours at each low tide. Swales will be
designed to store the total run-off form their catchment area for the 5 year
storm. Low lying areas with limited development should be provided in
corridors adjacent to the swales to accommodate run-off from storms greater
than a 5 year storm that occur during high tide.
PSs will typically be built with at least two pumps so that one is available for
standby.
The tertiary PSs have been considered as of wet well only construction,
housing submersible pumping units in the wet well. The stations would
incorporate two or three submersible pump units arranged to operate
either one on duty and one on standby or two on duty and one on standby,
depending on the required output from the station. The total number of
tertiary PSs required in the community will be mainly controlled by the
limiting depth of 5 m of laying incoming sewers. Each district will require
approximately 4 tertiary PSs, but the final number and their locations will be
dependent on detailed design.
Al-Mutrafiah will be divided into two areas (north and south) with flows from
the north being disposed of in Mardumah Bay through the eastern outfall and
the south being disposed of into existing primary drainage channel N-13, which
ultimately leads to the sea.
Figure 8-3 (Current Planned Stormwater Drainage System) shows the J2

proposed system as well as the future community west of Mardumah Bay.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Al-Reggah Jalmudah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah
District

T2
CURRENT PLANNED
STORMWATER DRAINAGE
SYSTEM
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4
Community
Al-Mutrafiah Area
District Al-Deffi Al-Fanateer EXISTING PRIMARY DRAINAGE CHANNELS *
District District
Al-Fasil FUTURE PRIMARY DRAINAGE CHANNELS
District TS4
FUTURE STORMWATER HOLDING POND
TS 7
T3
Al-Fanateer
FUTURE COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
Island
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Evap. CHANNEL 4 Jubail
Stn. FUTURE PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
Industrial
RC College AREA
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100 SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
T106 Al-Huwaylat
T112
Al-Huwaylat Island FUTURE SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 St. 1
T113
SWTP Block N Block E-South District AREA
T289
(Exp.) NWPS
Holding Pond H.Pond water SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
Pond SERVICING AREA
T1 0
T130 Al-
CHANNEL 3 Lulu
1
District
T138 T138 AREA
T147
Kh a
T150 T148 * STORMWATER IN THE COMMUNITY EAST OF MARDUMAH

Al-
Sa u
T154 BAY IS NOT AVAILABLE

rsa
Shati
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
O&S
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre
Jubail 1 T174
Ta n
ro a
C om W
Industrial Area
dR
ura
pan
O
T184
RO
yR

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218
CHANNEL 2
#2
RC
Scap T230
Jubail 2 Fac.
Industrial Area
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
CHANNEL 1 Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/21/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3

surface water drainage:

A. General
Chapter 3 Civil Design Criteria

Section 3.10 Hydrology and Drainage
Section 3.11 Hydraulic Designs
Section 3.12 Drainage Systems
Section 3.13 Drainage Structures
Section 3.14 Storm Drainage Calculations
Section 3.15 Subsurface Drainage Requirements
Section 3.16 Design Features
Chapter 4 Roads Design Criteria

Section 4.12 Bridge Drainage
Section 4.13 Pedestrian Grade Separations
Section 4.14 Drainage Culverts
Section 4.15 Roadway Drainage
Section 4.16 Roadway Drainage Systems
Section 4.17 Manholes and Junction Structures
Section 4.18 Open Channels
Chapter 3 Civil Design Criteria and Chapter 4 Roads Design Criteria are directly
applicable to detailed design and construction and therefore beyond the level
of analysis required at the master plan level. The discussion in this Volume
will be limited to the design criteria that are pertinent at the master plan level.
Overall, the criteria outlined with respect to the surface water drainage has
been adequately tested in the systems installed to date. Table 8-1
summarizes comments on portions of 2.03 Subsection D (Stormwater Runoff
Criteria).

Table 8-1
Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Stormwater and MPU Assessment

1. The impact of stormwater runoff may be significant because the dry period preceeding This is a proven and
precipitation is usually very long, potentially resulting in a large accumulation of pollutants in the appropriate approach.
collection system. Accordingly, the "first-flush" from this system could have an unacceptable
impact on the receiving water body.
2. The criteria for stormwater runoff are as follows: This is a proven and
appropriate approach
a) The first flush of rain (the first 30 mm) in process and storage areas shall be collected and that meets and/or
analyzed. If the water analysis is within the criteria listed in Table 2-I, the water may be exceeds most method of
discharged into the stormwater drainage system. Otherwise, the water should be sent to the practice for industrial
collection pond for industrial wastewater system, or treated prior to sending it to the stormwater
stormwater system. Collection ponds for the first flush from process and storage area shall management worldwide.
be independent of any other treatment ponds, and they shall be empty and ready to receive
the first rain at any time of the year.
b) Clean stormwaters which run off from grassed or recreational areas outside the confined
drainage area of the process and transportation section of JIC & YIC may be discharged to
the stormwater drainage system leading directly to the sea if such clean stormwaters meet
criteria listed in TABLE 2-I.
c) Potentially contaminated stormwaters originating from bermed storage areas and from
drainage along transportation routes within industry property shall be contained and
analyzed for acceptability before discharging to the stormwater drainage system as set out
in TABLE 2-I. If they do not meet these criteria, then the water shall be directed through
appropriate treatment facilities to meet pretreatment criteria.
d) Contaminated stormwaters which run off from areas surrounding process units and from
areas around shipping points shall be directed through appropriate treatment facilities to
meet pretreatment criteria before discharging to the stormwater drainage system.


The storm drainage system in JIC can generally be divided into four
independent systems:
1. J1: capture of first flush and disposal of other stormwater to the sea
via stormwater channels;
2. J2: proposed capture of first flush and disposal of other stormwater to
evaporation retention ponds via piping and open lined channels along
roadways, with zero discharge to the sea;
3. Community area east of Mardumah Bay: discharge of stormwater
to the Gulf via underground pipe network and open concrete lined
channels; and
4. Community area west of Mardumah Bay: proposed discharge of
stormwater to the Gulf via underground pipe network and open
concrete lined channels.
The current system in J1 is viewed to be appropriate. The system design in

J2 is discussed in Section 8.5, below. The design of the systems for the
expanded community area will continue to be based on the RCJ guidelines.
No development constraints are anticipated in the community (residential,

commercial or institutional). However, special attention will be required in
addressing surface water drainage for the two major development projects
underway for the new University Campus south of Mardumah Bay and the
extensive shoreline development in the City Center lands currently in the
late planning stage. Because the waterfront will be the focal point and a
key natural asset to be used by large populations, protection of the
seawater environment will need to be strictly enforced which will impact
the number and location of surface water drainage outlets to the Bay which
potentially could convey some contaminants to the sea coast. In addition,
the current plan west of Mardumah Bay has provided for some very large
channels that will reduce the land available for development and will
impact the community vision outlined in Volumes IX, X and XI.
Within J1 and J2 no development constraints are anticipated because roads

and surface water drainage infrastructure is always constructed at the
early stage of industrial site development ahead of other utilities and
infrastructure facilities. From an environmental standpoint, close
monitoring of surface water quality of any flows in the four open channels
in J1 discharging to the Arabian Gulf should be continued as practised in
the past. Storm water ponds in J2 could be used as an environmental
green space and park-like feature with landscaping attributes to improve
the aesthetics. The ROWs of main and larger open channels in JI and J2
could be used as temporary holding ponds if hydraulically feasible as
confirmed by engineering studies.

8.5 Recommendations
Table 8-2
Surface Water Recommendations
Study/Action Rationale Action By Timing
Prepare BMPs for industries to Industries need to exercise Best Management Practices (BMPs) RCJ Short Term
reference. for management of stormwater to safeguard water quality through to
during both the construction and operation phases of Mid Term
development through programs of mitigating spills, leaks, and
unintentional release of contaminants.
Prepare a comprehensive Storm The community should continue with the integrated stormwater RCJ Short Term
Water Drainage Management sewer system approach, however need to ensure that adjacent through to
Plan. community plans are appropriately accounting for flows from Mid Term
adjacent community areas.
J2 development should implement construction of the

evaporation ponds, however the plans need to be re-evaluated
to account for the logistics area at the south end of J2..
A comprehensive plan should be prepared for all the

community districts including the City Centre and University.
Currently some of the SWM channels proposed in Al-Mutrafiah
are very large and will impact utility ROW’s and developable
land available. Other options should be investigated.
The comprehensive plan should assess the feasibility of storm

water ponds in J2 being used as an environmental green
space and park-like feature with landscaping attributes to
improve the aesthetics. Also the feasibility of ROWs of main
and larger open channels in JI and J2 being used as
temporary holding ponds should be assessed for hydraulic


viability.
Implement a monitoring program This is to monitor if other water that may be polluted is RCJ Short Term
for stormwater discharge. entering the open drains or polluted runoff as this could impact through to
the natural environment. Long Term
Repair concrete structures as To ensure proper performance of network. RCJ Short Term
required and continue with through to
corrosion control as a part of Mid Term
O&M.
Regularly inspect open channel To ensure proper performance of network. RCJ Short Term
drains for pollution, debris, or through to
corrosion of the concrete. Long Term

9.0 ELECTRICAL POWER

Electrical power in JIC is supplied by the Saudi Electricity Company (SEC) via
230 KV overhead, three phase transmission lines, designed for 740 mega
volt-amp continuous loading at ambient temperature. Electricity is produced
by SEC and transmitted via the main grid stations to several substations
which serve the industrial and community areas. MARAFIQ has partnered
with the IWPP facility on a combined cycle plant for production of power and
water in JIC. The main power supply sources are Ghazian, MARAFIQ, SWCC,
and Berri as shown on Figure 9-1 (Key Power Dispatching Diagram - SEC
Eastern Operating Area) illustrates SEC's key power dispatching system for
the eastern operating area. The main nodes for disbursing the power to the
JIC grid are the SEC Fadhili 380/230kV and the Jubail 380/230 kV
substations.
The transmission system is connected with SEC power plants and main grid
stations. Electricity supplies are available at four distribution voltages; 230
KV, 115 KV, 34.5 KV and 13.8 KV depending on the size and distributing
effects of the load and on the reliability level required.
Supplies to industries at 34.5 KV and above are fed directly from SEC
substations or the 230 KV power distribution network. Supplies to
infrastructure and small loads are served by switching stations. In J1 the
switching stations are designed for 20 MVA load and in J2 for 25 MVA load,
which act as power centers from which individual loads are served.
In the industrial area, power is distributed at dual feed 380, 230, 115 and
34.5 KV. In the community area power, is distributed at 13.8 KV. The
dual feeders (100 percent redundancy) are bussed so that each can
carry the full design load.
Figure 9-1 (Key Power Dispatching Diagram - SEC Eastern Operating Area)
illustrates SEC's key power dispatching system for the eastern operating
area.

9.1 Existing System

SEC establishes the power supply interface points with the consumer
plant sites based on their distribution engineering guidelines. The
interface points vary depending on the type of industry, voltage level
used, and quantity of electrical power contracted with SEC. Generally,
the interface points between SEC and the customer is at the kwh metering
point with the following exceptions:
For the customers fed through dedicated 34.5 KV feeders, the
interface point is at customer’s incoming terminations with the kwh
metering at SEC GRD station.
For government loads like PSs and street lights, etc., where non
standard low voltage (LV) is required, the interface is kept at medium
voltage (MV) with kwh metering at LV.
For MV customers, where SEC 34.5 KV switchgear is installed before
customer’s incoming switchgear, metering is done using CT/VT in
customer’s incoming switchgear but the interface point is kept at the
outgoing terminations of the SEC switch gear.
For direct feeders to industrial premises, the metering will normally be at

the grid station, whereas the interface point will at the customer end high
voltage (HV) switch.
In case the customer requires a non-standard system voltage for the

infrastructure or other loads, the SEC interface point will be on the
outgoing terminations of MV SWGR whereas the metering may be on the
LV side depending on the prevailing SEC policy; otherwise the interface
point is normally at the metering. For the LV customers using standard
system voltage fed from a transformer or unit substation, the SEC
interface point will be on the secondary side.
The description of the key elements of the power distribution network for
the JI and J2 Industrial areas and the Community Areas follows.
9.1.1 Jubail 1
The distribution system within J1 is fed from three main substations –

Southeast, Southwest and North. Four independent 230 KV transmission
feeders connect the North Substation to the Eastern Province grid. Each
feeder is capable of supplying 740 MVA. Similarly, power transmission lines
are connected to the Southeast Substation. Separate 230 KV feeders
interconnect the Southeast and other substations along different routes.
Thus, there is an internal 230 KV grid system within the Industrial Parks,
which can supply power to any of the three main substations from two

directions. SEC has provided five 230 KV feeders that will directly link Jubail's
internal power grid system to the Ghazlan Power Station (Qatif) No. 2 via the
380 KV/230 KV Al-Fadhili Substation.
SEC maintains complete remote control of major substations and switching

stations by means of a SCADA system controlled at SEC's Jubail and
Dammam Control Centers. The Jubail SCADA system is tied to SEC's main
control systems in Dhahran.
RCJ mandates underground installation along specified routes with the

exception of overhead 230KV power transmission lines. The Royal
Commission requires underground ducting or direct burial of power cables
and has installed a system of multi-barrel ducting to accommodate 115 and
34.5KV cabling.
9.1.2 Jubail 2
The distribution system within J2 is planned to be completed in four stages.

The stages 1, 2 and 3 are planned to be supplied from three main
substations – ST1, ST2 and ST3. These substations will be supplied with
power at 230KV from the main 380/230KV Jubail-2 Substation and also from
Al-Fadhili 380/230KV Substation. Separate 230KV feeders interconnect
substations ST1, ST2 and ST3 along different routes. Thus there is an
internal 230KV grid system within J2, which can supply power to any of the
three substations from two directions.
Three 700 MVA substations have been planned for J2 Stages 1 to 3,

providing a total capacity of 2100 MVA (1800MW). These will supply a 200
MVA (170MW) capacity substation (ST4) that will provide power to secondary
industries located along the northern boundary of the Jubail-2 site. The
allocation of 200 MVA (170 MW) of capacity to secondary industries means
that the remaining substation capacity of 1900 MVA (1630 MW) is insufficient
to meet the requirements of the primary industries located in Stages 1 to 3.
It is therefore proposed to install two additional 700 MVA substations, to

meet the shortfall in the supply of electricity to Stages 1 to 3 and to meet the
demands of industries in J2 Stage 4.
A 200 MVA (170 MW) capacity secondary 115/34.5 kV substation (ST4) will
provide power to secondary and support industries located along the
northern boundary of J2. Substation ST4 will be needed in the near term in
the light of investor indications.
Distribution to Sections A, B and C (Stages 1, 2 and 3) will be fed by dual

115kV feeders from the primary substations via secondary substation (ST4)
providing dedicated 115kV and 34.5kV ring feeders to the industrial sites.

9.1.3 Community Areas
The power distribution system for the entire community area of the city was
originally planned to encompass eight districts, with each district containing
four or five sectors. Each district was to have a centrally located 115/13.8 KV
Substation with an ultimate capacity of 200 MVA.
RC is currently planning development of the City Centre and the University

Campus. The load requirements of the City Centre are being determined
during the master planning stage of that project. 50MVA load is anticipated
for the University Campus. The main substations 7AB and 8AB located in the
Community Area are sufficiently sized cater for the load requirements of
these two projects.
Figure 9-2 (Existing 230/115/34.5/13.8 KV Power Distribution) illustrates the

existing substation configuration and the routing of power transmission and
distribution feeders in JIC.
9.1.4 Additional Supply
Power generation is the responsibility of SEC and they have expressed

confidence in meeting the demand. SEC has established a national grid
system interconnecting multiple power sources. The SEC strategy is to tie
the individual demand to the internal grid systems and to the national grid,
in order to ensure greater flexibility and reliability of power supply. This also
enables SEC to ensure power supply to priority load, in case of emergency.
However, foreseeing the rapid growth in power demand, the RCJ has taken
initiatives to promote independent power generation in JIC that will ensure
power availability in the vicinity and help supporting SEC to ensure reliability
of power supply to JIC. The following are some examples of independent
power generation in JIC:
Jubail Water and Power Company (JWAP)
Jubail Energy Company (JEC)
SADAF Auxiliary Power Generation
Jubail Water and Power Company (JWAP)
In 2006, MARAFIQ launched its developmental initiatives for an Independent

Water and Power Plant (IWPP) to be located in JIC. MARAFIQ’s IWPP
received a major boost when the Council of Ministers approved the formation
of a special purpose Project Company that will run the project facilities as
JWAP.
JWAP will be owned jointly by MARAFIQ, Saudi Electric Company (SEC), the
Public Investment Fund (PIF), and the Developers through its holding

company. JWAP will assume responsibility for the development, financing,

construction, O&M of the power generation and water desalination plant.
JWAP will run the dual-purpose IWPP on a Build, Own, Operate and Transfer
(BOOT) basis, and will transfer the entire asset to MARAFIQ after a period of
20 years from the start of commercial operations. There is an off-taker
namely Tawreed, which is a totally owned limited liability subsidiary of
MARAFIQ. Tawreed will buy all power and water from JWAP to sell.
The IWPP is tied to the SEC grid, and is expected service the needs of both
the JIC and others. Although SEC has not revealed its plans for the
distribution of this power capacity, the IWPP is expected to meet some or
most of the future demand from industries in JIC.
The IWPP was commissioned in stages and achieved full power production
capacity of 2745 MW in 2010.
Jubail Energy Company (JEC)
In 2003, the Saudi Petrochemical Company (SADAF) decided to construct its

own power generation plant. The 250 MW capacity cogeneration plant
established in JIC was aimed at boosting the company's petrochemical
production. In order to utilize the entire output from this plant SADAF
entered into a long-term contract with JEC to construct this plant on a Build
Own Operate Transfer (BOOT) basis.
JEC is a joint venture between National Power Company (NPC), which holds
75% interest and CMS Generation, a subsidiary of US based CMS Energy
(Consumers Energy), which holds 25% interest. NPC is a joint stock
company established in Saudi Arabia by Al-Zamil and El-Saif groups, each
holding 50% interest. CMS Energy is an integrated energy company, with
primary business interests in electric and natural gas utilities, natural gas
pipeline systems and independent power generation.
The SADAF cogeneration plant came on stream in 2005. The plant is located
within SADAF’s complex in JIC; and is currently operated by JEC. This
cogeneration plant is the first Independent Power Producer (IPP) in Saudi
Arabia and is providing SADAF with 250 MW of electricity (some 85% of its
power needs) and 510 Tons of industrial steam per hour (some 45% of its
requirements for steam).

JUBAIL IND USTRIA L CITY
MA ST ER PL AN UPDATE
FIGURE 9-1
KEY P OW ER DISPATCH ING
DIAGRAM (SEC EASTER N
OP ERATIN G AREA)
² NOT TO SCALE

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 4/15/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
To Nariyah To Maaden
To Khursaniyah
Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-ABU-A
Al-Surouge Al-Gurmah Jalmudah JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY

District Island Al-Reggah District
Substation
Mardumah 16-BD
District
FIGURE 9-2
Airport Area Community Area
T2 EXISTING
Substation 19-BD
380/230/115/34.5/13.8 KV
(Expansion Under POWER DISTRIBUTION
Mardumah
Construction)
T6
Bay
TS4 Substation
21-BD Al-Fanateer
TS4 (Under Construction) District 34.5 KV SWITCHING STATIONS
Substation SUBSTATIONS
17-BD
Al-Fasil
Al-Deffi 380 KV Feeder
District
230 KV Feeder
Al-Mutrafiah District
District
115 KV Feeder
TS7
34.5 KV FEEDER
Substation
13.8 KV FEEDER
T3
24-BD
Al-Fanateer
(Under Design)
Island EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS

O&M Al-Khaleej PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Centre District
Community Community
Evap. Jubail PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
Substation 8AB Substation
Stn. Industrial
(Under Construction) 7AB
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ FUTURE COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
TS6 T100
T106 Al-Huwaylat EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
T112
Al-Huwaylat Island
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 St. 1 PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
T113
District
T1 0
Support Support SWTP Block N Block E-South
T289
Industries Industries (Exp.) NWPS FUTURE PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
1
Holding Pond H.Pond water
Pond Substation
AREA
Future T130 43BD
Substation 5 Al- SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
(Under Construction) T138 T138 Lulu
District
T147
Plas-Chem Allocated
Plas-Chem
Kha
T150 T148 AREA

To Fadhili Allocated North
Sau
T154 Al-
rsan
IDEA Substation Shati SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR

T295
Future Damman 7
d
District
i Ele ilroad
SERVICING AREA
iah
Substation 4 T162
(Under Construction) Substation
Ra s
A r a b i a n G u l f
ctr ic
O&S
Ra
42CD FUTURE SUPPORT INDUSTRY SERVICING

T263
T251
T241
T195
GAS Centre Jubail 1
Jubail 2 T174 AREA
Tan
Substation
Co m W
Sabic
Verbund Industrial Area 45BC Industrial Area
u ra
RO
pan
PMD Allocated T184

RO
Sabic
Chem-Value Chem-Value Cracker 2
yR
Verbund Block P Block K Block F

T259
W
Park West Park East (2025)
T143
OW
T163
Substation
Substation 1 Future T198 38CD
Substation
(Completed) Clusters Sanitary
T289
44BC T204 IWPP

Development Landfill
T223
Fac.
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218 #2
RC
Cracker 1 Scap T230
(2020) Fac.
Saudi Aramco Total Southwest Southeast
Potential Refining and Cracker 1 Substation
Substation 3 Substation
Cracker/Refinery Petrochemical Co. (2020)
(Under Construction) Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
(Beyond 2035) T2 1
TS1
T121
T241
T183
T161
T261
T195
8
TS3
PTA, PTE, Landfill Block Q Block L Block G
Saudi Substation 2
Aramco Preforms, SBR,
(Under Construction) Caprolactam,
380 KV/230 KV Dow
To Fadhili SEC Substation Chemical Nylon '6'
(Completed) T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
BeeA'h T272
T2 74
TS8
To Ghazlan MAP PROJECTION: AIN EL ABD UTM ZONE 39N
7 STATUS: FINAL
King Fahd Causeway DATE: 1/3/12
Industrial Port Substation
3
15BC FILE LOCATION: G:\GIS\078523 JUBAIL MP SAUDI ARABIA\GIS DATA\MXDS\

TS
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
MOT
85
To Berri PP,
Jub-SWCC, T1
03
and Ghazlan PP
SADAF Auxiliary Power Generation
The SADAF auxiliary power generation plant is equipped with four turbo
generators, each rated at 10 MW (max), 13.8 KV, 3 Phase, 60 Hz, which
produce power through extraction type steam turbines. High pressure steam
is produced in seven boilers. The turbines work on this high pressure steam.
Medium pressure and low pressure steam are extracted and used by SADAF
in process for manufacturing petrochemicals, Chlorine and Caustic. The
power generated by the turbo generators is fed to auxiliary bus. This power
is mainly used for priority loads and for Ethylene plant.
The auxiliary bus is synchronized and kept in parallel operation with grid
supply at 13.8 KV level. In case of failure of SEC power or low frequency of
grid supply, the auxiliary power generation is islanded and priority loads and
Ethylene Plant are kept on line. Priority power supply is required for safe
shutdown of plants. The priority loads are connected through automatic
transfer switch to supply power from auxiliary power generation or SEC
power.
9.1.5 Jubail 1
The J1 primary and secondary industry area distribution system is almost

fully developed. The distribution system within J1 is fed from five main
substations which are: Southeast, Southwest, Jubail North, Secondary
Industries South (44BC S/S) and Secondary Industries (45 S/S) 34.5 kVA.
Table 9-1 illustrates the firm power supply capacities of the main substations
in J1.
Table 9-1
Existing Jubail 1 Power Supply Capacity
Substation Power Supply Capacity (MVA)

KFIP S/S 133
Southeast S/S 133
Southwest S/S 133
Jubail North S/S 133
Secondary Industries South (44BC S/S) 100
Secondary Industries (45 BC S/S) 50
Total J1 682
Source: SEC-Jubail
Four independent 230 KV transmission feeders connect the North Substation

to the Eastern Province grid. Each feeder is capable of supplying 740 MVA.
Similarly, power transmission lines are connected to the Southeast
Substation. Separate 230 KV feeders interconnect the Southeast and other
substations along different routes. Thus, there is an internal 230 KV grid
system within the Industrial Parks, which can supply power to any of the

three main substations from two directions. SEC has provided five 230 KV
feeders that will directly link JIC’s internal power grid system to the Ghazlan
Power Station (Qatif) No. 2 via the 380/230 KV Al-Fadhili Substation.
SEC maintains complete remote control of major substations and switching

stations by means of a SCADA system controlled at SEC's Jubail and
Dammam Control Centers. While SEC/NED Jubail operates a SCADA system
for 13.8 KV substations, the 34.5 KV substation systems are operated by SEC
Jubail Regional Control Center (JRCC) and the 230/115 KV systems are
operated by SEC/SOD Dammam. The Jubail SCADA system is tied to SEC's
main control systems in Dammam.
Primary Industry Area
Dual or single feed supply is provided to the customers on their request. If

any customer requests for dual feed, project cost for second feeder is
charged. Mostly industrial and large infrastructure loads are fed through dual
feeders and small infrastructure through a single feeder.
The primary industries are served by the main SEC substations or by direct
feeders from the SEC network. In accordance with the RCJ mandates for
underground installation of feeders along specified routes, direct buried
cables are used in all the new development areas, with the exception of
overhead 230 KV power transmission lines along the designated power ROW.
The one exception is SAFCO which is fed from Substation 7AB at the 115kV
level through underground cables since the 1990’s This arrangement was
originally on a temporary basis which became permanent. It would be
desirable to free 7AB from the SAFCO load so that this Substation could
serve the community expansion as originally planned.
Initially, the RCJ required underground ducting of power cables and has
installed a system of multi-barrel ducting to accommodate 115 KV and 34.5
KV cabling in J1 primary and secondary industrial parks.
Secondary Industry Area
The secondary industry area is divided into three sections, Section K, P and
Q. For Section K, power is from the North S/S and 45 BC S/S, mainly via dual
34.5 KV feeders. After commissioning of new 133 MVA North S/S, the
industries in Section K currently fed from 45 BC, will be shifted to new North
S/S.
Section P was originally planned to be in three sub-sections P-1, P-2, and P-

3. The sub-section P-1 was already developed with the industrial sites
supplied from the 115/34.5 KV secondary substation 44BC. The power
distribution system in this sub-section is in operation and serving many users
by means of 34.5 KV dual feeders leading from secondary substation 44BC.

SEC has upgraded this substation connecting it via 115 KV feeders to the
Southwest substation.
The originally planned development of sub-sections P-2 and P-3 was deferred
because the trend in these sections was for larger and fewer industries. Due
to the changing trend of industries in this area, the originally planned
substation for sub-section P-3 was eliminated leaving the option to feed the
industrial sites direct from the North substation or from the centrally located
45BC substation. Consequently, the RCJ has redesigned the feeder network
in this area as precise industry requirements were known. The
reconfiguration has also resulted in an increased load on the 230/34.5KV
North main substation. This substation supplies power to primary, secondary
and support industries; and also to the residential camps.
The sub-sections P-2 and P-3 are fed from the 115/34.5 KV secondary
substation 45BC providing dedicated 115 KV and 34.5 KV dual feeders to the
industrial sites. This substation is connected by dual 115 KV feeders from the
Southwest Substation.
The trend in Section Q was similar to that of Section P to have larger and
fewer industries and accordingly the area was allotted to major industrial
uses. These industrial sites are supplied by dedicated feeders from the
existing busses from the Southwest Substation.
In accordance with the RCJ design guidelines, all feeders in the Park are
underground in ducts or direct buried along prescribed routes leading to SEC
interface points and metering locations.
Support and Light Manufacturing Industries Park
The Support and Light Manufacturing Industries Park (SLMIP) is divided into
three sections, Section E, J, and N. These three sections are fed power from
the SEC North Substation located on the southern side of Section J of the
SLMIP. This substation is at 230/34.5 KV, and feeds power loads of the
primary and secondary industries as well as the power loads of the
residential Camps 4, 5, 12, 14, and 15.
Duct banks are installed around and inside Sections E and J, and N. The
primary feeders to these areas are 3 x 1 x 500 mm2 copper conductor cables
with pad mounted fused switches provided at various locations. Looped
lateral feeders are installed from these fused switches to the industrial and
commercial uses located in these sections. Transformers have provided for
the uses in Sections E, J and N. Sections E and J are almost fully developed
whereas Section N is almost 75 percent developed.
Figure 9-3 (Existing 115/34.5/13.8 KV Ductbank System) illustrates routing

of the existing ductbanks in JIC.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island Jalmudah
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah
District

T2
115/34.5/13.8KV
DUCT BANK SYSTEM
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4
Al-Fanateer
Community District
SUBSTATIONS
Al-Mutrafiah
Al-Deffi
Area 115 KV DUCTBANK
District
District
Al-Fasil 34.5 KV DUCTBANK
District TS4
13.8 KV DUCTBANK
TS 7
T3
Al-Fanateer EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
Island
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Community
Evap. Substation Jubail
Stn. Industrial SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
7AB
RC College
T6 SERVICING AREA
WTP #3 HQ
TS6 T100
T106 Al-Huwaylat
Island
Block E-South
T112
Al-Huwaylat
St. 1
T113
SWTP
T289
Stormwater Strm.W SWTP #9 Storm-
(Exp.) water NWPS Block N Block J-South T120
Holding Pond H.Pond
Pond
T1 0
T130 Al-
Substation Lulu
1
43BD District
T138 T138
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
North Al-
Sa u
T154
rsa
Substation
Shati
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
O&S
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre Substation
Ta n
ro a
42CD
C om W
Substation
dR
ura
45BC
pan
O
T184
RO
yR

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary Substation
T204
T289
38CD IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218 #2
RC
Scap Substation T230
Fac. 44BC
Southwest Southeast
Substation Substation
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/22/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
9.1.6 Community
The power distribution system for the entire community area was originally
planned to encompass eight districts, with each district containing four or five
sectors. Each district was to have a centrally located 115/13.8 KV substation
with an ultimate capacity of 200 MVA. The power distribution at 13.8 KV was
planned to be carried out using 500 mm2 copper conductor cables that were
to be installed in duct banks.
As of late 2010, the 115/13.8 KV substations have been provided or planned

in the eight districts, namely, Al-Fanateer (17BD), Al-Deffi (19BD),
Jalmudah (16BD), Al-Reggah and City Centre (18 BD under design),
Mardumah (20BD), Al-Mutrafiah (21BD), Al-Surouge (22BD), Al-Fasil (23BD)
and Jubail University College (24BD).
The above community networks/substations are presently supplied with

power at 115 KV from the main 230/115KV community east substation
(7AB), located South of Al-Deffi district like substations 17BD, 16BD, and
19BD. The future 115/13.8kV substations are planned to be fed from
380/115kV substation 8AB, like 21BD and 24BD and if required a new
380/115kV or 230/115kV substation will be constructed in the future to feed
some future district substations or alternatively substation 7AB and 8AB will
be expanded.
Until the early 1990's the power supply installations in the community used
copper conductor cables for the primary, sectoral and lateral feeder
configurations. Duct banks were also used widely to carry all these feeders.
Al-Fanateer
A 170 MVA, 115/13.8 KV secondary substation (17DB) is provided in this

district. The power at 13.8 KV is distributed to the six sectors (B1 through
B6) via primary feeders. This substation has 3x40 MVA and 2x50 MVA,
115/13.8 KV transformers, and thereby it has an installed capacity of 220
MVA. Since one of the transformers is a standby transformer, the firm
capacity of this substation is 170 MVA. The transformers installed have split
secondary windings, each of which supplies a separate busbar. There are a
total of eight 13.8 KV busbars at the substation.
Each busbar associated with the above substation has a number of outgoing
feeder breakers, and the power supply to each of the six sectors (B1 through
B6) is carried out through different busbars. This arrangement ensures that if
one busbar or the transformer feeding that busbar is out of service, the
power supply to the affected sector is still available through another busbar.

The duct banks from this substation have been fully installed. These duct
banks are constructed around each sector for the primary feeders and within
each sector for sectoral or lateral feeders.
The power supply to the Peninsula (Sector B6) area has been accomplished
using SEC standards. Aluminum conductor cables are used for both 13.8 KV
and LV distribution. The primary, sectoral, and lateral feeder configuration
concept is no more used; instead the simple loop feeder system is followed
for primary distribution. From the 17BD substation, copper conductor cables
are installed up to manholes M06084 and M06229 outside the Peninsula, and
from these manholes 3 core, 300 mm2 aluminum conductor cables are
installed around the Peninsula. EOSs are installed near manholes to connect
500 mm2 copper cables with 30 mm2 aluminum cables.
In the early 1990's, a plan was prepared for the development of Sector A2 of
Jalmudah district. Sector A2 was temporarily energized through four (4)
feeders from 17BD. It was planned that eventually this load would be shifted
to 16 BD.
A new substation (16BD) has been constructed in Jalmudah district,

consequently these interim cables are now rerouted to the new substation
16BD to permanently feed the load of Sector A2 of Jalmudah district.
Al-Deffi
A 100MVA, 115/13.8 KV substation (19DB) has been provided in Al-Deffi to

facilitate power supply to that district. Power at 13.8 KV is distributed to the
five Sectors D1 through D5 via primary feeder lines. The substation has 3x50
MVA, 115/13.8 KV transformers, resulting in an installed capacity of 150
MVA. The firm capacity of the substation is 100 MVA.
As in Al-Fanateer, the power distribution for Al-Deffi is provided at 13.8 KV

using primary, sectoral and lateral feeder configuration. Duct banks have
been constructed for all five sectors, and the power supply for each sector is
obtained through various busbars at substation 19BD. As in Al-Fanateer,
prior to the adoption of SEC's power distribution system practices, copper
conductor cables were used in duct banks for the installation, but the use of
aluminum conductor cables has now been adopted.
Substation 19BD has a firm capacity of 100 MVA and will be expanded to a
capacity of 150 MVA.
Jalmudah
A 150 MVA, 115/13.8 KV substation (16 DB) has been constructed in

Jalmudah to facilitate power supply to that district. Power at 13.8 KV is
planned to be distributed to the five Sectors A2 through A6 via primary

feeder lines. The substation has 4x50 MVA, 115/13.8 KV transformers,

resulting in an installed capacity of 200MVA. The firm capacity of the
substation is 150 MVA.
Substation 16BD is connected via 115 KV underground copper conductor

cable feeders each being 1Cx1600mm² copper/XLPE cable per phase; to
230/115 KV JIC community east substation 7AB, and to 115/13.8 KV Al-
Fanateer substation 17BD. The substation 16BD is also connected to Abu Ali
substation via two underground copper conductor cable feeders each being
1Cx630mm² copper/XLPE cable per phase.
The opportunity to facilitate power supply to substation 16BD has been

utilized to enhance the existing transmission system, through a substantial
modification. A portion of the existing 115 KV overhead transmission system
passing through the JIC community east area, leading to Abu-Ali substation
has been replaced by underground feeder cables. The existing 115 KV
overhead transmission system leading to Abu-Ali substation will continue as
is from the north-east border of the JIC community east area.
The power distribution in Jalmudah is planned to be provided at 13.8 KV

using a simple loop feeder system for all primary lines. Direct buried
aluminum conductor cables will be used for 13.8 KV and LV distribution for all
the four sectors. The power supply for each sector will be obtained through
different busbars at substation 16BD.
Substation 16BD has an installed capacity of 200 MVA and a firm capacity of
150 MVA.
Al-Mutrafiah
A 200 MVA, 115/13.8 KV substation was planned in Al-Mutrafiah to facilitate

power supply to that district. The substation currently under construction is
designated 21BD and is located in Sector F3. Power at 13.8 KV is planned to
be distributed to the four Sectors F1 through F4 via primary feeder cables.
The substation has 5x50 MVA, 115/13.8 KV transformers, resulting in an
installed capacity of 250 MVA. The firm capacity of the substation is 200
MVA.
Substation 21BD is under construction and it is planned to be supplied via

three 115 KV underground copper conductor cable feeders each being 1-
1/Cx1000mm² copper/XLPE cable per phase, from the planned 380/115 KV
JIC community west substation 8AB to be located near Al-Mutrafiah district.
The planned main 380/115 KV substation 8AB will be supplied by 380 KV

overhead dual transmission lines from J2 main 380/230 KV SEC substation
and also from Ma’aden 380/230 KV substation.

The power distribution in Al-Mutrafiah is planned to be provided at 13.8 KV

using a simple loop feeder system for all primary lines. Direct buried
aluminum conductor cables will be used for 13.8 KV and LV distribution for all
the four sectors. The power supply for each sector will be obtained through
different busbars at substation 21BD.
Substation 21BD reportedly has an installed capacity of 250 MVA and a firm
capacity of 200 MVA.
Northern and Eastern Corridor Camps
The power supply for Camps 1 to 5 which are located in the northern part of
Section E of the SLMIP, the Eastern Corridor Camps, 8A, 9, and the coastal
areas of in the Eastern Corridor is provided at 13.8 KV. Some of the camps
previously operational in this area are now converted to alternate land use.
There is one substation, designated 38CD, located on the south side of Camp
8, and a second substation designated 43BD, located between the SLMIP
Section E and Al-Huwaylat. Substation 38CD is rated at 34.5/13.8KV and
substation 43BD is rated at 115/13.8KV. A duct bank is located all around
the North and Eastern Corridor camps, and both of the substations (38CD
and 43BD) are interlinked through these duct banks. The loads of all the
North and Eastern Corridor camps and the developments in the coastal area
are fed through these substations.

9.2.1 Jubail 1
The J1 primary and secondary industry area distribution system constructed

by RCJY is almost fully developed and is the main component of the power
system as described in Section 9.1.
The actual 34.5 KV load on the North main substation as of 2008 has
exceeded the firm capacity of this substation. The SEC load projections on
the North main substation indicate an immediate need for a reinforcement
and upgrade of this substation. RCJ and SEC have plans to upgrade this
substation with an additional capacity of 133 MVA. SEC has indicated that
based on the development trend in J1, another upgrade of the North main
substation may be necessary by 2016.
The 2009 load projection for the 115/34.5KV secondary substation 45BC
exceeds the 50 MVA firm capacity of this substation. This substation supplies
to the sub-sections P-2 and P-3 of the secondary industry park. The

originally planned feeders in these sub-sections were re-configured based on

the development trend to feed larger and fewer industries. SEC has
expressed the need for an urgent upgrade of this substation. RCJ and SEC
are currently planning for an upgrade of this substation.
9.2.2 Jubail 2
The distribution system within J2 is planned to be completed in four stages.

The developments in Stages 1, 2 and 3 are planned to be supplied from three
main substations (substation-1, substation-2 and substation-4). These
substations will be supplied with power at 230 KV from the J2 main 380/230
KV SEC substation. Separate 230 KV feeders are planned to interconnect
substation-1, substation-2 and substation-3 along different routes. Thus
there will be an internal 230 KV grid system within J2, which can supply
power to any of the three substations from two directions. This internal grid
will be tied to J1 internal grid and to SEC grid.
All substations in J2, upon commissioning, will be connected to the J2

internal grid that will connect to the J1 internal grid and to SEC grid.
Interconnection of substations to the grid system will ensure availability of
power supply from multiple resources that will guarantee stability and
reliability of power supply in JIC.
SEC constructed the main 380/230KV substation with a capacity of 2000 MVA
and the associated 380KV and 230KV overhead transmission system in J2
and is supplying power to JIC through a 230kV double circuit line from Jubail
380/230kV sub to 230/115/34.5kV substation-1. This substation is expected
to add stability and flexibility of power supply to JIC and to adequately
provide for the load projections of J2 developments. The new main 380/230
KV J2 SEC substation is planned to be reinforced with power at 380 KV from
the new MARAFIQ IWPP, Ghazlan Power Plant-2 and Al-Fadhili 380/230KV
Substation, which is fed from RIC Power Plant and Ma'aden Power Plant.
Primary Industry Park
The three 750 MVA main substations (substation-1, substation-2 and

substation-3) provide a total capacity of 2,250 MVA (1,800 MW). The first
main 230/115/34.5KV substation (substation-1) has now been constructed
and commissioned. This substation is supplied via overhead transmission
lines at 230KV from the new 380/230KV J2 SEC substation and from the
380/230KV Al-Fadhili substation.
The second main 230/34.5KV substation (substation-2) is expected to be

completed in 2010. Substation-2 will be supplied via overhead transmission
lines at 230KV from the new 380/230KV J2 SEC substation and from the new
230/115/34.5KV J2 substation-1.

The third main 230/34.5KV substation (substation-3) is under construction

and is expected to be commissioned in 2011. Substation-3 is planned to be
supplied via overhead transmission lines at 230KV from the new 380/230KV
J2 SEC substation and from the new 230/34.5KV J2 substation-2.
3 stages to 4 stages. Nexant modelling assumptions under the industrial
development scenario proposes two additional 750 MVA capacity substations
(substation-5 and substation-6) to meet the shortfall in the supply of
electricity to Stages 1 to 3 and to meet the demands of industries in J2,
Stage 4. Keeping in view of the current thinking of the bigger lots as per the
original plan and the recent Stage 4 development plans, space for only
Substation -5 is allocated in Stage 4
The substation-5 will be either 380kV or 230kV or 115kV as will be finalized

in consultation with SEC. The large size industries will get power supply from
SEC at 380kV or 230kV either by tapping the existing OH lines or from SEC
Jubail 380/230kV substation or 230/115kV substation-1. There is a
Substation-4 in the Secondary Industry Park of J2 with an ultimate capacity
of 200 MVA.
Substation-5 (230/34.5KV) is planned to be commissioned in J2 Stage 4, by

2017. These substations will have 1,400 MVA supply capacity thereby raising
the total supply capacity of J2 substations to 3,500 MVA by the year 2020.
This includes 400 MVA capacity dedicated for the secondary and support
industries in J2 stages 1 to 4. The total capacity of 3500 MVA (3000 MW)
together with the direct supplies from the SEC network is expected to be
adequate for the primary, secondary and support industry parks and the
infrastructure load demands of J2 through year 2030 and beyond.
The establishment of the substations has been timed to match demand, and
is shown in Table 9-2.

Table 9-2
Jubail 2 Planned and Proposed Substation Capacity
Substation Voltage Supply Capacity Proposed Location

Number (kV) Start Date (Stage)
(MW) (MVA)
Substations (Planned)
1 230/115/34.5 600 750 2009 1
2 230/34.5 600 750 2011 2
3 230/34.5 600 750 2014 3
Total Capacity (Planned) 1,800 2,250
Additional Substations (Proposed)

5 380/230/115/ 600 750 2017 4
34.5
6 380/230/115/ 600 750 2017 4
34.5
Total Additional Capacity 1200 1500
Proposed
Total Capacity 3,000 3,750
(Planned and Proposed)
Substations for Secondary Industries (Planned and Proposed)

4 115/34.5 170 200 2011 2
7 115/34.5 170 200 2021 4
Source: RC
Figure 9-4 (Existing and Current Planned Power Distribution and Main
Substation Layout) illustrates the existing and proposed locations of the main
and secondary substations and the internal grid routings between them.
Internal grid systems are available within J1, J2 and Community. These
internal grids are interconnected together and tied to the SEC grid (Figure 9-
1).

To Nariyah To Maaden
To Khursaniyah
Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-ABU-A
Community
Al-Gurmah Area JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY
Island
Al-Surouge
Al-Reggah
District Substation District Jalmudah MASTER PLAN UPDATE
18-BD District
Mardumah
Substation
Substation District 25-BD
22-BD (Main Substation Substation FIGURE 9-4
16-BD
Airport Area for City Centre)
T2 EXISTING AND CURRENT
Substation
PLANNED POWER
Substation 19-BD
20-BD (Expansion Under DISTRIBUTION AND MAIN
Mardumah
Construction)
SUBSTATION SYSTEM LAYOUT
T6
Bay
TS4 Al-Fanateer
TS4
District
Al-Mutrafiah
District Substation EXISTING SUBSTATIONS
17-BD
Substation
Al-Fasil Al-Deffi FUTURE SUBSTATIONS
23-BD District District
EXISTING FEEDER
Substation
21-BD FUTURE FEEDER
TS7
(Under Construction)
Substation
T3
24-BD PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Al-Fanateer
(Under Design)
Island PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA

O&M Al-Khaleej FUTURE COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
Centre District
Community Community
Evap. Jubail EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
Substation 8AB Substation
Stn. Industrial
(Under Construction) 7AB RC College PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100
Al-Huwaylat
T106
Island
T112 AREA
St. 1 Al-Huwaylat
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2
T113
Support SWTP Block N Block E-South District SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
T289
Stormwater Support Strm.W SWTP #9 Storm-
(Exp.) Block J-South T120
Industries Holding Pond Industries H.Pond water NWPS
Substation
Pond 43BD FUTURE SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
Al-
T1 0
T130
Lulu AREA
1
Future District
T138 T138 SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
Substation 5
(Under Construction) SERVICING AREA
T147
Plas-Chem Allocated
Plas-Chem
Kha
T150 T148
Allocated North FUTURE SUPPORT INDUSTRY SERVICING
Sau
To Fadhili T154 Al-

rsan
A r a b i a n G u l f
IDEA Substation Shati AREA
T295
Future Damman 7
d
District
i Ele ilroad
iah
Substation 4 T162
Substation
T263
Ra s
ctr ic
O&S
Ra
T251
T241
T195
42CD
GAS Centre Jubail 1 T174
Jubail 2
Tan
Co m W
Sabic Substation
Verbund Industrial Area
u ra
Industrial Area 45BC

RO
pan
PMD Allocated T184

RO
Sabic Chem-Value Chem-Value Cracker 2

yR
Verbund Block P Block K Block F

T259
W
Park West Park East (2025)
T143
OW
T163
Future T198
Substation 1 Substation
Clusters Sanitary
T289
(Completed) T204 IWPP

Landfill 38CD
Development
T223
IWTP #8 Fac.
T218 Substation
44BC Desal.
T218 #2
RC
Cracker 1 Scap T230
(2020) Southeast
Fac. Southwest Substation
Saudi Aramco Total
Potential Refining and Cracker 1 Substation
Cracker/Refinery Substation 3 Petrochemical Co. (2020) Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
(Beyond 2035)
TS1
T121
T241
T183
T161
T261
T195
T2 1
TS3
PTA, PTE, Landfill Block Q Block L Block G 8
Substation 2 Preforms, SBR,
Saudi
(Under Construction) Caprolactam,
380 KV/230 KV Aramco
Dow Nylon '6'
To Fadhili SEC Substation
(Completed) Chemical T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
T272 King Fahd
BeeA'h
Industrial Port
T2 74
TS8
To Ghazlan MAP PROJECTION: AIN EL ABD UTM ZONE 39N
7 STATUS: FINAL
Causeway DATE: 1/3/12
Substation
3
15BC FILE LOCATION: G:\GIS\078523 JUBAIL MP SAUDI ARABIA\GIS DATA\MXDS\

TS
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
MOT
85
To Berri PP,
Jub-SWCC, T1
03
and Ghazlan PP
Secondary Industry Park
The 200 MVA (170 MW) capacity secondary 115/34.5KV substation

(substation-4) will provide power to secondary and support industries in J2
stages 1, 2, and 3, located along the northern boundary of J2 site.
Substation-4 is presently under construction and is expected to be completed
by 2010.
Distribution to the secondary and support industries in J2 stages 1, 2, and 3

is planned to be supplied by dual 34.5KV feeders from the primary
230/115/34.5KV substation (substation-1) via the secondary KV substation
(substation-4). The firm capacity of Substation-4 is 100MVA with two (2)
80/100MVA, 115/34.5kV transformers that are being installed. The firm
capacity will be enhanced to 200MVA in the future by adding a 3rd power
transformer and associated 13.8kV switchgears.
A 200MVA (170MW) capacity secondary 115/34.5KV substation (substation-

7) dedicated to secondary and support industries in J2 stage 4 is proposed.
Distribution to this section (Stage 4) was proposed to be fed by dual 115KV
feeders from the proposed stage 4 main substation (substation-5) via
secondary substation (substation-7) providing dedicated 115KV and 34.5KV
ring feeders to the industrial sites.
Substation-7 is no more required. Substation-4 will be expanded to feed the

additional secondary and support industries along with substation-5 (future)
if required.
Support Industry Park
Distribution to Stage 1, 2 and 3 developments will be supplied from

substation-4 and Stage 4 development from the proposed substation-7.
9.2.3 Community
A new main 380/115KV substation 8AB is now under construction in the

community west area near Al-Mutrafiah from the Ma’aden 380/230KV
substation.. This substation will be supplied by overhead transmission lines
at 380KV from the main 380/230KV J2 SEC substation and from Ma’aden
380/230KV substation.
The existing two district substations 17BD and 19BD are in operation and
supplying power to Al-Fanateer and Al-Deffi districts respectively. A
secondary 115/13.8KV substation 16BD has now been constructed in
Jalmudah. This substation is supplied from the community east substation
7AB located near Al-Deffi district. The opportunity to feed Jalmudah
substation (16BD) has facilitated reorganizing the sub-transmission lines
passing through the community east area resulting in replacement of portion

of overhead transmission lines to underground feeders. The distribution

system in Jalmudah Sector A2 was originally fed from Al-Fanateer substation
(17BD) on an interim basis has now been reverted to Jalmudah substation
(16BD) to permanently feed Sector A2.
A secondary 115/13.8 KV substation 21BD planned for Al-Mutrafiah is

expected to be in operation by 2011. This substation will be supplied from
the community west substation 8AB via 115 KV underground feeders using
1600 mm² copper XLPE conductor cable/phase. Three (3) 115kV
underground circuits are being installed from substation 8AB to 21BD. The
remaining four district substations (as originally planned) in the community
area are now in the planning stage.
The RCJ is presently considering development of a City Center and a

University Campus, which will need additional power. The load requirements
of the City Center have not yet been determined. 50 MVA load is anticipated
for the University Campus. RCJ has planned substation 24BD (currently
under design) for the University Campus and the City Center developments.
The main substations 7AB and 8AB located in the community area are
sufficiently sized to supply the load requirements of these two projects.
Substation 19BD is being expanded along with 43BD substation. Two (2)
numbers additional 115/13.8kV, 50/67MVA
9.2.4 Actual Power Demand
The following Table 9-3 shows the historic actual non-coincidental peak
power demands in JIC.
Table 9-3
Actual Non-Coincidental Peak Power Demands from JIC
Month 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011

Jan 1,711 2,026 1,789 2,146 2,297
Feb 1,566 1,912 1,822 2,304 2,271
Mar 1,744 2,086 1,979 2,229 2,277
Apr 1,796 1,978 2,056 2,334 2,458
May 1,923 2,056 2,032 2,303 2,338
June 1,892 2,000 1,978 2,302 2,405
July 1,951 2,033 2,174 2,253 2,619
Aug 2,078 2,133 2,200 2,378 2,644
Sept 1,917 2,086 2,209 2,343
Oct 1,962 2,120 2,191 2,308
Nov 1,867 1,856 2,155 2,207
Dec 1,917 1,687 2,143 2,204
*Information received from RC Confirmed by SEC, November 2011

The RCJ electrical design guidelines provide the basis for design and
installation of electrical systems and services in JIC. The guidelines apply to
primary and LV power distribution systems within the premises of
residential, commercial and light industrial facilities. The design criteria
considered in the guideline highlight safety features as well as compliance
with system technical specifications. It is also focused on an economic
design that allows future expansion and system maintenance with minimum
interruption.
The design criteria give due consideration in enforcing the health and safety
legislation, regulation, standards and codes established by the Kingdom and
RCJ. In the absence of such regulations, the guidelines recommend using
best international industry practices with reference to health, safety and
welfare. Intrinsic safety features are obligatory for all electrical equipment
such as switchboards, panel boards, control centers, etc, forming part of the
electrical power circuit. It is mandatory to perform grounding and bonding of
all electrical installations and utilities.
The design criteria focus on the service conditions for the electrical
equipment and materials installed in the indoor, outdoor and classified areas
for compatibility with the prevailing ambient conditions in JIC. The electrical
equipment shall display adequate information on the nameplate. High
voltage equipment and electrical installations accessible in the open area
shall be fixed with warning/danger signs for the safety of personnel and
property. Underground installations such as ducts, cables, etc, shall be
identified with permanent markers and warning signs.
The RCJ guideline specifications emphasize the government policy promoting

the use of in-kingdom manufactured products in JIC, when available.
However, conformity with national and international standards is mandatory
for all the electrical equipment and materials. Nevertheless, the procurement
of all goods and products manufactured out-of-kingdom or in-kingdom must
be approved by the RCJ. The criteria for equipment and material selection
have been specified with the objective of achieving uniformity and
standardization.
The design criteria recommend installation of power cables in underground

duct banks (concrete encased conduits) or in conduits below grade or direct
buried in trenches below grade. However, where work interfaces with SEC,
the equipment, material and installation system are required to comply with
latest revision of SEC standards, and shall be reviewed and approved by SEC.

Power measurement and control shall be possible within the main

distribution panel board or switchgear through the installation of indicating
meters, protective relays, fuses, and control systems which shall be
permanently identified in the form of engraved or embossed.
Towards the goal of energy conservation, all road and area lighting shall be
switched on and off at preset times, by photocell and timer controlled
contactors, provided with manual override switch. Interior luminaries shall
be controlled through occupancy sensor switches with optional ambient light
sensing feature.
In the early stages of development and until the early 1990s, the RCJ
enforced the use of underground ducting for power distribution in the
primary, secondary and support industry parks. Subsequent to SEC taking
over the O&M of power distribution system in JIC in the early 1980s, an
agreement was reached between SEC and RCJ to adopt the use of direct
buried cables instead of underground ducting; and as such both the RCJ and
SEC discontinued using duct banks in the new development areas. Duct
banks and manholes are still operational in the old development area;
whereas direct buried cables are used in the new development areas.
Operational problems are experienced with flooding of the chambers and
snake infestation.
In accordance with the RCJ design guidelines, all feeders in J1 are

underground in ducts or direct buried along prescribed routes leading to SEC
interface points and metering locations.
Since SEC took over the O&M of the power distribution system in the
community area in the early 1980's, efforts have been made to implement a
power distribution system according to SEC’s specifications which differed
from the RCJ specifications as follows:
For 13.8 KV power distribution, SEC uses 3 core, 300 mm2 aluminum
conductor cables installed as direct buried cables, and there is no
concept of primary, sectoral and lateral feeders within SEC’s mode of
power distribution.
SEC does not use duct banks since all the cables are installed as direct
buried. Duct banks are used only at road crossings in SEC’s system
and other utilities between “roads” and “crossings”.
SEC uses ring main units to feed the power to a distribution
transformer, which, with its low voltage (LV) distribution board is
installed within a separate compartment but under an enclosure, called
a "unit substation".
LV cables in SEC’s system are aluminum conductor cables and, like the
13.8 KV cables, are installed as direct buried cables.
SEC uses 300 KVA transformers as the minimum, as opposed to the
practice of the Royal Commission which uses 75 KVA transformers as
the minimum. The other sizes in use with SEC are 500 KVA, 1000 KVA,

and 1500 KVA.
Consequently, the RCJ has adopted the SEC power system distribution
specifications in the new development areas. The power distribution system
in the old development areas are still operational using the RCJ
specifications, as originally planned.
The RCJ has identified certain nominal system voltages as standard for use in
JIC. These voltages are consistent with the SEC standards. Some voltage
levels used in JIC as standard in the initial stages of development are now
identified as non-standard. These voltages are mainly 240/120 V, 480/277 V,
and 4160/2400 V. The standardization of power supply voltage from 127/220
Volt to 230/400 Volt in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia was recently approved
by the Council of Ministers through Royal Decree,
The RCJ has restricted further use of the non-standard system voltage levels
for new installations. If a customer requires non standard voltage in his
facility, the interface point will be at MV and customer shall do as follows:
In industrial parks: they shall provide and install their own 34.5 KV
interface switchgear with protection devices and metering CTs and VTs
(and power totalizer, in case of dual feeders) with their distribution
transformers to derive power at his required voltage. SEC will install
34.5kv interface SWGR and kwh meter. Customer’s CTs and VTs,
installed in their panels, are used to connect kwh meters.
In residential and commercial areas: they shall provide and install
their own 13.8 kv interface switchgear with protection devices (and
power totalizer, in case of dual feeders) with their distribution
transformers to derive power at their own required voltage and 13.8kv
interface SWGR.. SEC will install the 13.8 kV metering units.
Community demand in JIC was estimated at 1762 watts per capita based on
population and actual community power consumption in 2008. The average
power per capita of 1762 watts for the community sector in JIC is one of the
highest per capita power consumption in the gulf region, compared to that of
Saudi Arabia as a whole (682 watts) and Qatar (1757 watts), which is the
highest among the GCC countries. The power consumption in a country or a
sector is largely dependant on its geography, climate, population and
emerging economy; and as such there is no established standard for per
capita power consumption. Table 9-4 illustrates the most recent data (2005)
on the average power per capita for selected countries worldwide. These
countries are further grouped into international and regional categories. The
average of power consumption per capita for the European Union and the
World are also given for reference purposes.

Table 9-4
Average Power Consumption Per Capita World Map (2005)
Average power Average power

Country per capita Country per capita
(Watts) (Watts)
International International (cont’d)
Iceland 3,152 South Africa 581
Norway 2,812 Hungary 406
Finland 1,918 Malaysia 354
Canada 1,910 China 248
Sweden 1,692 Brazil 226
United States 1,460 Mexico 195
Australia 1,244 Jordan 170
New Zealand 1,059 Iraq 142
Singapore 947 Regional
Japan 868 Qatar 1,757
France 851 Kuwait 1,540
Russia 785 UAE 1,335
Germany 753 Bahrain 1,195
Denmark 715 Saudi Arabia 682
United Kingdom 667 Oman 385
Ireland 663 European Union & World
Spain 644 European Union 700
Italy 603 World 297
Source: The World Factbook

The following assumptions have been made for power demand:

1. Community demand: is based on the Volume 1 forecast of 347,000
population by 2030 and an assumption of an average per capita power
consumption of 1765 watts (based on population and actual
community power consumption in 2008).
2. J1 demand: is based on the actual peak power usage to date for JIC
between January 2007 and August 2011 supplied by RCJ Engineering
Department (November 201I). The recent actual trend indicates that
J1 demand was increasing at the rate of about 7% per annum. It has
been forecast that the trend will continue until build-out (anticipated in
2019),peaking at about 4,000 MW and then remaining constant
through the remainder of the Master Plan period.
models.
4. Supply (network capacity): is based on Supply and Demand
Forecasts prepared by the RCJ Planning and Budget Department
(Utilities Services for Jubail Industrial City) – May 2009.
In developing the forecasts and network capacities, demand for power was
converted from MVA to MW using a power factor of 0.85.


With the developments growing at fast rate, an intense increase in the

demand for power in JIC is expected in the coming years at higher voltage
levels with most industries using 115 KV. Some early projections showed
demand for power in JIC by 2018 being three times as much as 2008.
Industry
The primary distribution system in J1 has the flexibility to accommodate the

current primary industry development as planned, however the Secondary
and Support Industry Park distribution system in J1 needs to be expanded to
supply power to industries in a timely manner.
While the present upgrade planned for North main substation will resolve the
short term demand requirements, the RCJ and SEC may evaluate the need
for another upgrade of this substation by 2016, depending on the associated
development. Alternatively, RCJ and SEC may evaluate the possibility of
feeding some of the additional loads from other substations that will relieve
the load on this substation.
Substation 44BC has a firm capacity of 100 MVA, which is considered

adequate for the present demand. However, the SEC demand projection
indicates that the load on this substation will reach the firm capacity by
2013. The RCJ and SEC should monitor the increase in demand associated
with this substation and evaluate the need for upgrade or load diversification
by 2014.
The firm capacities of the south-west and south-east main substations

appear to be adequate for the 34.5 KV demand, based on the SEC load
projections. The demands at voltage levels higher than 34.5 KV are supplied
by SEC through their substations or directly from their network.
The existing substations in J1 may be reinforced and upgraded as the

demand exceeds the capacity; whereas new substations may be required in
J2 depending on the development trend of J2 stages 3 and 4. Alternatively,
SEC may supply as in J1, some of the primary industries directly from their
network. This will increase the JIC network capacity without constructing
additional substations. The community district substations will be needed as
planned and the main substations may need upgrade, in due course of time.
However, the JIC power network capacity can be upgraded only in close
coordination with the SEC.

It would also be desirable to free 7AB from the SAFCO load so that this
substation could serve the community expansion as originally planned.
Community
Power in the existing community is distributed via the main 230/115 KV

substation 7AB located near Al-Deffi District. Currently, this substation
supplies power at 115 KV to district substations in Al-Fanateer (17BD), Al-
Deffi (19BD) and Jalmudah (16BD). The main substation 7AB is sufficiently
sized to meet the present power demand of community east area consisting
of Al-Deffi, Al-Fanateer, Jalmudah, and Al-Reggah districts. However, in the
long term, this substation will need reinforcement and upgrade as the
development trend in the community area unfolds.
A new main 380/115 KV substation 8AB is under construction near Al-

Mutrafiah. This substation will provide power at 115 KV to district substation
in Al-Mutrafiah (21BD), in the near term. The main substation 8AB is
sufficiently sized to meet the power demand projections of community west
area consisting of Al-Mutrafiah, Mardumah, Al-Surouge, and Al-Fasil.
However, in the long term, this substation will need upgrade compatible with
the development trend in the community area.
The 380 KV transmission systems that have been planned for construction
feeding substation 8AB will guarantee availability of power supply from
multiple sources to the community. The planned internal links in the
community will eventually interconnect all the district substations thereby
adding flexibility and reliability of power supply within the community. The
community main substations 7AB and 8AB upgraded in a timely manner will
be sufficient to meet the long term power demands of the planned
developments in the community.
Some of the Northern and Eastern Corridor camps have now been converted
to alternate land use. The existing substations 38CD, 42CD, and 43BD are
adequate to meet the power demands of the Northern and Eastern Corridor
Camps and the coastal area developments in the near term. Though there is
no urgent need, in view of the changing trend and the anticipated load
projections, the RCJ may consider evaluating the power supply capabilities of
substations 38CD, 42CD and 43BC presently supplying this area for a
possible upgrade in the middle term. An upgrade of substation 43BC is
already under construction by the RCJ and SEC. The SEC load projection for
substation 42CD supplying Camp 12, shows the demand reaching the firm
capacity (10MVA) by 2012. The RCJ and SEC may consider this substation
for an upgrade by 2012.
Substation 17BD with a firm capacity of 170MVA is sufficiently sized to meet

the ultimate power requirement of Al-Fanateer district (sectors B1 to B5) and

the Peninsula (sector B6). Presently, this substation is loaded to almost half
of its firm capacity of 170 MVA.
The expansion of 19BD and 43BC is under advanced stage. Two (2) numbers
50/67MVA, 115/13.8kV transformers are being installed at substation 19BD,
that will increase its capacity by 67MVA. While two (2) numbers 30/40MVA,
115/13.8kV transformers are being installed at substation 43BD, that will
increase its capacity by 40MVA.
Jalmudah district substation (16BD) was constructed in 2009 and provides

power supply to Jalmudah district sectors A1 to A4. The anticipated short
term demand is 75 MVA and long term demand is 120 MVA for
substation 16BD (provided by RCJ P&T). The anticipated loading on
substation 16BD will be up to 50 percent of its firm capacity in the short
term, which may reach up to 80 percent in the long term. Substation 16BD
with a firm capacity of 150 MVA is sufficiently sized to meet the ultimate
power requirement of Jalmudah district (sectors A1 to A4).
Al-Mutrafiah district substation (21BD) is under construction and is expected

to be in operation by 2011. This substation will provide power supply to Al-
Mutrafiah district sectors F1 to F4. The anticipated short term demand is 100
MVA and long term demand is 160 MVA for substation 21BD (provided by
RCJ P&T). The anticipated loading on substation 21BD will be up to 50
percent of its firm capacity in the short term, which may reach up to 80
percent in the long term. Substation 21BD with a firm capacity of 200 MVA
is sufficiently sized to meet the ultimate power requirement of Al-Mutrafiah
district (sectors F1 to F4).This substation can be expanded to a firm capacity
of 250MVA to meet additional load requirements, if the ultimate load
projections reveal that this is necessary. It may also be feasible to supply
power to other districts from substation 21BD.

Findings of MPU
Table 9-5 and Figure 9-5 illustrate the MPU power demand forecast through
2030.
Table 9-5
Power Supply and MPU Composite Demand Forecast to 2030

Figure 9-5
Power Supply and MPU Composite Demand Forecast to 2030
The majority of the demand is coming from J1 and J2, with only
approximately 5% of the demand coming from the community. Based on
the assumptions used in demand projections, there could be a network
capacity shortfall of 1,160 MW in 2018, increasing to 2,210 MW by 2030.
Table 9-6 summarize the consolidated power shortfalls anticipated for the
planning period, split into the short term, mid term and long term.
Table 9-6
Consolidated Network Capacity Shortfalls
Year Shortfall Anticipated/Amount of Shortfall (MW)

Short Term
-
(To 2012)
Mid Term
43 (2018) – 179
(2013-2019)
Long Term
570 - 1,212
(2020-2030)


The JIC demand and supply coordination is implemented between RCJ and
SEC and is based on a 1985 Turnover Agreement between the two parties. It
is SEC’s charter to construct all the sub stations and power distribution
networks but because of the pace of development and SEC’s inability to meet
the required schedules, RCJ has been building all the sub stations and
distribution networks in both the industrial and community areas and later
turning the facilities over to SEC. This is a serious issue of jurisdictional
responsibility and needs to be reversed to honour the obligations of the
original agreement. For planning purposes, RCJ prepares power demand
forecasts for both industrial and community areas for a 5 year period and
adds the current requirements to the forecast and transmits it to SEC. SEC
in turn provides for this capacity in their Master Plan. RCJ updates its power
demand forecasts on a quarterly basis and coordinates with SEC for
corresponding changes in their master plan.
The existing and planned JIC power grid is a world class utility built at the
highest reliability level with built in redundancies in all components of the
power generation, transmission and distribution facilities. There are multiple
power supplies, dual feeds throughout the network and sub-stations all of
which have been designed and built on a fail-safe approach, recognizing the
serious economic impact of even short term power outages in this intensively
industrialized city.
Encourage Energy Conservation
Energy conservation reduces the consumption and demand per capita

(especially , JIC’s per capita is one of the highest per capita consumption in
the Gulf) and thus offsets some of the growth in energy supply needed to
keep up with population growth. This reduces the rise in energy costs, and
can reduce the need for new power plants, and energy imports. The reduced
energy demand can provide more flexibility in choosing the most preferred
methods of power production. It is often the most economical solution to
energy shortages.
More than 50% of the power used in the residential sector is expended on
space conditioning (cooling), whereas it represents about 30% in the
commercial sector. Lighting, at 25% of the power consumption in
commercial sector, plays a much larger role than it does in the residential
sector. Lighting is generally the most wasteful component of commercial use.
A number of case studies indicate that more efficient lighting and elimination

of over-illumination can reduce lighting energy by approximately 50% in

many commercial buildings.
Energy consumption can be minimized using low-energy lighting (compact

fluorescent lamps, etc), and high-efficiency electrical appliances. Improving
the building envelope is a better alternative. The passive house approach
produces super insulated buildings that approach zero net energy
consumption. The use of renewable energy resources for electricity
generation is a major step in achieving reduction in power consumption.
Zero-energy building generates its own energy to meet its electricity and
cooling needs.
Improving the building envelope design is a better option. Buildings can

greatly increase energy efficiency by using energy efficient design. The RCJ
may insist using current best practices in building design and construction in
all the new projects. The buildings shall have professional management
allowing centralized control and coordination of energy conservation efforts.
The RCJ could mandate the use of occupancy sensors to turn off lights when
the spaces are not occupied, and photo-sensors to dim or turn off electric
lighting when natural light is available. The use of programmed thermostats
and lighting controls shall be encouraged. A well programmed and computer
controlled building automation system guarantees energy efficiency for large
consumers.
In addition, the feasibility of using solar panels and wind turbines could be
studied as well as converting industrial waste heat into energy.
Details of energy conservation techniques and the recommendations are

given in Appendix A.
9.5.2 Supply
Power comes from SEC, and they are responsible for meeting the demand.
Though the SEC power sources are not committed to JIC alone, but to a
national level, the recent developments in the vicinity of JIC, such as
construction of new power stations and transmission systems including
introduction of 380 KV transmission and interconnection of all power sources
to the national grid add a lot of flexibility for SEC to meet the power demand
of JIC.
While SEC’s power generating capacity in the vicinity of JIC is adequate to

cater for the increased demand in JIC, it is not committed to JIC alone but to
a national level. Though SEC has not revealed its plan for distributing power
on a national level, to date it has met the power demands of JIC and proved
to be reliable; and as such RCJ is not maintaining any power generating
facilities on its own. In order to efficiently carry out this commitment, SEC
has tied multiple power sources to a common grid at national level that

enables them to transport power to anywhere in the country. SEC has

expressed their confidence in meeting the increased demand in JIC, provided
RCJ coordinates with them at appropriate time.
Though the power comes from SEC, it is equally important that the JIC
network shall have the capacity to utilize it, and it has to be well planned in
advance. The JIC network capacity needs to be upgraded against the
shortage by 2017. A separate study in coordination with the SEC will be
required to assess the impact of this upgrade. However, SEC has the
flexibility to supply power from multiple sources to J1, J2 and community,
since the internal grid systems are interconnected with each other and to
SEC grid.
Further analysis of the network capacity shortfall reveals that most of deficit
comes from J2 with only about 30% of the total shortfall attributed to J1 and
community areas. The JIC network capacity includes direct power supplies
given from SEC network and substations to industrial customers in J1. A
similar approach in J2 will substantially resolve the overall deficit. However,
this could be done only in coordination with SEC.
Almost 95 percent of power demand in JIC is driven by industry, with the

result that the peak in demand in the summer is relatively small compared to
the average level of demand. SEC presently maintains a very low reserve
margin of 5 percent, which compared to about 18 percent in the United
States.
As a result of Royal Decree, the SEC was established in 2000 by merging the
ten regional power companies, which were responsible for the Kingdom’s
power supply. Currently SEC deals with generation, transmission and
distribution of electrical power. However, to provide opportunities to the
private sector to compete and alleviate the financial burden for investments,
and to meet the future power demands, the government has permitted the
private sector to invest in power generation. The government is currently
restructuring the power sector with separate generation, transmission and
distribution functions, with partial unbundling on management level of SEC
complete.
The possible reorganization of SEC as part of privatized Saudi Power

Company (SPC) could emerge in formation of three specialized companies in
the power sector in the future to separate the jurisdictions as Generation,
Transmission and Distribution. This will enhance the efficiency and reliability
in each of the above power sectors, thereby bringing stability of power
supply to the end user. Being a policy matter, the status of SPC is not yet
known to NED; possibly it could be in the strategic planning stage at the
Ministerial level. It may be of interest to the RCJ if they could coordinate
with the Corporate Planning Business Line of SEC.

Realizing the financial burden to meet the future power demands, the GCC
countries have embarked on unbundling their power sectors into separate
generation, transmission, and distribution segments, thus providing
opportunity for these business segments to focus on their core business, and
also encouraging capital investments from private sector. Reforms are
underway in Saudi Arabia, and accordingly the Electricity Services Regulatory
Authority (ESRA) was established, which is responsible for issuance of
licenses for electricity projects.
The RCJ may undertake feasibility studies to evaluate alternative options for
local power generation (some options described below) that will relieve
burden on SEC and at the same time ensure security of power supply to
meet some of the demand in case of emergency. Close coordination with
SEC must be maintained on this matter. From the stability standpoint, SEC
strives to reduce the system spikes and unplanned outages that disrupt
industrial operations. SEC anticipates that the new Ghazlan Power Station
No. 2 and additional 380/230 KV feeders link will be stability enhancing.
However, because of the growth rate of the area, and limited generation
reserve capacities, SEC’s ability to provide power to industries during the
peak power demand period in the summer is the greatest concern.
Some options to address the supply shortage in JIC are:

Promote expansion of MARAFIQ IWPP Capacity
Entrust MARAFIQ to distribute power in JIC
Industries to use SADAF model power generation
Build RCJ power station
Convert industrial waste to energy
Explore the use of alternative energy resources
The GCC power grid
Regional power grid
Promote Expansion of MARAFIQ IWPP Capacity
As per the present regulations, SEC is the distributor of power in JIC and
therefore MARAFIQ supplies this power to SEC, which will be distributed to
JIC and others according to their schedule and priorities. In case of a power
supply shortage anticipated in JIC in future, MARAFIQ is prepared to expand
the production capacities provided:
RCJ allocates land to set up another power plant.
Aramco allocates the required fuel for production.
The analysis of the RCJ Supply and Demand data shows that a power supply
shortfall will start build-up in JIC by 2017, and accordingly the mid term will
be the most appropriate timing for this expansion.
While the RCJ may take initiatives to resolve these constraints, as per the
present regulations, the generated power from the IWPP will still be tied to

the SEC power grid that is committed to serve the demand on a national
level. Thus the RCJ efforts for promoting power generation in the vicinity do
not guarantee reliability of power supply in JIC, unless otherwise agreed
upon.
Entrust MARAFIQ to Distribute Power in JIC
MARAFIQ is the distributor of power supply in Yanbu Industrial City. Based

on their experience in Yanbu, and their intention to start with utility services
in J2. With MARAFIQ being the power producer and localized distributor, a
better coordination to the precise needs of JIC could be achieved to help
ensure adequate reliability of power supply to JIC.
SEC has interconnected multiple power sources and established a national

grid for supplying the power demand nationwide. The national power grid
will enable them to trade and transport power. JIC power distribution system
is also supplied through the SEC grid. MARAFIQ could use the same network
using its own power generation facilities tied to the SEC grid or by trading
power from SEC. The advantage is that while MARAFIQ will serve as the
prime source and distributor, SEC could serve as an alternate source,
supplying power to MARAFIQ, in case of emergency.
There is sufficient time span for MARAFIQ to establish its generating

capacities before large demands are required by J2. Subsequent to
establishing the J2 power distribution, MARAFIQ could take over the J1 and
community power distribution from SEC.
MARAFIQ had considered providing a Centralized Utility Services for J2 that

could include power and other utilities. This project has since been
cancelled.
Build RCJ Power Station
In view of the increasing demand in JIC, the 1999 MPU reiterated past
master plan recommendations that should SEC fall short of generating
capacity, the RCJ might consider situating a power generating station in the
industrial area. While there is no near term need for such an undertaking, it
is recommended that the RCJ may periodically review this concept with
private/public sector investors interested in establishing power production
units in JIC.
Industries to SADAF Model Power Generation
SADAF is utilizing its own Auxiliary Power Generation Plant (40 MW) and the
Cogeneration Plant (250 MW) operated by the JEC, to meet most of its power
needs since 2005. The SEC power supply is also available. The cogeneration

plant is tied to the SEC power grid that will allow energy trading between
SEC and SADAF.
In addition, SADAF has also established an Auxiliary Power Generation plant

supplying 40 MW of electricity for the priority loads and Ethylene plant. This
will ensure continued power supply to priority loads, in case of failure of SEC
power supply.
The SADAF model power generation guarantees a considerable degree of

reliability and self-reliance in power supply, by facilitating multiple sources to
supply the power needs. It is also a relief on SEC to focus on other demands
especially during the summer peak hours.
The auxiliary power generation uses the high pressure steam for the turbines
to produce electricity and the medium and low pressure steam in the process
for manufacturing chemicals. The cogeneration plant uses gas turbine to
produce electricity and the hot exhaust gases to produce process steam for
manufacturing chemicals, which would otherwise go as a waste. The dual
purpose generation enables the industry to meet its own demand, helping
environmental sustainability. There are lot of opportunities in JIC for the
industries to follow the SADAF model power generation that will enable them
to meet their own demand to a considerable extent at the same time help
reducing environmental pollution.
Convert Industrial Waste to Energy
The industries in JIC produce a large quantity of waste as a by-product of

industrial processes. This includes solid, liquid and gaseous media. While
there are disposal systems for solid and liquid waste, the gaseous waste is
directly ejected in to the atmosphere. The environmental impact created by
the continued disposal of tremendous amount of gaseous waste in to the
atmosphere is a major concern in JIC.
The gaseous waste disposed in to the atmosphere contains a lot of low

temperature heat and chemicals. It is a waste by-product for the industry
rejecting it, but it can be effectively utilized, if properly managed. It could
serve dual benefit – support the power needs of the industry and help
reducing the environmental pollution to a considerable extent. A separate
study will, however, be required to evaluate the potential of converting the
industrial waste in JIC in to useful energy and the environmental impact it
would reduce.
Waste heat refers to heat produced by machines, electrical equipment and

industrial processes for which no useful application is found, and is regarded
as a waste by-product. The biggest point sources of waste heat originate
from machines such as electrical generators or industrial processes, such as
steel or glass production and oil refining. Waste heat is a contributor to urban

heat islands and therefore its rejection into the environment has to be
regulated.
There seems to be a good potential in JIC for conversion of waste heat into
electrical power. The Organic Rankin Cycle (ORC) is a electricity generation
process where an organic substance is used as working medium instead of
water. The benefit is that this process can utilize lower temperatures for the
production of electricity than the regular water steam cycle. By help of ORC-
modules it is possible to turn this previously wasted energy economically into
electricity.
Waste of the by-product heat is avoided if a cogeneration system is used,

also known as combined heat and power. Limitations to the use of by-
product heat arise due to difficulties in heat transport and storage. The RCJ
may enforce regulation and offer incentives motivating conversion of
industrial waste into electrical power.
Explore the Use of Alternative Energy Resources
In view of the growing demand of electrical power in JIC and in line with the
worldwide trend of utilizing renewable energy resources, possibilities of using
alternative energy resources in JIC should be explored. This will relieve the
total dependence on SEC as the sole distributor of power by way of
facilitating decentralized local power production; and also increase the
confidence level of the customers by having flexibility in meeting the
demand.
Various options for the use of alternative energy resources in JIC have been
considered. The comparative low price of coal is a powerful incentive in
developing coal-fired power plants. But the huge amount of carbon dioxide
produced by these power plants has become a major reason for the dramatic
imbalance in greenhouse gas emissions. In view of the efforts over the world
to combat global warming, coal fired power plant is not recommended as a
viable option for JIC.
The renewable energy solution as an alternative energy source is the best

option for JIC primarily focusing on achieving environmental sustainability. It
is cost effective and eco-friendly, facilitating clean power production; at the
same time, actively contributing in reducing climate change and creating a
sustainable future.
Saudi Arabia has declared that one of the most important sources of energy
for it to look at and to develop is solar energy. Research efforts have started
to make the country a center for solar energy research and hopefully over
the next 30 to 50 years a major power exporter.

SEC has recently disclosed its plan to establish solar and wind energy
projects in association with international companies. They are seeking the
cooperation of French companies to establish solar energy projects, and of
Japanese companies for wind energy projects. Some locations had been
identified for the projects.
The use of alternative energy resources will facilitate decentralized local

power production; and relieve the total dependence on SEC as the sole
distributor of power. It will also increase the confidence level of the
customers by having flexibility and self-reliance in meeting the demand. It is
also possible to produce power at any desired scale and tie the individual
systems to the SEC grid, thereby allowing the individuals to trade energy
with SEC. The RCJ may study the feasibility of large-scale power production
through renewable resources, and also encourage the individuals (community
and industry) for a partial shift to the renewable resources for power.
Details of alternative energy resources and the recommendations are given

in Appendix A.
The GCC Power Grid
The six Arab Gulf countries, namely the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Saudi
Arabia, Oman, Qatar, and Kuwait, forming the Gulf Cooperation Council
(GCC) have formally established a Power Grid Authority known as the GCC
Interconnection Authority (GCCIA) aimed at developing a GCC power grid
interconnecting the grid systems of all the GCC countries.
The GCC power grid is planned to be realized in three phases. The first
phase, known as the GCC North Grid, linking of the grids of Saudi Arabia,
Qatar, Bahrain, and Kuwait is completed by July 2009 with the official
inauguration scheduled for December 2009. The United Arab Emirates and
Oman will link to the grid in 2011.
The system components of the first phase include the following:

A double-circuit 400 KV, 50Hz line from Al Zour (Kuwait) to Ghunan
(Saudi Arabia) with an intermediate connection at Al-Fadhili (Saudi
Arabia) and associated substations.
A back-to-back High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) interconnection to
the Saudi Arabia 380 KV, 60Hz system at Al-Fadhili. Saudi Arabia is
the only country in the Gulf with a system frequency of 60 Hz.
A double circuit 400 KV comprising overhead lines and submarine link
from Ghunan to Al-Jasra (Bahrain) and associated substations.
A Control Center located at Ghunan and is to be linked with each
member country’s national control center.
The GCC countries hope that this power connection project will help them
meet rapidly rising power demand and avoid power outages. The GCCIA

expressed the view that with the successful linking of the electricity grids of
Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Qatar and Bahrain, the member countries are close to
achieving their goal of having a joint power grid for all six member states.
The grid aims at guaranteeing an adequate supply of power even in
emergencies and also reducing the cost of power generation in member
countries. There will be economic gains, as well.
Now the work on the interconnection between the United Arab Emirates and
the Sultanate of Oman is under way and is scheduled to be completed in
2011. The resulting two mega-grids will be joined in the final phase. The RCJ
may keep close coordination with SEC to make use of the opportunity and
get benefit from the GCC power grid, in case of emergency.
Extending the GCC power grid to other grids in the region for a possible
interconnection forming a potential regional power grid will provide a larger
opportunity for power trading in the region. The regional power grid will
facilitate a regional electricity market. Access to a larger market will allow
private investors to develop larger projects. The GCC power grid is a
fundamental step to the liberalization of a regional power market. It is the
gateway towards the regional power pool, thus encouraging the GCC
countries to develop a regional power market. The new reform, currently
underway in the country, aiming at boosting privatization in the power sector
is expected to attract investors in power production.
JIC has good potential to establish large scale power projects, utilizing
renewable energy resources. However, feasibility studies are required to
establish this potential. It will be a pioneering endeavour in the country,
aimed at establishing a carbon neutral, zero waste, pollution free, and
environmentally benign industry, utilizing a diverse source for large scale
power production.
Making use of the above opportunities, the RCJ may take initiatives, to
promote power generation as an industry in JIC. It will primarily ensure
security of power supply to JIC, in addition to providing opportunity for the
industry to trade power in a larger market. This is in line with Saudi Arabia’s
policy to promote power production utilizing renewable resources aimed at
becoming a leader in the field and a major power exporter in the next 30 to
50 years, and thus enhancing the economies.
Further details of GCC interconnection power grid and its benefits are given
in Appendix A.
Potential Regional Power Grid
The GCC countries are currently in the process of restructuring and

privatizing their power sectors into separate generation, transmission, and
distribution entities. The newly reformed laws in the GCC states will promote

participation of local and external investors in power production resulting in

lower production costs as a way to achieve lower electricity prices. Another
driver is to allow private investors to develop larger projects with access to
larger market.
The GCC power grid will provide a common GCC electricity market that will
allow export and import of power between the GCC States. Extending the
GCC grid to other grids such as the EJILST (Egypt, Jordan, Iraq, Lebanon,
Syria, and Turkey), the Arab Maghreb grid, and the UCTE (Europe) can
provide opportunity of power trading with other regions.
The Union for the Co-ordination of Transmission of Electricity (UCTE)

operates the European synchronous grid and is an association of electricity
distribution network operators in Continental Europe. Its interconnected
network is a single phase-locked 50 Hz mains frequency electricity grid that
supplies over 400 million customers in 22 countries, including most European
Union (EU) members. It was founded in 1951 and was converted in 1999 into
UCTE due to the EU deregulation of the electricity market.
A good example of power trading through the regional grid is the export of
power from the GCC region during winters when demand is low to regions in
Europe where power demand is high. The regional market will also encourage
energy interchange during seasonal diversity when need of power in the GCC
region during the hot summer seasons can be imported from regions where
demand is low.
The availability of a common market will also provide opportunity for the
establishment of power plants close to resources such as fuels. Thus giving
freedom for IPP’s or IWPP’s to select a strategic location realizing the
potential in dealing with a larger market and thus facing lower risks. A good
example would be the construction of a power plant operated by Qatari
natural gas and transmitting it to regions with high demand.
The GCC Power Grid will be considered to be a fundamental step to the

liberalization of a regional power market. The GCC interconnection will act as
a gateway towards a regional and pan-Arab power pools, thus encouraging
the GCC countries to develop a regional power market and henceforth
promoting social, economic and environmental development and cooperation
in the Middle East and North African countries.
By providing trading services to the power sector, the GCCIA will have then
become the ‘launch pad’ for energy trading, not only, between the GCC
countries but with IWPP’s and other power grids such as the Pan-Arab,
European and Mediterranean Grids; making the GCC region into a major
exporter of power and thus enhancing the economies of the GCC countries.

9.5.3 Other
Use Standard Voltage Levels
In the early stages of development, the RCJ has identified certain voltage
levels as standard for use in JIC, and accordingly these voltages were used
by the industries and infrastructure (street lighting and utility pump
stations). Consequent to SEC taking over the O&M of power distribution
system in JIC, they encourage the users to install systems compatible with
the SEC standard voltage levels. The RCJ has also revised its design
guidelines for the voltage levels to be consistent with the SEC standards. As
a result, some voltage levels in use in JIC are identified as non-standard. The
RCJ has restricted further use of these voltage levels for new installations,
unless the customer obtains prior approval.
Some industries are still using non-standard voltage systems where the
interface accessories such as feeder breakers, etc are not easily available.
Such long lead items may cause power supply problems and limit
development opportunities. SEC insists that in case it becomes necessary for
the industries or service commercials to establish systems requiring non-
standard voltages, they shall establish their own arrangements to convert the
standard power supply voltage provided by SEC to their requirements.
The RCJ may notify the customers using non-standard system voltages to
switch to standard voltage levels, to avoid power supply problems.
Prepare Long Term Demand Projections
SEC is responsible for power generation, transmission, and distribution on a

national level. However, in order to boost privatization and to ensure power
availability to meet the demands, the government has permitted private
sector to invest in power generation. As a result, several independent power
plants have been established in the country. Though the government is
currently restructuring the electric sector into separate generation,
transmission, and distribution functions, as per the present reforms, SEC is
still responsible for distributing the generated power, regardless of its source
of production. It is therefore essential for the RCJ to coordinate with SEC
well in advance to ensure power availability in JIC to meet future demand.
JIC demand coordination between RCJ and SEC is effectively implemented,

as of now. Currently, the RCJ prepares demand forecast for a five year
period and coordinates it with SEC. The SEC makes provision for this
capacity in their master plan. The RCJ reviews and updates its demand
forecast on a quarterly basis and coordinates with SEC. The system is
effective in the present development scenario.

The RCJ is planning for the development of the entire J2 and community
areas within the master plan period. Though not explicit, this might also
include the coastal developments of the Eastern Corridor and Al-Batinah
Island. These developments will require a large demand in the coming years,
which need to be precisely scheduled. In view of the increasing need for
power demand in JIC in the coming years and the SEC’s commitment to meet
the demand nationwide, the RCJ may prepare the demand forecast for a
longer period. It would enable the SEC to make efficient planning and
ensure power supply availability for the JIC demand needs.
The RCJ may prepare the demand forecasts for JIC for a longer period that
would enable efficient planning for the SEC and ensure availability of power
supply to meet the future demands of JIC. This requires coordination
between RCJ and SEC.

9.6 Recommendations
Table 9-7
Power Recommendations
Negotiate and revert the responsibility of This can be done through the liaison committee RCJ Short Term
construction of substations and distribution identified in Chapter 2. There is need for a high SEC
networks in JIC back to SEC as provided in level communication (at H.H. RC Chairman level)
their Agreement. between RCJY / SEC to update the '85 agreement or
to sign a new one. The new agreement must commit
SEC to meet JIC demand. and reconcile SEC ‘s
mandate to install substations and power
distribution networks in advance of industrial
development as an essential step to improve the day
to day working relationship between RCJ and SEC as
well as the smooth implementation of the power
system expansion programs so vital to JIC. Need to
confirm and clarify responsibilities and if unbundling
of systems will improve the situation. In addition,
the funding of the construction of these utilities
needs to be confirmed.
Conduct feasibility study regarding options These represent a wide variety of options to address RCJ Short Term
for additional supply including: the need for additional supply that needs further SEC through to
Promote expansion of MARAFIQ study to determine feasibility for JIC. Industry Mid Term
IWPP Capacity
Entrust MARAFIQ to distribute
power in JIC
Industries to use SADAF model
power generation


Explore the use of alternative
energy resources
The GCC power grid
Regional power grid
Demand Management Strategy: RCJ Short Term
Encourage energy conservation through SEC through to
customer awareness and mandatory Industry Mid Term
measures.
Prepare MPUs approximately every 5 years To provide updated demand projections and an RCJ Mid Term
for a 20-25 year time horizon. overall review of the status of system. This process SEC through to
should be done in conjunction with input from SEC Industry Long Term
and the industries.
RCJ and SEC consult on annual projections To ensure up to date projections are available for RCJ Short Term
for demand and for longer planning planning purposes. SEC through to
periods. This can be done via the liaison Long Term
committee recommended in Chapter 2.
Implement a technical/operations liaison Discuss and coordinate projections and upgrades SEC Short Term
committee with SEC and appropriate RCJ, which is currently done in a manner that is unclear RCJ through to
as described in Chapter 2. who is responsible for this. Mid Term
Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of Tariffs need to reflect a reasonable cost recovery for SEC Short Term
tariffs. This can be done via the liaison utility maintenance and expansion. Consider RCJ through to
committee recommended in Chapter 2. implementing tome of day billing for non-industrial Long Term
customers.
Prepare 5 and 10 year supply-demand To ensure future shortfalls in supply are identified in SEC Short Term
reports. time to address them. Typically at 80% capacity RCJ through to
design plans need to start for expansions. Long Term
Make provision in SEC master plan/ SEC to ensure

power availability for JIC demand.
Continue to track actual use (in community To continue to refine projections versus actual use. SEC Short Term
and industrial areas) so that annually the through to
actual demand can be compared with the Mid Term
projections.


Enforce Industries to convert non-standard Reliability in operation and maintenance/ Avoid RCJ Short Term
systems to SEC standard system voltage delay in procurement of spare parts. SEC through to
levels. Mid Term

10.0 TELECOMMUNICATIONS
Telecommunication services in JIC were originally the responsibility of MPT&T
before the Saudi Telecom Company (STC) was established. It has been the
practice that RCJ has installed the telecommunications infrastructure
including distribution cable networks and Digital Central Offices (DCOs) in
JIC, and then turning the infrastructure over to STC for O&M. Now that the
Ministry does not exist and telecommunications has been privatized with
multiple service providers, RCJ is proposing a lease agreement with the
service providers (e.g. STC, Mobily, etc) and this new policy is currently
under negotiation with STC and subsequently with other private sector
service providers . In the future it is planned that the service providers will
construct their own DCOs on land provided by the RC, and RC will continue
installing the duct banks and cables for a fee based on individual
Agreements. No agreements are finalized to date.
When STC takes over the new exchanges in the future, all telephone services
and DSL will be coming from the Al Khober exchange and Lasilki exchange.
All data services are provided by the RCJ. The original four exchanges were
built by RCJ. Mobile services are provided by STC (Al Jawal), Ethihad Etisalat
(Mobily) and ZAIN. In future telephone and DSL services shall be provided
by STC and Atheeb Company.
JIC's telecommunication system consists of publicly furnished telecom

exchanges interconnected by a network of hard wire trunk cables. The
system, illustrated in Figure 10-1 (Telecommunications Network Schematic),
shows the existing telecommunications network and the proposed location
for the Telecommunication Building in Al-Mutrafiah district, as well as its
proposed connections with Al-Deffi Exchange CO-10 (FNTR 345-00)and J1
Northern Exchange CO-1.(MSND 335-00)
The older developed community areas use copper cable for customer access
whereas new development will use fibre optic cable (FOC). In the early
1980’s RCJ built four Telecom Exchanges with a total capacity of 60,000
lines. Jalmudah and J2 have Telecom Exchanges (Data Centers) using all FOC
distribution/access networks. The RCJ has plans to replace the telecom cable
system in the older communities. STC is using FOC for access network and
will continue to use it. FOC will be used for the distribution/access network
for new development areas.
All new major developments in existing community areas will have FOC
primary lines to the electronic cabinet but the secondary network will be
copper. RCJ has instructed four companies to share new towers, and in
future, all new towers for GSM mobile communications system will be shared.

Ownership and O&M responsibilities have not yet been resolved regarding
these shared towers. Currently, RCJ leases sites to each operator. There are
currently 41 mobile towers located within JIC (22 for STC and 19 for
Mobily).The increase of mobile phone providers has provided a more
commercially competitive climate in JIC which will improve the overall service
capability and maintain a sustainably economic telecommunications industry
over the long term.
10.1 Existing System
10.1.1 Telecom Exchange
The city is served by six telecom exchanges, which are commonly known as
Central Offices (CO). The industrial area is served by:
MSND 335-00 in the northern area of J1, located in the
Support and Light Manufacturing Park with 10,000 lines
capacity.
ASYH 346-00 in the southern area of J1 located along road T-195
between 1-204 and T-218 with 10,000 lines capacity.
J2 (341-00) exchange located in new J2 (using primary Fibre Optics
Cables network).It is expected that there will be a need for 4000 line
capacity excluding data services.
The community area is served by:

FNTR 342-00 in Al-Fanateer District with 15,000 lines. capacity
FNTR 345-00 in Al-Deffi District with 12,000 lines.
Jalmudah (343-00) Exchange located in Jalmudah district (using the
primary FOC network) with a future 10,000 line capacity.\
Al-Mutrafiah is under design and will similarly have a 10,000 line
capacity.
The circuit switching equipment consists of fully digital stored program

control, four wire switching systems interconnected by pulse code
modulation transmission equipment. The local system connects to the
national system via microwave and fibre-optic links. As indicated above,
Figure 10-1 shows the existing telecommunications network schematic with
the proposed location for the Telecommunications Building in Al-Mutrafiah
district and the proposed connections with Al-Deffi Exchange and J1
Northern Exchange.
Transmission Facilities
JIC link is done through DWDM technology using two rings of fibre optic
cables.

Distribution Facilities
All industrial telephone subscribers are served by multi-pair telephone cable

trunks running underground in concrete encased ducts. Industrial users are
required to provide the connection from this network to their individual plant
sites. The trunk system is in place including the telecom distribution network
in the Secondary Industry Park, Sections P-2, and P-3, part of K and Q which
was completed and handover to STC.
DSL services are provided over telephone network by the STC. The Existing
Telephone Exchange Areas are shown in Figure 10-2.
Telephone pairs may be leased for special services to the subscriber. The
equipment offers basic transmission and signalling conditions and testing for
special service applications. Cable pair conditioning for higher speed data
applications is the subscriber's responsibility.
10.1.2 Other Systems
The following communication systems are managed and operated by the RCJ
for the specific purposes outlined.
Radio Paging System
The radio paging system provides service to JIC, and is accessible throughout
the city. The central digital paging terminal, including the radio transmitters
and the antenna system, are situated at the RCJ Hospital in Al-Fanateer.
There are two types of pager handheld receivers being used by subscribers.
One is tone with digital display that provides the subscriber the telephone
number to be contacted. The other is an alpha-numeric pager which allows
the caller to send alpha-numeric messages to the subscriber. The system is
also capable of handling group dialling and group messages with the
handheld receivers. Some industries have expressed in obtaining this service.
Figure 10-3 (ESS, Radio Paging and UHF Facilities) identifies the head end
equipment locations for the existing radio paging system, Emergency
Services Systems (ESS), Community Antenna Television (CATV) system and
UHF system.
Emergency Services System (ESS)
The RCJ provides a UHF Radio Communication System provides the

emergency services for security, fire and medical facilities. Each of these
services has a central monitor console, which communicates with the
handheld radios, mobile radios and two other consoles. Also, a console
located at the RCJ Building communicates with the three services consoles
and can act as a command center during an emergency situation. All primary

industries and various vital installations are directly connected to these

consoles via hotlines. Automatic Number Identification equipment identifies
the caller number at the emergency consoles, and incoming calls are
recorded through digital recorders. The three locations for ESSs are: the RCJ
Hospital, the RCJ Building and the Facility Police in the Yanbu District
UHF Radio System
The UHF radio system consists of a multiple channel network that services
handheld, mobile and base station units. The system uses repeater base
stations located in Haii Al-Bahar. It operates on an assigned frequency band
and is equipped to transmit and receive channels assigned to personnel who
are responsible for security, emergency services, public works, utilities and
construction supervision. A number of handheld radios, mobile radios and
base station radios are available. The radio repair workshop is located at the
P&T O&M center in Tareeg Sana'a, near Haii Deffi. Currently RCJ is
purchasing a new radio system that will replace the radio repeater system
where all frequencies will be included in a single group.
The UHF antennas are mounted on a 110 m tower in Haii Al-Bahar. A new
50-meter antenna tower and small building are under construction at the
back of the new P&T O&M center and will be used as future site for the main
radio system.
Community Antenna Television System (CATV)
The JIC CATV System provides color TV and FM radio signals from a
centralized antenna/headend located at Haii Al-Bahar to TV and radio users
throughout JIC. Figure 10-4 (CATV Distribution Network Schematic)
illustrates the existing network distribution for the CATV system and head
end equipment locations. The sources are off-the-air and satellite signals
from Saudi Arabia and other Gulf States’ TV and radio stations. Channels are
also allocated to local TV & FM programming from video and audio tape units.
Coaxial cables and trunk amplifiers comprise an underground distribution
system providing service to individual dwellings. Replacement of primary
coaxial cables with fibre optic cables is completed, replacement of trunk
amplifiers with hybrid node amplifiers and installation of fibre optic
equipment at the Headend is completed. A new 50-meter antenna tower
and small building is under construction at the back of the new P&T O&M
center to be used as the Headend for future communities.
A new Head End building has been constructed in Haii Jalmudah to provide
IPTV service to the new and future communities in Jalmudah District using
the fibre-to-the-home (FTTH) technology. The new IPTV Headend and fibre-
optic distribution network is based on GPON technology eliminating the use
of coaxial cables, analog receivers, trunk amplifiers, power supplies and
modular taps.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Jalmudah
District
Al-Gurmah
Island Jalmudah JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge 343-00
District
Mardumah
District

T2
TELECOMMUNICATIONS
NETWORK SCHEMATIC
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4
Al-Deffi Al-Fanateer
District District
TELECOM BUILDING
Al-Fasil Telecom FNTR
TS4 CO-10
District Building 342-00
Community TELECOM NODE
TS 7
Area
ROYAL COMMISSION SCOPE
T3
SAUDI TELECOM SCOPE
Al-Fanateer
Island PROPOSED SCOPE FOR MUTRAFIAH
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Evap. Jubail
Stn. PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
Industrial
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
TS6 T100
T106 Al-Huwaylat FUTURE COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
T112
Al-Huwaylat Island
St. 1
T113
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 District EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
SWTP Block N CO-1
T289
Stormwater Strm.W SWTP #9 Storm- T120 Block E-South
(Exp.) water NWPS
Holding Pond H.Pond
Pond
Block J-South PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
T1 0
T130 Al-
Lulu FUTURE PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
1
T138 T138
District AREA
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
Al-
Sa u
T154 FUTURE SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING

rsa
Shati
T295 AREA
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct

R as
O&S
Ra il
T251
T263
T241
T195
SERVICING AREA
ric
Centre
Ta n
ro a
C om W

dR
ura
AREA
pan
Block F
O
T184
RO
yR
Block P Block K
W
T259
OW
T198
T143
T163
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Jubail 2 ASYH
Desal.
341-00 T218 346-00
#2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/21/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
To Lasilki (302) To Kobar (303)

85
Via FD93#3 (LD Network) via Jubail Balad (334)
T1
0 3
Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Jalmudah
Al-Reggah District
District
Al-Gurmah
Area Code Island JUBAIL INDUSTRIAL CITY
"G" Al-Surouge Area Code
District Area Code MASTER PLAN UPDATE
"C" Area Code
"E"
"A"
Mardumah
Airport Area District FIGURE 10-2
T2
EXISTING TELEPHONE
EXCHANGE AREA
Mardumah Al-Deffi
T6
Bay District
TS4
Al-Mutrafiah
Area Code CENTRAL OFFICE EXCHANGE
Area Code "B"
District
"D" EXCHANGE AREA BOUNDARY
Al-Fasil
District TS4
Area Code
Al-Fanateer PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
"H" Area Code Community District
Area
TS 7
"J" PERMANENT COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA

Area Code
T3
"J" PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Al-Fanateer
Island SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
Evap. Jubail
SERVICING AREA
Stn. Industrial
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100
T106 Al-Huwaylat
T112
Al-Huwaylat Island
St. 1
T113
T289
(Exp.) water NWPS
Holding Pond H.Pond
Pond
T1 0
T130 Al-
Area Code Area Code Lulu
1
T138 District
T138
"N" "L"
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
Al-
Sa u
T154
rsa
Shati
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
O&S
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
Jubail 1
ric
Centre
Jubail 2 T174
Ta n
ro a
C om W

dR
ura
pan
O
T184
RO
yR

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218 #2
RC Area Code
Scap T230
Fac.
"M"
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/22/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island Jalmudah
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah
District

T2
ESS, RADIO PAGING AND
UHF FACILITIES
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4 Al-Fanateer
Community District
EMERGENCY SERVICES SYSTEM (ESS)
Al-Mutrafiah Area
District Al-Deffi
District RADIO PAGING SYSTEM
Al-Fasil
District TS4
FACILITY POLICE (ESS)
RC
Hospital UHF RADIO REPEATERS
TS 7
T3
Al-Fanateer
Island EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
O&M RC Al-Khaleej
Centre Building District PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Evap. Jubail
Stn. Industrial SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
College
WTP #3 T6
T100
TS6
Al-Huwaylat
T106
SERVICING AREA
T112
Al-Huwaylat Island
St. 1
T113
T289
(Exp.) water NWPS
Holding Pond H.Pond
Pond
T1 0
T130 Al-
Lulu
1
T138 District
T138
T147
Al-Bahar
Kh a
T150 T148
Al- (Camp 6)
Sa u
T154
rsa
Shati
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
O&S Yanbu
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre District
Ta n
ro a
C om W

dR
ura
pan
O
T184
RO
yR

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218 #2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/22/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island Jalmudah
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah
District

T2
CATV DISTRIBUTION
NETWORK SCHEMATIC
T6
Community
Mardumah Area
Bay
TS4 Al-Fanateer
Al-Deffi District
TRUNK AMPLIFIER
District NODE AMPLIFIER
Al-Fasil
District TS4 CATV HEADEND
CO-AXIAL/FIBER-OPTIC CABLE
TS 7
T3
Island
O&M
Centre
Evap. Jubail
Stn. Industrial SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100 SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
T106 Al-Huwaylat SERVICING AREA
T112 Island
Stage 3 and 4 Stg.2 St. 1
T289
Stormwater Strm.W Storm- Al-Huwaylat
SWTP #9 Block J-South T120
(Exp.) water NWPS District
Holding Pond H.Pond
Pond
T113
T1 0
T130
1
T138 T138
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
Al-
Sa u
T154
rsa
Shati
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
O&S
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre
Ta n
ro a
C om W

dR
ura
pan
O
T184
RO
yR

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218 #2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/22/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Island Jalmudah
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge District
District
Mardumah
District

T2
GSM CELL SITE LOCATIONS
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4 GSM COMMON SITE
Community MOBILY GSM CELL SITE
Al-Mutrafiah Area Al-Fanateer
District
District MOBILY GSM CELL SITE (TEMPORARY)
Al-Fasil
District TS4
Al-Deffi STC GSM CELL SITE
District
ZAIN GSM CELL
TS 7
T3
Al-Fanateer
Island EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
O&M Al-Khaleej PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Centre District
Evap. Jubail SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Stn. Industrial
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
TS6 T100 SERVICING AREA
T106 Al-Huwaylat
T112
Al-Huwaylat Island AIRPORT SERVICING AREA
St. 1
T113
T289
(Exp.) water NWPS
Holding Pond H.Pond
Pond
T1 0
T130
Al-
1
T138 T138 Lulu
District
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
Al-
Sa u
T154
rsa
Shati
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
O&S
Ta n
ro a
Centre
C om W

dR
ura
pan
O
T184
RO
yR

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218 #2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/22/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
Global System for Mobile (GSM)
The Global System for Mobile (GSM) system in JIC was commissioned by STC
in December 1997. Seven cell sites were installed and strategically located
in the Industrial and Community areas. Another two cell sites were added to
provide a better signal coverage in the Community areas. There are now three
companies competing: Jawal, Mobility and Zane with the prospect of a fourth
company. One issue is the repeated installation of new towers. RC regulations
create restrictions. In new systems, RC currently owns the towers and is
pressing for all operators to share towers as a solution.
Figure 10-5 shows existing distribution of GSM cell sites in JIC. The figure
shows that there are 24 cells for STC (Al Jawal) and 19 cells for Ethihad
Etisalat (Mobily).

Additional cell sites are being considered by STC, based on the growing
number of GSM subscribers. The J2 exchange will be constructed using
primary Fibre Optics Cables network.
A 50-meter antenna tower and small building are already constructed at the
back of the new P&T O&M center and will be used as future site for the main
radio system. The future telephone exchange areas and proposed central
office exchanges are shown on Figure 10-6.
Overall, the design criteria adopted with respect to telecommunications has

been adequately tested in the systems installed to date.
In order to comply with STC design specifications, a new fibre-optic

telecommunication network is being developed for J2 and other new
development areas in JIC. It consists of a single exchange and a network of
trunk cables in a branched system running to each industry and throughout
the community. Optical fibres can carry more information over longer
distances, occupy much less space that underground cabling ducts, are
easier to install, are more secure and can be routed through explosive or
flammable atmospheres without risk of ignition.

Al-Batinah
Island
LI
T-AB U-A
Al-Gurmah
Al-Reggah
Al-Surouge Jalmudah
District
District
Mardumah
District

T2
CURRENT PROPOSED
TELEPHONE EXCHANGE AREA
Mardumah
T6
Bay
TS4
Community
CENTRAL OFFICE EXCHANGE
Al-Mutrafiah Area Al-Fanateer
District Al-Deffi
District District
Al-Fasil PROPOSED CENTRAL OFFICE EXCHANGE
District TS4
EXCHANGE AREA BOUNDARY
TS 7
T3
Al-Fanateer FUTURE COMMUNITY SERVICING AREA
Island
O&M Al-Khaleej EASTERN CORRIDOR SERVICING AREA
Remote Centre District
Switch Unit PRIMARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Evap. Jubail
Stn. Industrial
RC
College
WTP #3 T6 HQ AREA
TS6 T100
Remote T106 Al-Huwaylat SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING AREA
Switch Unit T112
Al-Huwaylat Island
St. 1 FUTURE SECONDARY INDUSTRY SERVICING
T113
T289
Stormwater Strm.W SWTP #9 Storm- Block J-South T120 AREA
(Exp.) water NWPS
Holding Pond H.Pond
Pond SUPPORT INDUSTRY/NORTHERN CORRIDOR
T1 0
T130 Al-
Lulu SERVICING AREA
1
District
T138 T138 FUTURE SUPPORT INDUSTRY SERVICING
AREA
T147
Kh a
T150 T148
Al-
Sa u
T154
rsa
Shati
T295
di E
niah
T162 District
le ct
R as
O&S
Ra il
T263
T251
T241
T195
ric
Centre
Ta n
ro a
C om W

dR
ura
pan
O
T184
RO
yR

W
T259
OW
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary T204
T289
IWPP
Landfill Fac.
T223
T218 IWTP #8
Desal.
T218 #2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
TS1
T241
T121
T261
T195
T183
T161
T2 1
TS3
T2 74 0 0.5 1 2 km
Industrial Port
T2 74
ED
TS8
PROJECT #: 078523
7 DATE: 12/22/11

3
MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
TS
MOT
85
T1
0 3
We note that the following planning criteria have been adopted for the 2010
MPU for telecommunications. Demand is split between Community (including
Institutional, Commercial, and Light Industries) and Industry (J1 and J2):
1. Community demand: is based on the Volume I forecast.
2. J1 demand: is prorated based on the ratio of developable lot areas
compared to J2, a ratio of 90%. J2 demand was forecast in the Nexant
Study below.
3. J2 demand: is based on the Feasibility Study of J2 Expansion Stage 4
by Nexant – August, 2007 since the Alternative Feedstock Study Phase
2 report by PGI/CMAI in 2011 did not encompass telecommunications.
As there is no annual demand provided for secondary and support
industries in J2, it has been assumed that these industries will require
an additional 10% of telecommunication services that has been
allocated to primary industries.

Table 10-1 illustrates the anticipated demand for telephone lines and radio
channels in J2. The authority in Saudi Arabia is the Communication and
Information Technology Commission ( CITC).
Table 10-1
Telecommunication Requirements by Stage – Jubail 2
Requirement Stage1 Stage 2 Stage3 Stage 4 Total

Telephone Lines 1650 1050 1180 1530 5400
Radio Channels 130 60 110 120 410
Source: Nexant Study
Based on the recommended growth scenario in Volume I, we note that the

ultimate 2030 population that this MPU is planning for is 347,000.
The 2030 demand forecast for JIC is summarized in Table 10-2.

Table 10-2
Telecommunications Demand Forecast to 2030
Expected Expected
Maximum Telecom lines Commercial lines Total lines
Exchange Exchange needed needed needed
Service Areas Capacity (2030)1 (2030)2 (2030)
Total
80,000 72,300 7,230 79,530
Community
Total Industrial
6000+5400 11,400 - 11,400
(J1 + J2)3
Total 83,700 7230 90,930

1 Includes forecast of total of 72,300 dwelling units by 2030.
2 Includes forecast of 10% for supporting commercial by 2030.
3 Includes forecast of 10% for secondary and support industries by 2030.
This shows that 90,930 telephone lines are required for the new
developments up to the year of 2030. The required telephone lines exceed
the total capacity of all existing exchanges.
The need for new exchanges or telecommunications buildings to meet the

demand of the new lines is therefore required to provide a robust and reliable
telecommunication services as outlined in the recommendations.
Because JIC will adopt Smart City features in the near future, there is a
need to conduct a specialized consultant’s study to forecast growth of "Data
traffic" through to 2030 for internet services and bandwidth requirements
with supporting forecast calculation methods. This is a very dynamic area in
the telecommunications sector as described in the global context under
Section 10.4.1. Also a methodology for forecasting the rapid growth in data
traffic in internet services is presented in Section 10.4.2.
10.4.1 Global Growth of Internet Data Traffic

Annual global IP traffic will reach the zettabyte threshold (966
exabytes or nearly 1 zettabyte) by the end of 2015. In 2015, global IP
traffic will reach 966 exabytes per year or 80.5 exabytes per month.
Global IP traffic has increased eightfold over the past 5 years, and will
increase fourfold over the next 5 years. Overall, IP traffic will grow at a
compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 32 percent from 2010 to
2015.
A growing amount of Internet traffic is originating with non-PC
devices. In 2010, only 3 percent of Internet traffic originated with non-
PC devices, but by 2015 the non-PC share of Internet traffic will grow
to 15 percent. PC-originated traffic will grow at a CAGR of 33 percent,
while TVs, tablets, smartphones, and machine-to-machine (M2M)

modules will have growth rates of 101 percent, 216 percent, 144
percent, and 258 percent, respectively.
Traffic from wireless devices will exceed traffic from wired devices by
2015. In 2015, wired devices will account for 46 percent of IP traffic,
while Wi-Fi and mobile devices will account for 54 percent of IP traffic.
In 2010, wired devices accounted for the majority of IP traffic at 63
percent.
Globally, mobile data traffic will increase 26 times between 2010 and
2015. Mobile data traffic will grow at a CAGR of 92 percent between
2010 and 2015, reaching 6.3 exabytes per month by 2015.
Global mobile data traffic will grow three times faster than fixed IP
traffic from 2010 to 2015. Global mobile data traffic was 1 percent of
total IP traffic in 2010, and will be 8 percent of total IP traffic in 2015.
Business IP traffic will grow fastest in the Middle East and Africa.
Business IP traffic in the Middle East and Africa will grow at a CAGR of
30 percent, a faster pace than the global average of 24 percent. In
volume, North America will have the largest amount of business IP
traffic in 2015 at 2.9 exabytes per month. Western Europe will be a
close second to North America at 2.7 exabytes per month.
10.4.2 Forecasting Data Traffic
Forecast methodology rests on a combination of analyst projections, in-house

estimates and forecasts, and direct data collection. The analyst projections
for broadband connections, video subscribers, mobile connections, and
Internet application adoption come from many commercial sources. Upon this
foundation are layered a Consultant’s own estimates for application adoption,
minutes of use, and kilobytes per minute. The adoption, usage, and bitrate
assumptions are tied to fundamental enablers such as broadband speed and
computing speed. All usage and traffic results are then validated using data
shared from service providers.
There really is no specific formula that can be used to relate data traffic with
bandwidth as there are multiple options to consider. It would be good for
RCJ to find a Network Management Company such as Reliance, BT or Global
Crossing, not the actual telecom provider, to help assess the needs and
planning the JIC telecommunications infrastructure.
Predicting what an end user will do once given network access is a difficult
task. Users appetite for bandwidth is insatiable and they will consume
whatever you give them.
The primary areas of focus for bandwidth sizing and capacity planning are
the Wide Area Network (WAN) and public Internet access. Typically Local
Area Networks (LANs), Metropolitan Area Networks (MANs) and Campus
Networks now run at gigabit and 10 gigabit speeds which is more than
adequate but once again it is dependent on many key things ranging from

what applications all the way to user behavior.
For WAN and Internet Services, the principles recommended are:

Define a bandwidth sizing standard base on the application profile and
the number of users within a given location. An application profile that
includes front-office applications for engineering will require
significantly more bandwidth than an administrative office running just
e-mail, project management and ERP applications.
Deploy WAN optimization and Quality of Service to optimize and
prioritize traffic bandwidth so that the most critical work is given
preference over lesser work.
Monitor bandwidth capacity at least monthly and identify growth
trends. Common software from SolarWinds, Riverbed and Computer
Associates is available for network data collection and analysis.
Filter traffic so that “rogue” or non-business related traffic is minimized
if not eliminated from the network.
Stay with Tier 1 Carriers (AT&T, British Telecom, Verizon, Telus, Global
Crossing, Orange, etc.) whenever possible. Tier 1 providers will have
the lowest latency, the highest Service Levels (Reliability, Availability,
Mean Time to Restore, etc.) and a global presence.
Listen to the user base. The network metrics may look right, but if
performance is unacceptable to the customer then it is important to
work with the customer to identify the root cause. Sometimes it will
be the network and other times it can be the application or
configuration issue.

The copper cable infrastructure network for the old developed areas is limited
to a certain applications and cannot accommodate all new technologies. The
ultimate transition to a pure fibre optics telecommunications infrastructure
network throughout JIC is very important due to:
Bandwidth requirements.
Sustainability.
Life span length.
Low attenuation across bands.
Reliability.
Coordination of expansions continues to be a struggle.
Also, approval should be obtained from the RCJ for the design, construction
and selection of material to enable the provision of services to subscribers via
a robust and reliable telecommunications services in a timely manner.

10.6 Recommendations
Table 10-3
Telecommunications Recommendations

Conduct a specialized Consultant or This is very important, since Jubail Industrial City will RCJ Short
Network Management Company study to adopt Smart City features in the near future. Term
forecast growth of "Data traffic" through to
2030 for internet services and bandwidth
requirements with supporting forecast
calculation methods.
Prepare MPUs approximately every 5 years To provide updated demand projections and an overall RCJ Mid Term
for a 20-25 year time horizon. review of the status of the system. This process STC through
should be done in conjunction with input from STC to Long
and the industries. Term
Implement a technical/operations liaison Discuss and coordinate projections and upgrades STC Short
committee with STC and appropriate RCJ, which is currently done in a manner that is unclear RCJ Term
as described in Chapter 2. who is responsible for this. With the increased growth through
and competition occurring in JIC in the to Mid
telecommunications sector there are many issues Term
evolving related to responsibilities for maintenance of
cell towers and other operational difficulties with
multiple service providers that require an increased
coordination effort. This should include discussion
about requiring that for new private projects, approval
be obtained from the RCJ for the design, construction
and selection of material to enable the provision of
services to subscribers via a robust and reliable
telecommunications services in a timely manner. This
should include representatives from Mobily and ZAIN
as appropriate.


RCJ and STC to consult on annual To ensure up to date projections are available for RCJ Short
projections for demand and for longer planning purposes. This should include representatives STC Term
planning periods. This can be done via the from Mobily and ZAIN as appropriate. through
liaison committee recommended in to Long
Chapter 2. Term
Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of Tariffs need to reflect a reasonable cost recovery for STC Short
tariffs. This can be done via the liaison utility maintenance and expansion. This should RCJ Term
committee recommended in Chapter 2. include representatives from Mobily and ZAIN as through
appropriate. to Mid
Term
Prepare 5 and 10 year supply-demand To ensure future shortfalls in supply are identified in STC Short
reports. time to address them. Typically at 80% capacity RCJ Term
design plans need to start for expansions. This should through
include representatives from Mobily and ZAIN as to Long
appropriate. Term
Continue to track actual use (in community To continue to refine projections versus actual use. STC Short
and industrial areas) so that annually the RCJ Term
actual demand can be compared with the through
projections. to Mid
Term
Prepare a comprehensive communication To ensure that communication protocols in case of RCJ Short
procedure to address public evacuation in emergency are appropriate and clear. Term
case of a serious emergency.
Conduct feasibility studies regarding: To study options to address upgrades required for the STC Short
Providing a telecommunication system to function appropriately. RCJ Term
building for every new district to act through
as a telecommunication provider to Mid
data, telephone and video; Term
Replacing the old copper network to
fiber optics network as per STC
rules and regulation standards for
the provision of FTTH technology for


the older districts;
Replacing the conventional UHF
radio system to a Radio trunking
system;
Upgrading the CATV system to
Internet Protocol Television for old
districts;
Upgrading and expanding the Radio
Paging System;
Upgrading of the Emergency
Service and UHF Radio Systems;
Installing fiber optic networks for an
integrated security system to cover
security for roads, hospitals, clinics
and other critical utilities by
involving security agencies
(National Guard, Coast Guard, Navy
Air Force, etc.).
As discussed under Policy and Strategic With the increased growth and competition occurring RCJ Short
Planning it is important that the in JIC in the telecommunications sector there are STC Term
responsibilities of ongoing operation and many issues evolving related to responsibilities for through
maintenance of the different components maintenance of cell towers and other operational to Mid
of the Telecommunications network be difficulties with multiple service providers that require Term
clearly defined and covered by formal an increased coordination effort. RCJ is the first city in
agreements. the Kingdom to adopt the practice of sharing cell
towers.

11.0 MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL

SOLID WASTE
Solid waste management for JIC currently consists of three separate
systems:
Royal Commission Sanitary Landfill (RCSLF).
BeeA’h Waste Treatment Facilities.
Newly established EDCO waste treatment facilities.
Figure 11-1 (Existing Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal Facilities), shows
the location of the solid waste disposal facilities in JIC, which include:
Royal Commission Sanitary Landfill (RCSLF)
BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Incinerator Facility.
BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Landfill.
EDCO Hazardous Waste Landfill.
The RCSLF accepts municipal (Class II) and construction/inert (Class III)
wastes. BeeA’h and EDCO are private firms and their facilities accept
hazardous (Class I) and non-hazardous industrial wastes (Class II). They
also accept the Class I digested and dewatered wastewater treatment sludge
(or biosolids) from SWTP 9 and IWTP 8.
RCER Volume I defines the waste classes as follows:
Municipal Waste: Municipal wastes include garbage, refuse, food waste,

office waste, waste vegetation and other decomposable material resulting
from operation of residential, commercial, municipal, industrial or
institutional establishments and from community activities.
Hazardous Waste: These wastes are defined as any solid, semi-solid,

liquid, or contained gaseous waste, or combination of such wastes, which
may because of its quantity, concentration, physical or chemical
characteristics pose a hazard or potential hazard to human health or the
environment when improperly treated, stored, transported, disposed of or
otherwise managed.
These wastes shall also include:

i. All wastes with properties as defined in Section 4.1 of the RCER,
including chemical wastes identified as discarded commercial
chemical products, off-specification products/chemicals, container
residues and spill residues.
ii. Any waste, if after application of the test method 1311 Toxic
Characteristic Leachate Procedure (TCLP), as established in U.S.
EPA 40CFR Part 261 Appendix II the extract from the waste

contains contaminant concentrations equal to or greater than those

listed in Table 5A of the RCER.
iii. Any wastes identified as hazardous by PME.
Non-Hazardous Industrial Waste: These wastes include solid, liquid,

semi-liquid or contained gaseous materials or wastes resulting from
industrial, mining, and agricultural operations and sludge from industrial,
agricultural or mining, water supply treatment, wastewater treatment or
air pollution control facilities, provided that they are not hazardous,
municipal or inert wastes as otherwise defined in the RCER.
Inert Waste: Inert wastes are those wastes which are not biologically or
chemically active in the natural environment, such as glass, concrete and
brick materials, broken clay and manufactured rubber products.
In the past, the RCJ designated a land area for the disposal of above wastes.
The disposal site was divided into three areas, namely: Class I, Class II and
Class III.
Class I disposal is intended primarily for hazardous industrial wastes. All

hazardous wastes are stored in High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) drums and
placed in this area on a temporary basis for future treatment and disposal. To
protect the groundwater from contamination, an impervious liner is used.
Class II disposal is intended for non-hazardous industrial and municipal

wastes. To protect the groundwater from being contaminated the area is
provided with a liner. Disposal of liquid and liquid containing wastes is
prohibited.
Class III disposal is for the disposal of inert wastes. This are is unlined,
however to ensure that the quality of groundwater in the landfill area is not
altered, groundwater- monitoring to the vicinity of the landfill has been
carried out as part of the environmental monitoring program.
11.1 System Description
11.1.1 Royal Commission Sanitary Landfill
The RCSLF is located in the south east corner of J2 on sites that are divided
by the KRT crossing, and bounded by the J2 boundary on the west and by
the SEC and KRT ROW to the east. Cell No. 8 is 55 ha, Cells 1 to 7 are 283
ha. Figure 11-2 (Sanitary Landfill Site Layout) illustrates the current cell
layout. Cell No. 8 is completely filled and capped and Cell Nos. 1-7 are under
development. The weigh scales for the incoming trucks, the Administration
and O&M Buildings and other facilities are located in the south-east corner of
the landfill operation.

TS 7
Al-Fasil District
T3
District
Airport Area
O&M Al-Khaleej
Centre District
Evap. Jubail
Stn. Industrial
RC College
WTP #3 T6 HQ
TS6 T100
T106
T112
Al-Huwaylat
Al-Huwaylat
Stage 3 and 4
T113
Stg.2 St. 1 Block N
Island
SWTP Block J-South
T289
(Exp.)
Pond
T1 0
T130
1
Al-
Lulu
District
T138 T138
T147
T148
T150
T154
Kh a
Al-
Ar a b i a n
Shati
T295
rsa
Sa u
T162 District
Gu l f
niah
di E
le ct
R as
O&S
T263
T251
T241
T195
Ra il
ric
Centre
Jubail 1
Ta n
T174
C om
ro a
u
ra R
dR
pan
Industrial Area
OW
OW
yR
T184
OW
T259
T143
T163
T198
Sanitary T204 IWPP
T289
Fac.
Landfill
BeeA'h IWTP #8
T223
T218
Incinerator Desal.
T218 #2
RC
Scap T230
Fac.
T2 1
8
Sanitary
TS9
T315
T335
Landfill
TS1
T241
T121
T195
T183
T161
T261
TS3
BeeA'h Future T2 74
MOT
BeeA'h Facility Expansion Area T272

85
T2 74

EDCO Facility TS8
7
3
TS
ROYAL COMMISSION SANITARY LANDFILL (RCSLF) EXISTING INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENT COMPANY (EDCO) PROPOSED INDUSTRIAL, MAJOR ROADS
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PRESERVATION COMPANY (BEEA'H)
FIGURE 11-1
EXISTING SOLID AND HAZARDOUS
WASTE DISPOSAL FACILITIES
STATUS: FINAL
The RCSLF accepts municipal (Class II) and construction/inert (Class III)
wastes from the community, industries and Al-Jubail, as well as Class II
digested and dewatered wastewater treatment sludge from SWTP 9 and
IWTP 8. Primary and secondary sludge from SWTP 9 are classified as Class
II waste. Secondary sludge from IWTP 8 may be classified as either Class I
or Class II waste dependent upon actual laboratory test results. The RCJ
Sanitation Department has indicated that solid waste from RIC could be
transported to JIC in the future. Such an option would have a substantial
impact on the landfill site necessitating major expansion.
Waste from residential households typically accounts for about 75-85

percent of the total volume of community waste and, therefore, is used as a
basis to project the amount of waste from the community sources. Road,
beach, and storm drain cleaning waste consists of sand, grit and small
amounts of litter, mainly paper. The occurrence of sand storms adds
considerably to the quantities of sand collected. This category is included
under Construction Waste.
All industries operating in JIC are required to send municipal and

construction wastes to the RCSLF. The collection, transfer, and disposal of
solid wastes generated within the residential and industrial area of JIC is the
responsibility a solid waste management contractor under the direct
supervision of the RCJ. The landfill operation conducted by the contractor
ensures that where possible, waste recovery and recycling is promoted, and
that wastes are separated into their appropriate classes for disposal. The
main sources of municipal wastes are domestic households, commercial
premises, hospitals, schools, roads, parks and playgrounds.
RCSLF Cell No. 8 for Class III wastes only, was in operation from 1998 to
2007. The dimensions of this cell are approximately 720 m by 220 m and 6
m deep. The compacted volume generation per year was approximately
100,000 m3 and with a total volume of approximately 893,000 m3 it took
nearly 9 years to fill. The entire operation was completed in 12 phases of 60
meter bands. Each one to two meter depth of solid waste was compacted and
overlain with 20 to 30 cm of sand cover. RCSLF Cells Nos. 1 through 7 are
under development.
Environmental monitoring has been routinely conducted at RCSLF since 1984

with data recorded from groundwater monitoring wells and leachate to
respectively indicate groundwater contamination and leachate concentration.
Particular emphasis has been placed on sanitary landfill effluent criteria in the
leachate such as ammonia (NH3), total organic carbon (TOC) and oil and
grease. This monitoring and ground water quality assessment practice should
continue since sanitary landfill leachate if not contained can seriously
contaminate the ground water resources.

Figure 11-2
Sanitary Landfill (RCSLF) Site Layout
Source: RCJ Engineering Department

11.1.2 BeeA’h Facilities
The BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Incinerator Facility (HWIF) is located in J1 while

the BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Landfill (HWLF) is located in in J2.
The BeeA’h Facilities accept hazardous (Class I) and non-hazardous

industrial wastes (Class II) from JIC industries, and other outside industries.
They also accept the Class I digested and dewatered wastewater treatment
sludge from SWTP 9 and IWTP 8. Chemical sludge from the advanced
treatment stage of SWTP 9 and primary sludge from the IWTP 8 are
classified as Class I waste. Secondary sludge from IWTP 8 may be classified
as either Class I or Class II waste dependent upon actual laboratory test
results.
Processing of industrial wastes requires a waste management procedure to

identify the wastes, evaluate the wastes, and classify the wastes. Hazardous
waste should be disposed of in the Class I landfill with double lining HDPE,
while non-hazardous wastes should be disposed of in the Class II landfill.
Evaporation lagoons are provided for Class I liquids, and solidification and
stabilization facilities for the lagoon residues or other wastes requiring this
pretreatment method.
The incinerator and the Class I landfill are reserved for hazardous waste.
Waste material from hospitals and clinics includes domestic wastes and
hazardous wastes such as human tissues, infected dressings, radioactive
material and drug residues. These hazardous medical wastes are to be
segregated from the domestic type wastes and disposed of at the BeeA’h
facility by incineration.
Scrap motor vehicles are generally conveyed to Hadeed for use as scrap
metal feedstock. Battery acid and similar hazardous materials are disposed at
BeeA'h.
BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Landfill
The BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Landfill has been in operation since 1989 and
has an integrated modular design encompassing several treatment
technologies. At the present time, one Class I cell is operational and is
equipped with a double liner. Untreated hazardous waste is stored in drums
that are disposed in the Class I cell. Liquid waste is placed in lined lagoons.
The Class II landfill cells accept contaminated waste that is non-hazardous.
Figure 11-3 (BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Landfill (HWLF) Site Layout) illustrates
the current BeeA’h Landfill configuration.
In the 1999 MPU, BeeA'h planned future expansions for landfill operations
through to 2020. Two Class I landfills were planned as well as six new Class

II cells. Class II cell capacity was designed for 120,000 tons and 18,000 tons
for Class I.
BeeA’h landfills place drummed hazardous waste in a cell with a double liner.
The waste is stabilized with cement and lime before disposal. Contaminated
but non-hazardous waste is also landfilled in lined cells. Liquid waste is
disposed in lined lagoons. The individual processes are as follows:
BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Incinerator Facility
The HWIF commenced commercial operations in 1997 with a capacity of 1.2

tons/hr or 10,512 tons/yr. At 20% down time, the actual amount of waste
incinerated yearly is no more than 8,500 ton (about 24 tons/day). It has a
combined thermal capacity of 40 million BTU/hr and was designed to process
a nominal 10,000 MT/year of a wide range of hazardous organic waste in
gaseous, liquid, sludge and solid forms as well as infectious medical wastes.
Figure 11-4 shows the BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Incinerator Facility (HWIF)
Site Layout. In 2009 the incinerator was expanded and now has a capacity
of 2.35 metric tons per hour doubling the plant’s capacity.
Waste Handling System: The storage and feed systems handle all types of
hazardous organic wastes generated by petroleum, petrochemical, and
secondary industries, including gases, sludge, and liquids delivered in
cylinders, steel and plastic containers, laboratory packs and in bulk
consignments:
The incinerator handles medical waste and other waste requiring
special handling.
A purpose-built drum processing system has been installed to handle
containerized liquid sludge or solids.
Liquid wastes are vacuum drawn to day tanks and then blended prior
to injection into the incinerator.
Solid wastes are repackaged prior to being fed to the incinerator.
Sludge wastes are normally fed directly to a bulk bin equipped with a
mixer.
A purpose - built PCB processing system has been installed to handle
both transformers and capacitors (We note that transformers up to 10
MT gross weight have been processed through this system).
Bulk liquid wastes are discharged to a bulk storage bin.
Bulk solids may be temporarily discharged to a bulk storage bin or to
concrete bunkers and are then repackaged for processing.
A gas manifold provides direct access to the front wall of the kiln -
Halons, CFC refrigerants and a variety of other gases such as
enthylene oxide may be processed through this system.
Combustion System: The incinerator combustion system includes a 10 foot

diameter by 30 foot long horizontal rotary kiln and a refractory lined vertical
afterburner. The kiln normally operates at a temperature between 900° C

and 1000°C. The afterburner temperature ranges between 1125° C and

1225° C. Ash is discharged from the system through a mechanical drag
conveyor system to bins. All ash is treated prior to disposal to BeeA’h
landfills.
Combustion Gas Cleaning and Scrubbing System: Hot gas from the
afterburner passes through a cyclone separator to remove coarse particulate
carried over with the gas. The gas then passes through a venturi scrubber
that separates finer particulate and rapidly cools the gas to about 80°C. Acid
gases are then scrubbed from the gas stream by passing the gas through a
packed tower in a counter-current direction to a caustic scrubbing solution.
After passing through an intermediate fan, that maintains the entire
combustion, and gas cleaning system in a negative draft condition, the gas
stream goes through a final particulate polishing step to remove the very fine
particles. The clean gas then passes through a set of mist pads and safely
discharges to the atmosphere.
Process Control System: The process control meets all United States
Environmental Protection Agency (US EPA) requirements for monitoring
discharge gases, measuring waste feed flows and providing automatic feed
cut-offs. Critical temperature parameters, pressures and gas discharge
concentrations are continuously monitored and controlled. Real times are
logged and stored in a purpose-designed database for reporting to regulatory
authorities.
11.1.3 EDCO Facilities
The RCJ mandates that all hazardous wastes generated in JIC be disposed of
inside the city boundaries. The BeeA’h facility was previously the only one in
JIC that handled hazardous waste but a new private operator, EDCO was
established in 2010 on a site south of the BeeA’h landfill property. The
establishment of a second commercial facility will ensure competitive pricing
and alternative treatment facility contractors for the industries. The
proposed layout for the EDCO site is shown in Figure 11-5.

MASTER PLAN UPDATE
Pond J Pond K
Water Storage Area - 7

FIGURE 11-3
Water Storage Area 9 RC - 25
BEEA’H HAZARDOUS WASTE

Monitoring Well No. 8
LANDFILL (HWLF) SITE LAYOUT
Pond G
Pond H
Class II - Cell No. 3 Class II - Cell No. 4 Class II - Cell No. 5
Pond E
Pond F
Pond I
Class II - Cell No. 2
Class 1
Cell
No. 1
Class II - Cell No. 1

Waste Storage
Maintenance Pond B
Area - 2
Workshop Boiler House
Pond A

Pond D

Waste Storage
Office
Area - 1
Labours Truck
Waste Storage Area - 8
Cabin Washing Area
Gate House
To Jubail
Road
Abu Hadriyah
NOT TO SCALE

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 4/15/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
FIGURE 11-4
BEEA’H HAZARDOUS WASTE
Monitoring Well INCINERATOR FACILITY (HWIF)
SITE LAYOUT
Generator Power Intake

Evaporation Pond
& MDP Building

Drum Storage
Drum Storage
No. 2
Area - A
Area - D
Drum Storage
Area - C Administration
Evaporation & Laboratory
Solids Bunker
Pond Building
No. 1 Monitoring Well
Drum Processing
Building
Amenities
Building
Guard
House
Control Room
Weighbridge
Safety & Fire

Incinerator Plant Equipment Room
Sludge Labour Cabin
Bulk Unloading
Tank Farm Area - 103 Safety & Fire

Bin
Equipment Room
Station
Sludge
Pump
Maintenance
Drum Storage Workshop
Control Area - B
Room
Potable Water Car Park
Storage Tank
Pump
Station
Medical
New Incinerator Plant
Waste
Stored
Monitoring Well
NOT TO SCALE

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 4/15/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\
MASTER PLAN UPDATE
FIGURE 11-5
EDCO SITE LAYOUT
NOT TO SCALE

PROJECT #: 078523
STATUS: FINAL
DATE: 4/15/11

MP FIGURES - MXD'S\

The RCJ identified several potential sites for a new landfill that would satisfy
the demands for both Categories II and III wastes through year 2042
(RGME). Contract 1-03-202-C14R – expansion of the Sanitary Landfill (Part
1) dated Nov 29 08 was commissioned by RCJ and the Report recommended
options for vertical expansion to increase the capacity.
This RGME/ Converse report covered a siting study for a new landfill for RCJ
to deposit category II and III waste. The new landfill would have sufficient
capacity for 35 years from 2007. Accordingly the new landfill would have a
sufficient capacity through year 2042. It was assumed that no significant
waste recycling would be practiced through the 35 year period. The users of
such facility would be Al-Jubail and Jubail Industrial City. RC had identified an
envelope of land 3 km wide south and west of planned J2 covering an area of
about 74 km2. Part of this land is owned by the RC.
It was reported that to accommodate the RC needs through 2042, RC needed

to designate an area of 500 hectares for waste disposal. Such an area was
available within the RC property west of J2. In order to site a landfill south of
J2, part of the area needed to be acquired. The impediments were that some
properties were likely to be difficult to acquire. The eastern properties of the
southern portion of the envelope are Aramco property and the land reserved
for the Prince. The heavily farmed western portion of the southern part of the
envelope posed severe socioeconomic impacts and was perhaps also very
difficult to acquire. There is a 530 hectare area wedged between the property
of the Prince and the farms which RC may be able to acquire.
Five areas were identified as potential new land ill sites. Starting from the
North West corner of the 3 km envelop, Areas 1, 2 and 3 are all located west
of proposed Jubail 2 and owned by RC. The heavily farmed area 4 spans the
southern and western portion of the envelope. Area 5 is the land wedged
between the Prince reserve and the farms.
Three criteria were identified for siting: Economic, socioeconomic and

environmental/geotechnical. Area 5 ranked first based on economics and
socioeconomics but last on environmental/geotechnical principally because of
shallow ground water. Area 1 ranked first on environmental/geotechnical but
last on economics while Area 4 ranked last on socioeconomics. A
weighting factor of 3 was assigned to Environmental/geotechnical and a
weighting factor of 2 was assigned for the other criteria. Based on this, Area 2
ranked the highest (most suitable) followed by areas 1, 3, 5 and 4.
As the work progressed on the siting study, it became clear, that a vertical
expansion of the existing closed or active disposal space needed to be

considered as an option. Accordingly the scope of the program was

expanded to cover vertical expansion as an option to satisfy RC needs. It
was concluded that Category II needs could be satisfied through 2025 with
insignificant capital cost by a 10 meter vertical expansion of existing cells.
With 30% recycling, the 10 meter expansion could satisfy RC needs through
2030. For needs through 2042 and no recycling, a new landfill 20 meters
high, was recommended to be developed over the existing landfill. It was also
recommended that the existing space of 1.16 km2 for Category III waste could
be expanded vertically by 27 meters to accommodate RC needs through
2042. With a 30% recycling program , the additional thickness to the landfill
could be reduced to 22 meters.
At this time, the vertical expansion is moving forward and the new site (when
required) is no longer planned to be located south of J2 as this area will be
used for materials handling and logistics in the future. In August 2010 RCJ
commissioned RGCK for detailed design of the RCSLF vertical expansion to
meet demands through 2025.

Municipal and Industrial Solid Waste Management:
Section 2.05 – Solid Waste Management Criteria

A. General
B. Waste Classification
C. Collection Criteria for Non-Hazardous Waste, Municipal and Inert
Waste
D. Hazardous Waste Collection Criteria
E. Landfill Disposal Criteria
F. Classification of Disposal Sites
G. Pollution Control
H. Other Disposal Methods
Section 2.07 – Environmental Reporting, Testing and Monitoring

Guidelines
S. Operational Requirements
X. Hazardous Material Management
BB. Manifest System Requirements for Hazardous Wastes
CC. Emergency Response Report
DD. Quality Assurance
EE. Solid Waste Management
FF. Solid Waste Generators
GG. Solid Waste Collectors
HH. Sanitary Landfill Operators

Section 2.05 Solid Waste Management Criteria and S, DD, FF, GG and HH of
2.07 Environmental Reporting, Testing and Monitoring Guidelines are
generally operations criteria and therefore beyond the level of analysis
required at the master plan level. The discussion in this Volume will be
limited to the design criteria that are pertinent at the master plan level.
Table 11-1 summarized comments on the criteria under 2.05 subsections F,

and G and under 2.07 subsections X, BB, CC, and EE.

Table 11-1
Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Solid Waste Management and MPU Assessment

2.05 – Solid Waste Management Criteria
F. Classification of Disposal Sites The RCJ approach to disposal sites classification is
1. Sanitary landfill sites shall be classified in terms of the wastes that widely used in many industrialized countries where
may be deposited in them and the degree of security that they provide landfill classified based on the wastes received or
against the escape of pollutants. Sites may affect containment through proposed to be received. This is a proven and
the natural soil and geological characteristics, and/or they may be appropriate approach.
engineered to prevent the waste constituents from entering the
environment via surface water, groundwater or the air. The following In many industrialized countries, solid waste source
describes the features of the 3 landfill types: reduce and solid waste source separation programs
a) Class I-Disposal Site (Hazardous Waste) are heavily implemented and usually subsidized by
b) Class II-Disposal Site ( Municipal Waste and Non-Hazardous municipal governments, private industries or
Industrial Waste) foundations. Such systems divert a substantial
c) Class III- Disposal Site (Inert Waste) amount of solid waste from landfills. RCJ should
review its waste management system to include a
source separation and recycling management
system.
G. Pollution Control In many industrialized countries an Environmental
1. The sanitary landfill site shall be selected, designed and operated to Assessment Study to evaluate the impacts of landfill
alleviate the following hazards: development is pre-requested. The Government of
a) …..e) Western Australia requires an Environmental
2. Landfill sites shall incorporate the following design and operating Assessment to gain a thorough understanding of the
features: environment where the landfill is to be sited in order
a) …..e) to design the landfill to minimise impacts on the
3. Class I and Class II landfill sites shall be operated so that: Environment. The Environmental assessment shall:
a) …l) Conduct a hydrogeological assessment to
4.The operator of an industrial and hazardous waste treatment or assess the potential for impacts on local
disposal facility shall develop and follow written schedules for groundwater quality
inspecting all waste storage and treatment areas and associated Investigate water management requirements
monitoring, safety and emergency equipment. The schedule of Investigate landfill gas and odour control
inspection shall address the probable risks that are associated with the options
type of industrial and hazardous material storage and treatment.


5. The operator of a treatment or disposal facility shall report to the It is recommended to incorporate an Environmental
Royal Commission every month, the following information: Assessment as a pre-request for landfill design
a) Name of facility generating the waste approval.
b) Description of the waste disposed
c) if required by the Royal Commission, analysis or literature data on Industrialized country guidelines include minimum
the physical and chemical composition and hazardous properties area requirements for waiting vehicle on site,
d) Quantity of wastes disposed for the time period in question weighing reception and control facility and security
e) Dates of disposal area based on the landfill type and capacity. These
f) Method of treatment and disposal of the waste streams should also be considered fro JIC.
It is recommended to specify minimum cap

thickness and cap materials based on the landfill
type.
The monitoring/reporting requirements outlined are

appropriate and should continue.
2.07 – Environmental Reporting, Testing and Monitoring Guidelines
X. Hazardous Material Management In many industrialized countries, the hazardous
1. It is the objective of the Royal Commission to develop procedures waste management facility operators are required to
and programs to ensure hazardous materials, including hazardous conduct a monitoring program for soil, groundwater
wastes, generated or located with JIC are properly handled and and surface water within his facility. A monitoring
accounted for, and that their on-site storage, transportation and final program for soil, groundwater, and surface water
disposition onsite does not result in contamination of soils, surface quality is recommended. The program should be
water or groundwater, nor pose a threat to either human health or the conducted by professional firms and should be
environment. This section establishes monitoring inspection and incorporated into the Permit to Operate approval
reporting requirements to fulfill the above objectives process.
BB. Manifest System Requirements for Hazardous Wastes This is a proven and appropriate approach worldwide
1. All hazardous Waste generated onsite must be disposed on within
JIC. A manifest system is required as it provides a thorough audit trial
of the movement of the hazardous wastes within the city to their final
disposition.
2. Since the majority of hazardous wastes generated within the city

result from industries and manufacturing, the burden of initiating and


maintaining the manifest system is placed upon facilities which manage
the waste. These facilities are responsible for providing complete
analyses for each waste to be sent off the facility’s site, including
hazard classifications, information on the description of type of hazard
(c.f. Table 2-Q), its chemical and physical properties, and a hazard
rating. The responsibilities of industries that generate hazardous waste
are outlined in Table 2-AA
3. Per Item 1 in Table 2-AA, generators of hazardous waste must

prepare a Hazardous Waste Manifest. The Information that must
appear on the manifest is itemized in Table 2-BB.
4. Transporters of hazardous waste must be trained in emergency and

spill procedures, carry protective clothing and gear, and ensure that
only properly contained and labelled wastes are accepted for shipment.
Table 2-CC presents the procedure for flow of manifest between
Generator, Transporters and Operator of the disposal facility.
5. As per Table 2-CC, the Generator must receive a signed manifest

within 20 days. He shall attempt to locate the waste and must file a
report with the Royal Commission if the manifest is not located within
30 days. Shipment of hazardous wastes which are not accompanied by
a properly filled out manifest shall not be accepted either by the
transporters or the disposal facility operators.
6. Hazardous waste Generators shall conduct, on an annual basis,

analyses of manifest initiated by them and those returned to them by
owner/operators of the disposal facility in order to ensure that all
hazardous waste has been properly disposed of.
CC. Emergency Response Report This is a proven and appropriate approach worldwide
1. An Emergency Response Report Shall be filed by the owner/operator
for the following conditions:
a) Failure to locate hazardous waste manifest within 30 days;
b) Malfunctioning of on-site facilities; and


c) Accidental spills of hazardous materials
2. A Transporter of Hazardous waste shall file an Emergency Response

Report in case of accidental spills. Owner/operator of hazardous waste
receiving facilities shall file an Emergency Response Report of any
wrong information contained in the Hazardous Waste Manifest.
3. All situations requiring Emergency Response Reports shall be

preceded by a telephone call within 24 hours of incident. The report
shall be completed within 10 days of this telephone notification.
EE. Solid Waste Management
1. The intent of this section is to establish the requirements necessary The requirements outlined are generally appropriate,
to provide the Royal Commission with adequate information to assess however close monitoring and implementation needs
compliance with the solid waste management criteria specified in to be done and the system should be regularly
earlier Sections. In the following Subsections, environmental reporting, audited. Reports needs to be prepared by
testing, and monitoring requirements are specified for generators of appropriate professionals.
solid waste intending to dispose of the waste at a sanitary landfill,
transporters of solid waste intending to deliver the waste to sanitary
landfill, and sanitary landfill operators which is a requirement of RCJ.

RCSLF Class II waste is generated from the following areas: Community, J1,
J2, sludge from SWTP 9 and IWTP 8, and Al-Jubail. Projections were
provided by RCJ in August 2010.
RCSLF Class III (construction/inert) waste is generated from the following

areas: Community, J1, J2, and Al-Jubail. Projections were provided by RCJ
in August 2010.
Class I (Hazardous) waste is generated from the following areas: J1, J2,
sludge from SWTP 9 and IWTP 8, and demand from other industries outside
of JIC. Projections through 2017 were provided for the BeeA'h Incineration
Waste Capture Forecast.
Class II (Non-hazardous Industrial) waste is generated from the following

areas: J1, J2, sludge from SWTP 9 and IWTP 8, and demand from other
industries outside of JIC.
11.4.1 Royal Commission Sanitary Landfill
Table 11-2 summarizes the solid wastes received at the RCSLF in 2008, as
determined by the RCJ’s Sanitation Department.
Table 11-2
Composition of 2008 Class III Solid Wastes Received at RCSLF
Month Wood Carton Food Construction Plants Total

(Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Tons)
January 4,280 41 10,041 32,889 1,985 49,236
February 5,157 50 10,297 30,997 2,645 49,146
March 4,872 45 10,144 35,567 2,458 53,086
April 4,628 25 11,095 32,666 2,978 51,392
May 3,942 29 10,776 37,268 2,348 54,363
June 4,158 32 10,306 34,246 1,920 50,662
July 4,765 37 10,661 31,400 2,843 49,706
August 4,321 26 10,846 34,627 2,645 52,465
September 3,840 17 10,873 35,562 2,098 52,390
October 3,248 19 11,355 33,657 2,425 50,704
November 4,158 15 10,780 28,254 2,948 46,155
December 4,987 28 11,036 26,770 2,842 45,663
Total 52,356 364 128,210 393,903 30,135 604,968
Source: RCJ Sanitation Department
The composition of the approximately 605,000 tons of waste received in

2008 was as follows:
Construction Waste - 65 %
Food Waste – 21 %
Wood Waste – 9 %
Garden Waste (Plants) – 5 %
Carton Waste – 0.1 %
Table 11-3 summarizes the solid wastes received at the RCSLF in 2008 by
classification (Class II and III) as well as by municipality (JIC and Al-Jubail).
Table 11-3
Classification of 2008 Solid Wastes Received at RCSLF
Month Al-Jubail JIC (Community & Total

Industry)
Class-II Class-III Class-II Class-III Class-II Class-III
(Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Tons) (Tons)
Jan. 5,385 4,800 5,286 39,280 10,671 44,080
Feb. 5,280 5,230 5,120 38,420 10,400 43,650
Mar. 5,320 5,120 5,342 38,980 10,662 44,100
Apr. 5,247 5,320 5,480 42,180 10,727 47,500
May 5,325 4,820 5,820 43,280 11,145 48,100
Jun. 5,047 4,240 5,320 49,852 10,367 54,092
Jul. 5,278 3,980 5,245 47,290 10,523 51,270
Aug. 5,197 4,780 5,318 50,580 10,515 55,360
Sep, 5,498 4,618 5,498 51,280 10,996 55,898
Oct. 5,382 4,818 5,580 48,720 10,962 53,538
Nov. 5,542 3,540 5,528 49,280 11,070 52,820
Dec. 5,238 4,280 5,298 50,280 10,536 54,560
Total 63,739 55,546 64,835 549,422 128,574 604,968
Total Class – II: 128,574 Tons Total Waste
Total Class – III: 604,968 Tons 733,542 Tons
The quantities of Class II waste received in 2008 from Al-Jubail and JIC were
almost identical but the Class III waste in JIC was, as expected,
approximately 10 times more than in Al-Jubail.
Table 11-4 provides the historical record of waste received at the RCSLF from
1990 to 2008.

Table 11-4
Historical Record of Classification of Solid Wastes Received at RCSLF
Year Class-II Domestic Class-III Inert Total Percent

Waste (Tons) Waste (Tons) (Tons) Difference
Al-Jubail and JIC Al-Jubail and JIC Annually
Community &
Industry
1990 49,990 193,300 243,290
1991 44,842 133,293 178,135 -27%
1992 61,885 282,725 344,610 93%
1993 72,147 455,726 527,873 53%
1994 97,299 676,865 774,164 47%
1995 70,701 624,492 695,193 -10%
1996 62,861 400,676 463,537 -33%
1997 63,933 323,306 387,239 -16%
1998 65,886 387,374 453,260 17%
1999 80,132 515,046 595,178 31%
2000 85,594 415,394 500,988 -16%
2001 83,804 532,816 616,620 23%
2002 92,838 724,379 817,217 33%
2003 99,905 639,062 738,967 -10%
2004 102,649 639,446 742,095 0%
2005 98,156 499,256 597,412 -19%
2006 115,831 515,274 631,105 6%
2007 127,313 521,015 648,328 3%
2008 128,574 604,968 733,542 13%
This shows that there have been large annual fluctuations in the waste
received at the RCSLF.
The 1999 MPU predicted that in 2015 Class II Waste would total
approximately 150,500 tonnes. This was broken down into 79,000
tonnes/year for JIC community based on a generation rate of 1.3
kg/capita/day and 71,500 Tonnes/year from Al-Jubail based on a
generation’s rate of 1.35 kg/capita/day. The RGME study indicated that the
total Class II quantity of waste expected from 2007 through 2042 (35 years)
was an estimated 21.3 million tons. The estimate was based on an annual
population growth of 7% and included J2 requirements. In 2005 it was
estimated that the current the 25 year storage for Class II was 11 million
tons and that the current volume was 4-5 million tonnes. In June 2009,
there was 1,790,000 m3 remaining space which equates to approximately
1,253,000 tonnes (based on a density of 0.7 tonnes/m3).

The 1999 MPU also predicted that in 2015 there would be 475,000 tonnes
per year of Class III (Inert/construction) waste. The RGME study estimated
total quantity for Class III type waste from 2007 through 2042 as 32.2
million tons. In 2005 it was estimated that the current 25 year storage for
Class III was 15 million tons and that the current volume was 5-6 million
tonnes. In June 2009, there was 700,000 m3 remaining space which equates
to approximately 1,000,000 tonnes (based on a density of 0.7 tonnes/m3).
Findings of MPU
RCJ supplied their forecasts for Class II and Class III incoming waste:
Table 11-5
RCSLF Solid Waste Forecast to 2030
Domestic Waste (Tons)

Year Class II Class III
Al-Jubail, and JIC Community & Industry Al-Jubail and JIC
2010 205,655 1,200,689
2011 207,197 1,272,730
2012 208,855 1,355,457
2013 210,568 1,566,367
2014 212,336 1,566,367
2015 214,205 1,725,000
2016 216,111 1,794,000
2017 218,272 1,874,730
2018 220,892 1,960,968
2019 223,763 2,053,133
2020 226,896 2,151,683
2021 230,300 2,257,116
2022 234,445 2,369,972
2023 239,134 2,493,210
2024 244,634 2,625,350
2025 250,994 2,769,745
2026 258,022 2,924,850
2027 265,763 3,097,417
2028 274,267 3,293,262
2029 283,867 3,496,674
2030 294,086 3,723,957

The forecasts showed that there was an anticipated 50 % increase in Class II

waste from 206,000 tons/year in 2010 to 294,000 tons/year by 2030 and a
three-fold increase in Class III waste from 1,200,000 tons/year in 2010 to
3,724,000 tons/year by 2030. As of July 2009, there was 1,790,000 m3 of
space left for Class II waste and 700,000 m3 of space left for Class III waste.
Based on the current design study being undertaken for the RCSLF, it is
anticipated that there will be capacity until 2025.
11.4.2 Hazardous Waste
Table 11-6 summarizes hazardous waste production by category in 2004 at

the BeeA’h facility.
Table 11-6
2004 Hazardous Waste Production by Category
Estimated Annual Quantity 2004

Waste Category
Incinerable (Tons) 12,000
No. of Drums for Cleaning 23,000

Class I (Tons) 780
Class II (Tons) 28,000
Liquid (Tons) 8,200
Source: RGME Study
The total estimated quantity received in 2004 was a total of 72,000 tons
comprised of 12,000 tons of incinerable waste, 23,000 drums for cleaning,
780 tons of Class I waste, 28,000 tons of Class II waste and 8,200 tons of
liquid wastes.
This shows that incinerable waste was approximately 17% of the hazardous
waste produced in 2004. HWIF is estimated to be handling an excessive
loading of 13,000 MT/year.
Historic trends are outlined in Table 11-7. While waste generation was
forecast to show a 4.8% growth rate to about 27,700 MT/yr by 2017, the
overall capture rate was conservatively estimated at 75% of generation to
produce 20, 660 MT/yr.

Table 11-7
Historic BeeA'h Incineration Waste Capture
2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

JIC (MT/yr)
Existing Industries 11,121 11,395 11,670 11,955 12,245 12,555
Under Development 250 250 287 290 330
New Industries
Outside JIC (MT/yr)
Existing Industries 883 925 960 1,008 1,050 1,100
Total Capture 12,004 12,570 12,880 13,250 13,585 13,985

Total Waste
15,770 16,415 17,000 17,550 18,050 18,650
Generation
In August, 2010 BeeA’h reported that the waste capture statistics for the
period from 01.01.2005 to 30.08.2010 As shown in Table 11-8 were as
follows:
Average incinerator wastes received for the 68 month period were
12,877 MT/year.
Average non-incinerator wastes received for the 68 month period were
16,420 MT/year.
Average total hazardous waste capture per year was 29,297 MT.
Table 11-8
Historic BeeA’h Hazardous Waste Receipt Statistics
Category/C 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 Total

lass to Aug
Inorganic
Non- 11,454 13,628 16,010 19,181 19,586 13,192 93,051
incineration
Mixed
Non- 456 159 337 525 1168 1,142 3,786
incineration
Organic
9,350 12,301 12,835 13,338 17.444 7,702 72,972
incineration
Total 21,260 26,088 29,182 33,044 38,198 22,037 169,808

The 1999 MPU predicted that in 2015 Class I Waste would total
approximately 62,400 tonnes. In the 1999 MPU, BeeA'h planned future
expansions for landfill operations through to 2020. Two Class I landfills were
planned as well as six new Class II cells. Class II cell capacity was designed
for 120,000 tons and 18,000 tons for Class I.
The HWIF Feasibility Study outlined a forecast demand for incinerable waste
disposal between 2004-2010 was anticipated to be 16,000 MT/year,
increasing to 20,600 MT/year from 2014-2020.
During the period between October 2002 and February 2004 the National
Environmental Preservation Company (BeeA’h) undertook a comprehensive
market and demand forecasting program to assess incinerable waste demand
over a 15-20 year horizon.
Findings of MPU
Market intelligence derived from discussions with industry representatives

and regulators provided a strong indication of an increasing generation of
waste. The incinerable waste market is predicted to grow and generate
nearly 30,000 MT/yr over the next 15 years as shown in Table 11-9.
The HWIF has an annual capacity of 8,500 ton (assuming 20% down time),
which is far lower than the projected demand. HWIF is estimated to
currently be handling an excessive loading of 13,000 MT/year.
In addition, the EDCO facility is now available.

Table 11-9
Incineration (Class I) Waste Forecast to 2017 (including BeeA’h capture rate)
BeeA'h
Capture
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 Rate
JIC (MT/yr)
Existing Industries 13,195 11,135 13,870 14,095 14,455 15,735 15,980 16,225 80-85%
Under Development 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 330 80%
New Industries 1,500 1,650 1,815 1,995 2,015 2,220 2,440 2,685 75%
Outside JIC (MT/yr)
Existing Industries 1,205 1,265 1,270 1,330 1,340 1,400 1,410 1,420 85%
Total Capture 16,230 16,770 17,285 17,750 18,140 19,685 20,160 20,660
Total Waste
Generation 21,790 22,590 23,230 23,950 24,415 26,505 27,090 27,700


Preparation of Forecasts
There needs to be a coordinated effort to prepare and update demand

forecasts for all waste generated in JIC and Al-Jubail to ensure that there is
sufficient long term planning to address the large increases in waste that are
likely to be generated based on the development anticipated in the
commercial and industrial areas.
Enforcement of RCER
One potential constraint associated with the performance of the RCSLF site
and the commercial industrial and hazardous waste treatment facilities in JIC
is the potential threat of serious groundwater contamination or other
pollution necessitating the shut down and rehabilitation of a facility. It is
therefore important that the air and water quality monitoring program be
vigorously enforced to ensure that the environment or public health is not
adversely impacted.
There are numerous primary industries and a number of secondary and

supporting industries operating in JIC that generate significant volumes of
industrial solid waste. The industries produce large quantities of waste which
are solid or liquid, hazardous, non-hazardous or inert. Hazardous wastes
include liquids, solids or semi-solids which because of the quantity involved,
the concentration or the biological, physical, chemical or infectious
characteristics the material poses a hazard to human health and the
environment. From the industrial area, hazardous wastes are of the greatest
concern. BeeA’h has indicated that RCJ has the highest standards (mirroring
the US EPA), but that enforcement is weak with limited punitive penalties for
non-compliance. They indicated that illegal dumping of waste remains an
industrial practice and that waste management contractors capture only a
small portions of the total waste generated. BeeA’h has expressed concern
that hazardous waste was not being closely monitored from origin to its final
destination and there were likely a number of violations occurring.
Clean-up After Industrial Site Closures
From a waste management perspective, it is important for RCJ to address the

issue of future industrial site closures in J1 and J2 and the associated
corrective action as certain industrial tenants terminate or relocate their
operations. As commonly happens on industrial properties over the course of
time there are contaminant spills or burials that contaminate the soil and the
groundwater table. This creates a liability on the property. Fortunately the RC
has taken the precaution in leasing land to place the responsibility of clean-
up on the current occupant in case the industry decides to vacate the land.

The potential cost impact must be identified to the industries prior to a point
in time when investment is likely to be minimal. If clear guidance is not
provided, the RCJ, as landlord, could be left with a series of derelict
properties. Such areas would negatively impact the environment and as a
result be unsuitable for redevelopment.
Waste Diversion System
In 2005 it was recommended that a recycling centre be built for Category III
waste. Because of the magnitude of the municipal and industrial solid waste
land requirements for disposal and treatment there is an opportunity to
undertake waste reduction programs at both the community and industrial
operation levels to extend the life of these facilities and to avoid sizeable
property allocations in prime industrial land. In August 2010 RCJ explained
that there was an ongoing effort to commission a “Study for Alternate Uses
of Solid Waste in Jubail” with the goal of promoting an interest from the
private sector on a BOT basis. This initiative had been taken to the CEO level
for consideration. Recycling programs have been successful in larger cities in
KSA and it is hoped that JIC has reached the stage to be a commercially
viable opportunity.
The United Nations defines Integrated Solid Waste Management (ISWM) as

“the strategic approach to sustainable management of solid wastes covering
all sources and all aspects, covering generation, segregation, transfer,
sorting, treatment, recovery and disposal in an integrated manner, with an
emphasis on maximizing resource use efficiency” (UN, 2009).
Waste diversion programs as part of the ISWM are used all over the world to
varying degrees of success. Diversion rates from landfills that have been
achieved generally range from 20 % to 40 %, but some areas have goals as
high as 70%. Currently the Ontario target is 60% waste diversion from
landfills, where the diversion rate is determined by dividing the total quantity
of waste diverted by the total amount diverted and disposed. Waste
diversion programs can apply to residential as well as industrial, commercial
and institutional. Generally programs tend to start with residential waste
diversion.
Waste diversion systems must be environmentally safe and cost effective and
needs to meet government regulations and targets. A successful waste
diversion system will divert a significant quantity of waste from disposal,
build awareness and understanding, provide a balance of incentives and
disincentives and explore available technologies for diversion.

There are three main options available to divert municipal solid waste from
disposal. These options make up what is known as the 3Rs hierarchy which
states that waste should be handled in the following manner, in descending
order of importance:
Reduce.
Reuse.
Recycle.
For each of the above three options. there are a number of possible waste
diversion components. The first step in the development of a diversion plan is
to identify if any of these components are not appropriate. We recommend
that a diversion component not be considered unless it meets the following
three screening criteria:
Waste Diversion: the component must have the potential to divert at
least 1 percent of material from disposal.
Reliable Operating History: JIC should not implement a system
component that does not have a proven reliable operating history.
Each system component must be assessed on its ability to provide a
level of reliability in order to ensure an ongoing level of service for JIC.
Economic Feasibility: The capital and operating costs of the system
must be affordable for JIC or a private entity, and the waste stream
that is generated in JIC. A large facility that is economically viable for
a larger waste stream should be investigated to see if it is viable for
the amount of waste generated.
Potential waste diversion components that should be investigated further

include:
Traditional or enhanced recycling program.
Mixed waste processing.
Public awareness.
Bag limits.
Landfill bans.
User pay systems.
Increased disposal fees.
Reuse centre.
Organics composting.
Permanent HSW transfer station.
HSW waste exchange.
The sustainability of a waste diversion program is dependant upon the ability

to market the materials and products that are generated by the program.
The proposed alternative waste diversion systems could produce a range of
dry recyclables and organic compost products. Markets for dry recyclables
including paper, plastic, white goods, etc. Compost can be used for
landscaping. Proposed facilities could be run by either the RCJ or private
companies. In order to measure success, a monitoring system should also
be implemented.

11.6 Recommendations
Table 11-10
Solid and Hazardous Waste Recommendations

Prepare MPUs approximately every 5 years for a To provide updated demand projections and an RCJ Mid Term
20-25 year time horizon. overall review of the status of Solid waste and EDCO through
hazardous Waste management systems in JIC BeeA’h to Long
including solid waste from Al-Jubail. Term
Implement a technical/operations liaison Discuss and coordinate projections and upgrades RCJ Short
committee with EDCO, BeeA’h and appropriate which is currently done in a manner that is unclear EDCO Term
RCJ, as described in Chapter 2. who is responsible for this. This could include BeeA’h through
preparing contracts with BeeA’h and EDCO, to to Mid
ensure that enough capacity is reserved for JIC. Term
RCJ, EDCO and BeeA’h to consult on annual To ensure up to date projections are available for RCJ Short
projections for solid and hazardous waste. This planning purposes. EDCO Term
can be done via the liaison committee BeeA’h through
recommended in Chapter 2. to Mid
Term
Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of Tariffs need to reflect a reasonable cost recovery RCJ Short
tariffs. This can be done via the liaison for utility maintenance and expansion. EDCO Term
committee recommended in Chapter 2. BeeA’h through
to Mid
Term
Prepare 5 and 10 year supply-demand reports. To ensure future shortfalls in supply are identified RCJ Short
in time to address them. Typically at 80% EDCO Term
capacity design plans need to start for expansions. BeeA’h through
to Long
Term
Continue to track actual use (in community and To continue to refine projections versus actual use. RCJ Short
industrial areas) so that annually the actual EDCO Term
demand can be compared with the projections. BeeA’h through


to Long
Term
Conduct a feasibility study to identify future To ensure that appropriate locations of land are RCJ Mid Term
locations for solid and hazardous waste disposal reserved for the long term needs of JIC.
so that the land can be reserved.
Adopt the recommendations included in the It is believed that JIC’s growth has reached the RCJ Short
“Study for Alternate Uses of Solid Waste in stage where a formal waste diversion or recycling Term
Jubail” with the goal of promoting an interest program could be established as a commercially
from the private sector on a BOOT basis. viable business similar to what is occurring in other
larger cities in Saudi Arabia. This will need to
include programs to attract private investors to
undertake a comprehensive recycling program to
divert wastes from the sanitary landfills. This
should include targeted volumes and achievement
schedules for reduction in industrial waste
generation. Incentives toward reaching this figure
can be provided by the RCJ through the permitting
process such that demonstrated reduction in waste
generation will be factored into decisions relating
to corrective action for non-compliance in other
plant environmental issues.
This will require extensive and varied educational

campaigns to sustain participation in all aspects of
waste reduction.
Revise the RCER to add recycling and Revise to require municipal and inert waste RCJ Mid Term
requirements to minimize waste. minimization through recycling, reuse, and
recovery programs. This will create opportunities
for the private sector to participate.
Continue with monitoring and enforcement, One potential constraint associated with the RCJ Short
particularly related to air and ground water performance of the RCSLF site and the commercial Term
impacts. industrial and hazardous waste treatment facilities through
in JIC is the potential threat of serious to Long
groundwater contamination or other pollution Term


necessitating the shut down and rehabilitation of a
facility. It is therefore important that the air and
water quality monitoring program be vigorously
enforced to ensure that the environment or public
health is not adversely impacted.
RCJ monitor and enforce RCER provisions for In interviews with waste management officials it RCJ Short
tracking waste from origin, transport and final has been indicated that illegal dumping of waste BeeA’h Term
destination to ensure that wastes are treated outside and inside of JIC is likely occurring and EDCO through
and disposed in an environmentally acceptable that waste management contractors capture only a to Long
manner within the limits of JIC and prevent portion of the total waste generated within JIC. Term
illegal dumping from occurring. Violators should BeeA’h has expressed concern that hazardous
be prosecuted. waste was not being closely monitored from origin
to its final destination and there were likely a
number of violations occurring.
From a waste management perspective, address The potential cost impact must be identified to the RCJ Short
the issue of future site closure and associated industries prior to a point in time when investment Term
corrective action as certain industrial tenants is likely to be minimal. If clear guidance is not through
terminate or relocate their operations. provided, the RCJ, as landlord, could be left with a to Long
series of derelict properties. Such areas would Term
negatively impact the environment and as a result
be unsuitable for redevelopment.
RCJ approve and implement recommendations With the reallocation of the future landfill site to RCJ Short
from currently commissioned RGCK consultancy the J2 materials handling and logistics area, Term
assignment for detailed design of the RCSLF vertical expansion of the existing landfill has
vertical expansion to meet demands through become a high priority. Beyond 2025 new landfill
2025. sites will need to be identified.
Evaluate success of any diversion programs and Evaluating the waste diversion program will allow RCJ Mid Term
modify as appropriate. the RCJ to identify what is working and what is not through
and implement modifications to improve the to
system. Long
Term
Exercise due diligence controls for all site Removal of these materials is essential. This RCJ Mid Term
development activities at existing industries to practice can lead to improper disposal and the through


identify and manage fill materials that have creation of environmental problems outside the to
been contaminated by earlier site operations. authority of the RCJ. Long
Term
Continue to closely monitor leachate collection To ensure proper performance of facilities and RCJ Short
and treatment; groundwater quality; gas minimal environmental impacts. Term
collection, burning and stripping; odor and dust through
control; erosion and sediment control; and slope to Long
stabilization at all landfill operations. Term

12.0 KEY FINDINGS AND RECOMMENDATIONS

The following table summarizes the key findings and recommendations of Volume V. Additional detail can be found in Section6 of each Chapter.
Table 12-1
Summary of Key Utility Findings and Recommendations
KEY FINDINGS RECOMMENDATIONS

ALL UTILITIES
Currently coordination of the various groups that bear some responsibility for the provision Establish formal liaison committees for each of the utilities. These committees should include RCJ (Jubail and
of utilities in JIC is not formal, timely or consistent. This needs improvement. Riyadh), MARAFIQ, Al-Jubail, SEC, STC, EDCO and BeeA’h, as appropriate.
There is currently no complete source for information related to existing utilities and Investigate instituting a GIS based asset management system in JIC.
infrastructure in JIC. This makes monitoring, review and analysis of the systems very time
consuming and impacts ability of the RCJ, MARAFIQ and others to make appropriate
decisions regarding infrastructure.
The current provision of utility ROW’s outside of the road ROW’s has led to some very large Review current means of providing ROW’s for utilities outside of road ROW’s.
barriers in the community. This has impacted the feel in JIC and poses some concerns
related to the vision for the JIC as the Complete City.
Preparation of the MPU is important as it provides direction and coordination for the long Prepare MPUs every 5 years for a 20-25 year time horizon.
term future of the city and should be regularly reviewed and updated preferably at a higher
frequency than in the past
Tariffs for the various utilities have not always reflected the costs associated with providing Continue annual or bi-annual monitoring of tariffs and revisions to reflect costs of expansions and
these services and in some cases, tariffs were not charged. maintenance of facilities balanced with providing competitive tariffs. Tariff recommendations specific to the
various utilities are provided under their respective sections below.
Tracking of past use of utilities assists in identifying trends and can also identify possible Continue to track actual use so that actual demand can be compared with projections. This information
issues in the system. should be shared with liaison committee members.
WATER BASED UTILITIES
The proposed MARAFIQ and existing RCJ guidelines need to be compatible and a Finalize MARAFIQ design guidelines currently under preparation and incorporate into RCJ guidelines as
comprehensive review of both guidelines is required to ensure consistency in approach. appropriate.
Having their own guidelines will provide MARAFIQ better control over changes that affect
their business and allow for greater consistency across their departments.
MARAFIQ currently prepares 5 year supply-demand reports based on a short term MARAFIQ continue preparing 5 year supply-demand reports, however this should be supplemented with a 10
investment horizon, but this should be supplemented with longer term projections to assist year supply-demand forecast updated annually.
in the longer term planning of facilities.
RCJ and MARAFIQ consult on annual projections for demand. (This can be done via the Liaison Committee
Currently projections are done separately by RCJ and MARAFIQ, and these result in very recommended above.)
different numbers for anticipated demand.
Seawater Cooling (SWC)
The All Time Allocation (ATA) of SWC to individual industries is 1,222,000 m3/hr and based MARAFIQ and RCJ continue to identify ways to address short-falls in system, including continued review and
on this, there is an approximate shortfall of: resolution of the recommendations from the Jacobs report. The Jacobs report identified potential
159,000 m3/hr (13%) based on the normal operating capacity of the pumps. modifications to the design criteria and the possibility of cooling towers if appropriate locations can be
142,000 m3/hr (12%) in the dredged channel intake. determined. Also need to address the provision of infrastructure that is necessary to complete the
382,000 m3/hr (32%) in the supply compartment capacity. recommended option including extension of the control system, construction of a new chlorination plant and
provision of new electrical infrastructure. Measures should be investigated to supply SWC to J2 by an
MARAFIQ and RCJ are currently working on options to enhance both the supply and return alternative route, for example by constructing a new supply pipeline from the north.
canal capacity to meet the ATA. In addition, MARAFIQ and RCJ should reassess the ATA to
reflect the actual needs of industry without the inclusion of large contingencies. Current Conduct a bathymetry study at the intake channel to assess the condition of the dredged channel and to


demands shown in this MPU exceed the ATA by 104,000 m3/hr in 2030. initiate dredging if required.
The August 2010 RCJ projections through 2018 show SWC demand of 1,305,000 m3/hr, Implement the facility upgrades identified including Petrokemya Bypass, Siphon 1 and 2 upgrades, upgrades
which is higher than the ATA and would result in a shortfall in capacity for all components of to PS 1 by replacing six of the 10.3 m3/sec pumps with six new 13.5 m3/sec pumps, and construct a local
the system including: chlorination plant at the end of canal 1.
normal operating capacity starting in 2014.
dredged channel intake starting in 2014. Prepare a plan to determine how maintenance of compartments will be addressed as all compartments will
supply compartment capacity starting in 2011 based on single compartment use or now need to be used in order to meet demand.
2015 if two compartments used.
return compartment capacity starting in 2015. Conduct hydraulic analyses to assess the adequacy of the existing design to accommodate J2 in operational
terms.
SWC for J2 needs to be revisited based on changes to J2 as well as determining potential
impacts of J2. Although there was spare capacity within the system designed for Stages 1 Conduct a study on the existing laterals to determine any deficiencies as original designs were based on
to 3 originally to supply SWC to Stage 4, at an aggregate level, the replanning of Stages 3 different industries and volumes.
and 4 due to the change in feedstock might affect the supply of SWC to industries in all four
stages.
Encouraging industries (existing and new) to convert to cooling towers will decrease the Demand Management Strategy: Meet with existing industries to determine their actual (versus allocated)
overall demand for SWC and thus will decrease the upgrades required in the long term to needs for SWC and options to address their demand requirements.
increase generation supply. If possible, reassign allocated demand for industries to address
short-mid term shortfalls. The largest users of SWC within J1 are located close to the start
of Canal 1, with the implication that measures to reduce their load on the system could
have the greatest impact on aggregate supply capacity. In addition, it is also noted that
two of the largest users of SWC from Canal 3 are located closest to the sea.
RCJ reported that Saudi Aramco and Dow expressed concern over the inconsistent quality Confirm if using TWW in cooling towers is a viable option.
of TWW and the effect this would have on any RO Plant required to treat the water for
cooling applications. This would need to be adequately addressed before this could move
forward.
With the switch to using cooling towers in J2, and some in J1, air quality monitoring will Check air quality monitoring currently in place and identify additional monitoring required for cooling towers
need to be reviewed to ensure that programs will address the potential impacts of this reflecting the new provisions of RCER 2009 when formally published.
change.
Initiate a seawater and marine ecology monitoring program to evaluate the short and long term impacts of
In addition, there is currently no regular program monitoring the seawater and marine SWC discharge and to ensure compliance with the discharge standards.
ecology.
Potable Water (PW)
Based on the current plans for PW supply, there is an anticipated shortfall in the PW system Identify additional PW Sources: RCJ and MARAFIQ management urgently needs to address the issue of
as follows: shortage of PW in the short term in order to identify a long-term solution. The assessment should consider
supply deficit starting at 30,000 m3/day in 2011 and increasing to 690,000 m3/day the practical and economic viability of additional supply(s) from:
in 2030. IWPP beyond the current allotment of 300,000 m3/day;
aggregate shortfall in primary pumping station capacity of 51,000 m3/day in 2014 Implement plants that are on hold;
and increasing to 577,000 m3/day in 2030. Tapping into the Regional water distribution network;
New supplementary resources such as the RIC planned desalination water treatment facility or another
The highest priority to avert a PW shortage in the future because the committed supply of plant to be constructed at a closer site
PW from the IWPP facility will be fully utilized in the short term. According to MARAFIQ, Consider keeping current supplies online;
additional generation units or alternate sources for process water demand for new Implementing plants that are on-hold; and
industries may need to be investigated as soon as 2015. Use of alternative sources for process water.
According to MARAFIQ, the NWPS will require expansion beyond 2013 and the existing Prepare hydrological studies to determine the capacity of local ground water and aquifers, subject to
distribution network can meet customer demand through 2013. resolving water quality issues as identified from release of TWW. Based on this study, determine if existing
groundwater wells need to be taken offline.

There is a need to evaluate existing network through a hydraulic model analysis before Perform a network distribution analysis: This should be done through a computerized hydraulic network
expanding PSs. analysis model to determine if the existing infrastructure is large enough to accommodate the new demands
as the community expands and to confirm that the system is adequate to meet the flows (normal and fire),
pressure, velocities and the looping configuration. The model can assist in determining the location of any
requirements for increased pipeline diameters or booster pumping stations as well as any additional storage
tanks.
Conduct a baseline engineering study to verify/modify the basic design criteria such as looping requirements,
elimination of secondary tank storage and pump houses as recommended in the 1999 MPU
Conduct a feasibility study to identify required upgrades to meet increased bulk storage requirements.
Conduct feasibility study to identify upgrades required to EPS in order to meet SWRO 4 and 5 and upgrades
required to NWPS. Determine if expanding NWPS and EPS are appropriate and/or if a new PS needs to be
planned.
Implement the facility upgrades currently identified including SWRO 4 and 5, EPS pumping capacity upgrades
and installation of bulk storage tanks at the NWPS.
Based on the current tariff schedule the community does not pay for SWW as this is Review the appropriateness of PW tariffs to also account for costs of upkeep and expansion of the SWW
accounted for under the costs for PW. Higher tariffs could be used to encourage the use of system
TWW by industries instead of PW, where possible. PW for residential is charged on a
sliding scale based on use which is appropriate. This should be investigated to see if
appropriate for industry.
Per capita water demand in JIC is higher than other cities in KSA and elsewhere in the world Demand Management Strategy: Determine which demand management and conservation options should be
and decreasing this will greatly reduce future PW needs and infrastructure costs. To ensure encouraged in JIC and implement policy changes necessary. Include a goal to reduce per capita water
sustainable use of resources. PW demand is largest from industry so their demand has the consumption and prepare a Process Water Demand Management and Water Conservation Strategy for JIC.
largest impact on deficits. This strategy should be done in conjunction with Industry and
should look at use of alternative sources for process water.
Diluting effluent stream with PW to reduce TDS concentrations is bad practice and will have Use of PW to dilute IWW effluent: The 1999 MPU identified IWW TDS Limit concerns and recommended that
negative impacts on the treatment plant capacity and will substantially increase PW in order to comply with the combined TDS limits, as established in the RCER, some industries have used PW
consumption. The 1999 MPU proposed analysis approach is appropriate to manage this to dilute their effluent streams. To minimize the use of PW, it is recommended that industries be provided
problem but it should be combined with a comprehensive flow metering and water quality with incentives to recycle process water, potentially using the following approaches: charging fair market
monitoring program. value for PW; restricting industrial water outflow; requiring industry to pre-treat process water other than by
dilution. In the interest of PW conservation, it was recommended that analysis of this issue should proceed
A flow metering and water quality monitoring program will facilitate the application of the on the following basis:
RCJ penalty system for non-compliance. Presenting financial incentives for compliance Determine the extent by which the industries practice PW dilution of their effluent streams.
could further motive industrial facilities to comply with the regulations. Determine the extent by which the TDS limits at individual discharge points could be relaxed without
raising the TWW TDC and TDS content beyond the prescribed limits.
Determine the extent by which the TWW TDS and TDC limits could be raised without adverse effects
on plant life.
Assess the ability of the IWW treatment system to treat wastewater with higher TDS limits.
The 1999 MPU also recommended performing a PW conservation study to minimize leakage. Complete study and develop an integrated network management (mass balancing, leak detection and district
This could be done under the MARAFIQ’s NOOR Program. This study should include an metering) water systems.
investigation of all “non-revenue water”, which includes leakage, unaccounted for water
(illegal use, metering discrepancies, etc). Based on information provided by MARAFIQ,
mass balance meters are being installed under the NOOR transformation programme #5
(Eliminate/Unaccounted Water Product).


The 7 day storage requirement was established when PW was primarily supplied via a single Bulk Water Storage Requirements: Prepare a study to review the bulk water storage requirements to
source and transmission pipeline. This is no longer the case with added redundancy and determine if reducing the current requirement is appropriate. This study should also identify locations for bulk
the requirement should be reviewed, while still ensuring all anticipated needs will be met. storage reservoirs and the area requirements.
Based on the 7 day storage requirement, bulk storage shortfall is currently 375,000 m3 and
increasing to 5,68,000 m3 in 2030. If the 7 day storage requirement is maintained, up to
an additional 115 ha could be required for bulk storage for 2030.
The current design criteria include PW for use in irrigation. As this is not the case in JIC, Review RCER and Design Guidelines: As PW is not generally used for irrigation, removal of this reference in
this reference should be modified. Also, PW is a main source for many nutrients essential determining PW demand from the Design Criteria Manual is appropriate. Also, incorporation of minimum
for human health such as calcium, iron and fluoride and desalinated water has low concentration for some nutrients within the PW quality guidelines is recommended.
concentration of these important nutrients. There are currently no minimum concentration
requirements in RCER.
Industrial Wastewater (IWW)
Based on the demand assumptions used, there would be a deficit anticipated starting in Implement the facility upgrades currently identified in Bechtel report including Stage III and Stage IV
2012 (15,000 m3/day), which would then increase to 132,000 m3/day by 2030. These expansions, as soon as possible to help meet demand. Also, per recent RCJ (Bechtel) recommendations,
shortfalls could increase by 125,000 m3/day if the quality of influent remains at its current implement the following to improve treatment at IWTP 8:
levels. Moderately increase MLSS to 4,000 mg/l to decrease F:M ratio and improve performance.
Dose polymer to augment pressure filter performance.
According to MARAFIQ, additional generation units or alternate sources for process water Increase Cl2 dose to ensure that compliance with FRC dosing is 100% and make flow proportional.
demand for new industries may need to be investigated as soon as 2015. Refurbish SCADA to check control loops and potential replacement of wiring.
Maintain lagoon surface aerators.
In addition, it appears that some of the unit treatment processes in IWTP 8 are not fully Calibrate inlet flow meters.
functioning and are impacting the quality of TWW from the facility.
Identification of additional treatment options: Conduct a feasibility study to review options for additional
The quality of incoming IWW discharged from industries impacts on how well IWTP 8 treatment to meet IWW demand including those identified under Section5.5 (use Stage I aeration system to
functions and there is some question about the quality of IWW from individual industries mitigate the immediate shortfall; bring the Stage IV expansion online earlier; build another expansion (Stage
being released into the IWW collection system not meeting RCER requirements. Regular V); upgrade the existing IWTP treatment system; modify RCER criteria).
wastewater flow monitoring through installation of temporary flow meters and samplers at
the main wastewater collection junctions is a recommended Best Management Practice. Wastewater Quality Assessment: Conduct a comprehensive wastewater quality assessment study to evaluate
Flow metering will provide more in depth wastewater flow characteristics (Peak flow, existing wastewater treatment facilities treatment efficiency and the compliance of industrial facilities with the
average daily and monthly). This information has great value for short term and long term RCER. This should include a monitoring program for IWW leaving industries to ensure that RCER are being
planning, design and monitoring of the wastewater system. A CAPEX project for installing met and determining the extent by which the industries practice PW dilution of their effluent streams.
on-line analyzers to monitor most of the primary industries has already been proposed.
Demand Management Strategy: Conduct a feasibility study to review options for reducing demand for IWW
Monitoring will allow for identification of concerns and a means of enforcement. treatment including those identified under Section5.5 (reduce process water demand; reduce tank washing
Enforcement of the RCER criteria is paramount. If quality criteria are not being met, then demand; and onsite reuse).
the RCER penalties must be enforced.
Charging a different tariff for off-spec water should be considered for all industries. This Ensure that tariffs appropriately account for costs of upkeep and expansion of the IWW system. This review
should be based on a sliding scale, depending on how excessive the quality parameters are should also consider instituting tariffs based on quantity of use (similar to that being used for residential use
and how these could impact treatment capacity at IWTP 8. of PW). This also should be investigated to see if charging should (and can be) done based on BOD and
COD parameters and charges for off-spec water.
In RCER, there are no pre-treatment standards for some important parameters (BOD, COD, Review of RCER: Development of categorical standards based on industry specific wastewater discharges is
and Silver). We recommend updating Table 2-G to include these parameters to ensure that recommended. As recommended in the 1999 MPU, review RCER to:
RCER are providing the most appropriate criteria for the function of the plant and the Determine the extent by which the TDS limits at individual discharge points could be relaxed without
impact on the environment. raising the TWW TDC and TDS content beyond the prescribed limits.
Determine the extent by which the TWW TDS and TDC limits could be raised without adverse effects
on plant life. TDS and TSS are a concern for irrigation system too as clogging and other problems are
common with irrigation system that have a higher TDS and TSS values.


On an aggregate level it appears that the primary PS’s in J1 can meet demand, but this Prepare an overall hydraulic study of the IWW collection system to determine average infiltration and leakage
should be confirmed through a hydraulic network analysis as well as confirm any upgrades and overall performance capability
required to small PS’s.
Evaluate existing network through a hydraulic modelling analysis to determine if upgrades required to PS’s or
The extension of the J2 system to include Stage 4 could result in a need for industries in pipe diameters in order to meet IWTP 8 expansions including the existing IWW collection and PS system in
Stages 1 to 3 to increase the height of the industry elevated discharge towers located on J1. As part of this, investigate the impact of J2 Stages 3 and 4 in greater detail.
their plots to ensure that there is sufficient total dynamic head to deliver their IWW to IWTP
8 (possibly already underway). Investigate feasibility of dosing chemical coagulant to augment performance on clarifier or PST and dosing
polymer to augment SST performance.
MARAFIQ has indicated that all PSs need to be upgraded and that all PSs are the relay type
so if one is increased in capacity, it will overload all subsequent PSs. RCJ has identified that Study and implement extensions and upgrades required for Section Q (Secondary Industry), Sections P-2,
this study is required but a Task Number has not been issued to date. and K.
To ensure additional control of VOC emission and to identify air quality and odor Implement upgrades to PS-10, PS-11, PS-15 and PS-16 per approved CAPEX.
contamination. RGME recommended that immediate source testing at the treatment plants
be conducted for establishing emission rates, and assessing the best technology for odor Implement source testing at treatment plants and identify best means for odor control.
control. Future designs should accommodate sealed covers for tanks, if necessary, for
controlling VOC emissions and odor control.
Sanitary Wastewater (SWW)
Based on the current plans for SWW treatment there is an anticipated shortfall in the SWW Identification of additional treatment options: Conduct a feasibility study to review options for additional
treatment capacity of 13,000 m3/day in 2014, increasing to 147,000 m3/day by 2030. If treatment to meet SWW demand including those identified under Section6.5 (use the interim sanitary
SWW is not continued to be accepted from Al-Jubail, this decreases to 73,000 m3/day by treatment plants; short-term overloading of SWTP 9; bring the current planned SWTP 9 expansions online
2030. more quickly; build additional expansions to SWTP 9; build additional sanitary wastewater treatment plants).
In addition, it appears that some of the unit processes in SWTP 9 are not fully functioning This could include diverting some tankers to IWTP 8 to assist in meeting compliance for TWW use for
and are impacting the quality of TWW from the facility. irrigation.
Demand Management Strategy: Conduct a feasibility study to review options for reducing demand for SWW
treatment including those identified under Section6.5 (promote water demand management and conservation
and determine if accepting SWW from Al-Jubail should continue).
Per recent RCJ (Bechtel) recommendations:

Recommission AWTP. Investigate using H 2SO4 in place of CO2 if required.
Run MLSS at target level. Increase to 3600mg/l to reduce F:M ratio.
For pressure filters, dose polymer as required and replace media.
Fix weirs in aeration tanks.
Do bridge repairs and rehabilitation of auto control system for PST.
Install automatic flow diversion.
Refurbish SCADA (check control loops and replace wiring if required).
Refurbish oxygen tanks.
Refurbish pressure filters to improve performance.
Disinfection to prevent icing.
Increase CL2 dose to ensure that FRC is maintained and ensure flow proportional.
Get Grit removal back in service.
Tariffs need to appropriately account for costs of upkeep and expansion of the SWW Review the Al-Jubail SWW tariffs annually based on the percent of SWW being treated at SWTP 9 that is
system. For JIC, the PW tariffs are created to also cover the SWW costs and as such the coming from Al-Jubail, until Al-Jubail is disconnected from the JIC system.. Costs for Al-Jubail should also
PW tariffs need to appropriately account for upgrades to the SWW system. In 2010 tariffs include impacts of this additional flow on the volumes of TWW. Investigate charging based on BOD for Al-
were instituted for Al-Jubail. Jubail and J1 and J2.


The wastewater from Al-Jubail is collected in a combined system including both sanitary and JIC should no longer be liable for treatment of Al-Jubail’s wastewater when it is totally incompatible with the
industrial wastewater and as the volumes have increased, this organic, chemical and design concept of the JIC separate wastewater systems. It is strongly recommended that this practice be
hydraulic loading has been detrimental to the JIC completely separate SWW system. discontinued and the construction of a separate treatment facility in Al-Jubail be promoted and
This practice has proven to be a serious detriment to JIC’s SWW collection system, implemented within a 5-year horizon.
SWTP 9 process performance and the production of excess TWW.
The quality of the SWW being discharged by the J1 support industries should be looked at Wastewater Quality Assessment: Conduct a comprehensive wastewater quality assessment study to evaluate
to determine if the quality parameters could upset the SWTP 9 treatment process, and if so existing wastewater treatment facilities treatment efficiency, the quality of water coming from the J1 support
these sources should be pre-treated or treated separately. industries and from Al-Jubail. Regular wastewater flow monitoring through installation of temporary flow
meters at the main wastewater collection junctions is a recommended best management practice. Install
The wastewater collector system in Al-Jubail has been expanding more rapidly than ever composite samplers at SWTP 9 and auto-samplers at SWW PSs to determine where the high strength waste is
anticipated and is accommodating industrial as well as community land uses (while the coming from (is IWW being discharged into the SWW system?). Take samples from tankers at their discharge
systems in JIC are separated) creating shock loadings on the JIC sanitary sewer network points.
and SWTP 9 treatment process.
Investigate how to increase MLSS, thus decreasing the F:M ratio (potentially operating the plant as an
Flow metering and sampling will provide more in depth wastewater flow and organic loading extended aeration plant).
characteristics (peak flows and loadings, average daily and monthly). This information has
great value for short term and long term planning, design and monitoring of the wastewater
system.
MARAFIQ noted that a security and O&M problem exists if O&M crews are denied access to Ensure appropriate access to facilities.
PSs located on industrial properties. Appropriate access needs to be ensured and perhaps a
contract should be investigated with the industrial property tenants.
On an aggregate it appears that the primary PS’s in J1 can meet demand, but this should Conduct a comprehensive hydraulic study to evaluate the system, particularly regarding J1 support industries
be confirmed through network analysis as well as confirm any upgrades required to small and Al-Jubail. Evaluate existing network through a hydraulic modelling analysis to determine if upgrades
PS’s. required to PS’s or pipe diameters in order to meet SWTP 9 expansions. This should include identifying
upgrades to PS-56 to allow it to continue to receive Al-Jubail SWW beyond 2010.
MARAFIQ has indicated that all PSs need to be upgraded and that all PSs are the relay type
so if one is increased in capacity, it will overload all subsequent PSs. Conduct a feasibility study to identify upgrades required for PSs and the piping network
To ensure additional control of VOC emission and to identify air quality and odor Implement upgrades to PS-56 per approved CAPEX.
contamination, RGME recommended that immediate source testing at the treatment plants
be conducted for establishing emission rates, and assessing the best technology for odor Implement source testing at treatment plants and identify best means for odor control.
control. Future designs should accommodate sealed covers for tanks, if necessary, for
controlling VOC emissions and odor control.
Treated Wastewater (TWW)
Based on current anticipated demand for TWW, there is a surplus of 124,000 m3/day in Demand Strategy: Prepare a Feasibility Study on industrial demand for TWW and options for use (process
2010 increasing to 337,000 m3/day in 2030. If SWW is not continued to be accepted from water, primary cooling water, make-up water for cooling towers). This process should be done in conjunction
Al-Jubail, this would decrease to 263,000 m3/day in 2030. with input from industries. It should also include identifying the engineering requirements for treatment of
the discharge brine and the integrated RO process. This study is needed to determine system viability. This
MARAFIQ has conducted a study regarding reclaimed water to identify and confirm the could include a pilot study to determine additional pre-treatment and brine treatment requirements and
potential for end reliability of recycling surplus, however the final report is still under establish design parameters. Further interface with equipment suppliers is required to determine if there is an
Management review. In addition, a committee has been struck at RCJ regarding TWW and alternative to a pilot study.
the recommendations of this group should be reviewed and implemented as appropriate.
Disposal of Surplus TWW: Conduct a feasibility study to identify best ways to dispose of surplus TWW
including those identified under Section5.5 (provide more storage tanks; totally use TWW so no surplus;
modify the TWW discharge area). This study should also include options regarding extending irrigation
system to the J2, the proposed Regional City Park, Al-Jubail, and Freeways.


Storage: Conduct feasibility studies regarding identifying upgrades required for 40 hours storage requirement
of the design flow rate for the IWTP 8 and 32 hours storage requirement of the design flow rate for the SWTP
9.
Review of RCER: Update RCER to include discharge criteria for rejects from the DI plant which uses TWW
and not PW as its feedstock.
Review of Design Guidelines related to separation distances for new irrigation pipes, from potable pipes as
well as setbacks to protect well fields.
Perform a network analysis to determine if the existing infrastructure is large enough (pipe diameter, PS
capacity) to accommodate the new demands as the community expands. Evaluate existing network through
hydraulic model before expanding PSs. Pumping capacities will need to be investigated for the TWW PS’s at
SWTP 9 and IWTP 8.
Install a new 1200 mm diameter irrigation transmission line along Tareeg 7 and Tareeg 4 (Contract 575-
C29). This line will be connected to the existing 1200 mm irrigation line, which will complete the loop.
TWW quality is a concern due to treatment plant performance problems at both IWTP 8 and TWW Quality: Conduct feasibility study to determine best ways to immediately improve the TWW quality
SWTP 9. from IWTP 8 including installing a membrane process after the pressure filter and an iron or aluminum
coagulant dose into the aeration tank to improve settlement in the clarifier. Conduct feasibility study to
determine if providing post chlorination at the Al-Deffi and Al-Fanateer PSs using Cl2 drums is appropriate.
Surface Water Drainage
The storm water drainage system throughout the community and industrial areas of JIC is Prepare BMPs for industries to reference.
comprehensive and functions well. The systems in place are of modern design and follow
Best Management Practices. Implement a monitoring program for stormwater discharge.
Industries need to exercise Best Management Practices (BMPs) for management of

stormwater to safeguard water quality during both the construction and operation phases of
development through programs of mitigating spills, leaks, and unintentional release of
contaminants.
Monitoring should be implemented to determine if other water that may be polluted is

entering the open drains or polluted runoff as this could impact the natural environment.
The community should continue with the integrated stormwater sewer system approach. Prepare comprehensive Storm Water Drainage Management Plan for all the community districts including the
City Centre and University. Currently some of the SWM channels proposed in Al-Mutrafiah are very large and
J2 development should implement construction of the evaporation ponds. will impact utility ROW’s and developable land available. Other options should be investigated.
The comprehensive plan should assess the feasibility of storm water ponds in J2 being used as an
environmental green space and park-like feature with landscaping attributes to improve the aesthetics.
Also the feasibility of ROWs of main and larger open channels in JI and J2 being used as temporary
holding ponds should be assessed for hydraulic viability.


POWER AND TELECOM
Power
Need to reconcile SEC ‘s mandate to install substations and power distribution networks in RCJ negotiate with SEC at top management levels to revert the responsibility of construction of substations
advance of industrial and community development as an essential step to improve the day and distribution networks in JIC back to SEC as provided in their original Agreement. This can be done
to day working relationship between RCJ and SEC as well as the smooth implementation of through the liaison committee and needs to be done with representatives from RCJ Riyadh and JIC and SEC
the power system expansion programs so vital to JIC. Need to confirm and clarify representatives from Riyadh and Dammam.
responsibilities and if unbundling of systems will improve the situation. In addition, the
funding of the construction of these utilities needs to be confirmed.
The current supply and demand assumptions indicate that there could be a shortfall of Conduct feasibility study regarding options for additional supply including:
1,160 MW starting in 2018, increasing to 2,210 MW in 2030. Promote expansion of MARAFIQ IWPP Capacity
Entrust MARAFIQ to distribute power in JIC
Industries to use SADAF model power generation
Explore the use of alternative energy resources
The GCC power grid
Regional power grid
Demand Management Strategy: Encourage energy conservation through customer awareness and
mandatory measures. Implement energy conservation by improved building design and using alternative
energy sources Reduction in power consumption and demand/ Relieve SEC load. Reduction in consumption
and demand per capita/ better demand management.
Enforce Industries to convert non-standard systems to SEC standard system voltage levels.
Currently projections are done separately by RCJ and SEC, and these result in very different RCJ and SEC to consult on annual projections for demand and for a longer planning period. This can be done
numbers for anticipated demand. Also, the demand is often done for the short to mid term. via the Liaison Committee recommended above.
Telecommunications
Currently projections are done separately by RCJ and STC, and these result in very different RCJ and STC consult on annual projections for demand and for longer planning periods. This can be done via
numbers for anticipated demand. Also, the demand is often done for the short to mid term the Liaison Committee recommended above. This should include representatives from Mobily and ZAIN as
only. appropriate.
JIC will adopt Smart City features in the near future and needs to accurately forecast the RCJ conduct a specialized consultant’s study to forecast growth of "Data traffic" through to 2030 for internet
dynamic growth in internet and bandwith use. services and bandwidth requirements with supporting forecast calculation methods.
It is important that the responsibilities of ongoing operation and maintenance of the Conduct feasibility studies regarding:
different components of the Telecommunications network be clearly defined and covered by Providing a telecommunication building for every new district to act as a telecommunication provider
formal agreements. data, telephone and video;
Replacing the old copper network to fiber optics network as per STC rules and regulation standards for
the provision of FTTH technology for the older districts;
Replacing the conventional UHF radio system to a Radio trunking system;
Upgrading the CATV system to Internet Protocol Television for old districts;
Upgrading and expanding the Radio Paging System;
Upgrading of the Emergency Service and UHF Radio Systems;
Installing fiber optic networks for an integrated security system to cover security for roads, hospitals,
clinics and other critical utilities by involving security agencies (National Guard, Coast Guard, Navy Air
A modern telecommunications network that exists in JIC offers the opportunity to establish Force, etc.).
a Communication process in the event of any emergencies such as industrial accidents that Prepare a comprehensive communication procedure to address public evacuation in case of a serious
may necessitate rapid evacuation of the public. emergency.


SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE
Municipal and Industrial Non-Hazardous Solid Waste
Preparation of demand projections is imperative to ensure proper facility planning. This is RCJ prepare annual updated waste projections for a longer planning period to ensure landfill capacity is
currently done for the short and mid term. available.
As of July 2009, there was 1,790,000 m3 of space left for Class II waste and 700,000 m3 of RCJ approve and implement recommendations from currently commissioned RGCK consultancy assignment
space left for Class III waste. The scope of the current design study being undertaken for for detailed design of the RCSLF vertical expansion to meet demands through 2025.
the RCSLF, covers vertical expansion of the existing landfill to accommodate needs until
2025. Identify future locations for solid waste disposal so that the land can be reserved.
From a waste management perspective, address the issue of future site closure and associated corrective
action as certain industrial tenants terminate or relocate their operations.
JIC’s growth has reached the stage where a formal waste diversion or recycling program Commission a “Study for Alternate Uses of Solid Waste in Jubail” with the goal of promoting an interest from
could be established as a commercially viable business similar to what is occurring in other the private sector on a BOOT basis. This will need to include programs to attract private investors to
larger cities in Saudi Arabia. undertake a comprehensive recycling program to divert wastes from the sanitary landfills. This should
include targeted volumes and achievement schedules for reduction in industrial waste generation. Incentives
The current RCER does not require municipal and inert waste minimization through toward reaching this figure can be provided by the RCJ through the permitting process such that
recycling, reuse, and recovery programs. demonstrated reduction in waste generation will be factored into decisions relating to corrective action for
non-compliance in other plant environmental issues. This will require extensive and varied educational
campaigns to sustain participation in all aspects of waste reduction.
Evaluate success of any diversion programs and modify as appropriate.
Revise the RCER to add recycling and requirements to minimize waste as this will create opportunities for the
private sector to participate.
One potential constraint associated with the performance of the RCSLF site and the Continue with monitoring and enforcement, particularly related to air and ground water impacts.
commercial industrial and hazardous waste treatment facilities in JIC is the potential threat
of serious groundwater contamination or other pollution necessitating the shut down and Continue to closely monitor leachate collection and treatment; groundwater quality; gas collection, burning
rehabilitation of a facility. It is therefore important that the air and water quality monitoring and stripping; odor and dust control; erosion and sediment control; and slope stabilization at all landfill
program be vigorously enforced to ensure that the environment or public health is not operations.
adversely impacted.
Industrial Hazardous and Other Hazardous Waste
RCJ, EDCO and BeeA’h to consult on annual projections for hazardous waste. RCJ, EDCO and BeeA’h to consult on annual projections for demand and for a longer planning period. This
can be done via the Liaison Committee recommended above.
Prepare contracts with BeeA’h and EDCO, to ensure that enough capacity is reserved for JIC.
Identify future locations for solid waste disposal so that the land can be reserved.
In interviews with waste management officials it has been indicated that illegal dumping of Implement study regarding potential illegal dumping.
waste outside of JIC is likely occurring and that waste management contractors capture
only a portion of the total waste generated within JIC. BeeA’h has expressed concern that Continue to closely monitor leachate collection and treatment; groundwater quality; gas collection, burning
hazardous waste was not being closely monitored from origin to its final destination and and stripping; odor and dust control; erosion and sediment control; and slope stabilization at all landfill
there were likely a number of violations occurring. Violators should be prosecuted. operations.

ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS

Al-Jubail Also known as Jubail Town or Old Jubail
BeeA’h National Environmental Preservation Company
BMP Best Management Practice
BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand
BOOT Build Own Operate Transfer
0
C Degrees Celsius
CATV Community Antenna Television
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CITC Communication and Information Technology Commission
CMAI Chemical Market Associates Inc.
CMS Consumers Energy
CO Central Offices (telephone exchange)
COD Chemical Oxygen Demand
DCS Distribution Control System
DDG Deputy Director General
Demin Water Demineralised Water
DG Director General
DMA District Metering Areas
DSL Digital Subscriber Lines
ECC Environmental Consent to Construct
ECD Environmental Control Department
EDCO Environmental Development Company Ltd.
EJILST Egypt, Jordan, Iraq, Lebanon, Syria, and Turkey
EPA Environmental Protection Agency
EPO Environmental Permit to Operate
EPS Eastern Pump Station
ESRA Electricity Services Regulatory Authority
ESS Emergency Services System
EU European Union
FOC Fibre Optic Cable
FTTH Fibre to the Home
GAS National Industrial Gases Company
GCC Gulf Cooperation Council
GCCIA Gulf Cooperation Council Interconnection Authority
GDP Gross Domestic Product
GIS Geographic Information Systems
GM General Manager
GSM Global System for Mobile

hr hour
Ha Hectare
HADEED Saudi Iron and Steel Company
HDPE High Density Polyethylene
HFC Hybrid Fibre Cables
HV High Voltage
HVDC High Voltage Direct Current
HWIF Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility (BeeA’h)
HWLF Hazardous Waste Landfill (BeeA’h)
Hz Hertz
HGL Hydraulic Grade Line
IBN-HAYYAN National Plastic Company
IBN-SINA National Methanol Company
IBN-ZAHR Saudi European Petrochemical Company
IPP Independent Power Producer
IPTV Internet Protocol Television
IWPP Independent Water and Power Plant
IWTP 8 Industrial Wastewater Treatment Plant 8
IWW Industrial Wastewater
J1 Jubail 1 Industrial Area (Industrial Park East)
J2 Jubail 2 Industrial Area (Industrial Park West)
JCP Jubail Commercial Port
JEC Jubail Energy Company
JIC Jubail Industrial City
JMP Jubail Management Procedures
JRCC Jubail Regional Control Center
JWAP Jubail Water and Power Company
Kg Kilogram
KFIP King Fahd Industrial Port
Kingdom Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Km Kilometre
KRT Kharsaniah Ras Tanura (Corridor)
KSA Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
KV Kilo Volt
KVA Kilo Volt Ampere
KWh Kilo Watt Hour
L Litre
LAR Land Allocation Reserve
Lpcd Litres per capita per day
LV Low Voltage

m Meter
m2 Square Metres
m3/day Cubic meters per day
m3/hr Cubic meters per hour
m3/sec Cubic meters per second
mg/l Milligrams per litre
MARAFIQ Power and Water Utility Company for Jubail & Yanbu
MED Multi Effect Desalination
Mobily Mobile Service Provider
MPU Master Plan Update
MT/year Metric Tonnes/Year
MV Medium Voltage
MVA Mega Volts Ampere
MW Megawatt (equivalent to 106 watts of electricity)
NED Northern Electricity Department
No. Number
NPC National Power Company
NWPS North West Pump Station
O&M Operation and Maintenance
ORC Organic Rankin Cycle
% Percent
PB Parsons Binkerhof Power
PGI Purvin & Gertz Inc.
PIF Public Investment Fund
PPM Parts per Million
PS Pumping Station
PW Potable Water
RCD Royal Commission Datum
RCER Royal Commission Environmental Regulations
RCJ Royal Commission in Jubail
RCJY Royal Commission for Jubail & Yanbu
RCSLF Royal Commission Sanitary Landfill
RGME Rashid Geotechnical & Materials Engineers
RIC Ras Al Khair Industrial City
RO Reverse Osmosis
ROW Rights-of-Way

SABIC Saudi Arabian Basic Industries Corporation

SADAF Saudi Petrochemical Company
SAFCO Saudi Arabian Fertilizer Company
SAMAD Al-Jubail Fertilizer Company
SASREF Saudi Aramco Shell Refinery Company
SCADA System Control and Data Analysis
SCECO Saudi Consolidated Electric Company (formerly)
SEC Saudi Electricity Company
SLMIP Support and Light Manufacturing Industries Park
SPC Saudi Power Company
SR Saudi Riyal
STC Saudi Telecom Company
SWC Seawater Cooling
SWCC Saline Water Conversion Corporation
SWRO Seawater Reverse Osmosis
SWTP 9 Sanitary Wastewater Treatment Plant 9
SWW Sanitary Wastewater
TDS Total Dissolved Solids
TSS Total Suspended Solids
TWW Treated Wastewater
UAE United Arab Emirates
UUA Utility User Agreement
UCTE Union for the Coordination of Transmission of Electricity
US EPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
WTP Water Treatment Plant
WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plant

Appendix A
Energy Conservation
The GCC Power Grid
SEC is the sole distributor of power in JIC. They have been reliable during
the past; except for some isolated outages reported by the RCJY. Though
SEC’s power generating capacities in the vicinity of JIC seem to be
adequate, these capacities are not committed JIC alone, but to a national
level. The generated power from the IWPP located in JIC also goes to the
SEC grid; as a result, there is no assurance of meeting JIC demand,
except for a total dependence on SEC.
While the coordination of the RCJY with SEC was effective to date in
meeting the demands, SEC distributes power to its customers nationwide
based on its priorities and schedule governed by its prevailing policies.
Unlike the early stages of development, RCJY is not maintaining any
power generating facilities on its own as either primary or secondary
power source.
In view of the growing demand of electrical power in JIC and in line with
the worldwide trend of utilizing renewable energy resources, it is now time
for the RCJY to explore possibilities of using alternative energy resources
in JIC. This will relieve the total dependence on SEC as the sole distributor
of power by way of facilitating decentralized local power production; and
also increase the confidence level of the customers by having flexibility in
meeting the demand.
Various options for the use of alternative energy resources in JIC have
been considered. The comparative low price of coal is a powerful incentive
in developing coal-fired power plants worldwide. But the huge amount of
carbon dioxide produced by these power plants has become a major
reason for the dramatic imbalance in greenhouse gas emissions. In view
of the efforts over the world to combat global warming, coal fired power
plant is not recommended as a viable option for JIC.
The renewable energy solution as an alternative energy source is the best

option for JIC primarily focusing on achieving environmental sustainability.
It is cost effective and eco-friendly, facilitating clean power production; at
the same time, actively contributing in reducing climate change and
creating a sustainable future.
Renewable energy is the energy generated from natural resources which

are renewable (naturally replenished). Renewable energy flows involve
natural phenomena such as sunlight, wind, tides and geothermal heat, as
the International Energy Agency (IEA) explains:
“Renewable energy is derived from natural processes that are replenished

constantly. In its various forms, it derives directly from the sun, or from
heat generated deep within the earth. Included in the definition is
electricity and heat generated from solar, wind, ocean, hydropower,
biomass, geothermal resources; and biofuels and hydrogen derived from
renewable resources.”
In 2006, about 18% of global final energy consumption came from

renewable energy resources, with 13% from traditional biomass, 3% from
hydroelectricity, followed by 1.3% from wind power. Modern
technologies, such as geothermal energy, ocean energy, and solar power
together provided some 0.8% of global final energy consumption. While
most renewable energy projects and production are large-scale,
renewable technologies are also suited to small off-grid applications.
Experts are warning that the world needs an urgency driven concerted
effort to create a competitive renewable energy infrastructure and market.
Many countries have implemented incentives like subsidies and rebates to
encourage consumers shifting to renewable energy sources. Scientists
have suggested that Germany can power itself entirely by renewable
energy. Sustainable development and global warming groups propose a
100% renewable energy source supply, without fossil fuels and nuclear
power.
Each of the renewable energy sources has unique characteristics which

influence how and where they are used. The viable options for JIC would
be solar energy, wind power, and water power. It is not the intention here
to discuss the options in detail or propose the best suitable option.
Instead, the various options are discussed as general recommendations,
which RCJY may consider for feasibility studies, if deemed necessary.
Solar Energy – Saudi Arabia’s Most Ambitious Project
Saudi Arabia has announced its most ambitious project which will use the
new source of energy that will keep the country in the lead of energy
industry for centuries ahead providing the region a sustainable source of
energy – solar energy. In addition to being a vast petroleum repository,
the desert nation is also the heart of the most potentially productive
region on the planet for harvesting power from the sun.
Being in the center of the so-called Sun Belt, the country is part of a vast ,
rainless region reaching from the western edge of North Africa to the
eastern edge of Central Asia that boasts the best solar energy resources
on Earth. This belt is attracting the attention of a growing number of
European leaders, who are embracing an ambitious proposal to harvest
this solar energy for their nations.
The Trans-Mediterranean Renewable Energy Cooperation (TREC) is

spearheading a political initiative to build a so-called transmission
supergrid by concentrating solar thermal power plants, wind turbines and
long distance power lines to supply energy to Europe. The proposed power
plants would simultaneously provide energy to seawater desalination
plants in the Middle East and North Africa.
While TREC’s plan is nowhere near becoming a reality, it seems inevitable
that in one form or another, someone will try to capitalize on the vast
solar energy resources available in the sun-soaked countries of the Sun
Belt.
While it is technically possible to convert sunlight into electricity anywhere

in the world, it costs far less to do so in areas that receive the most
powerful form of sunlight – sunlight that loses the least amount of radiant
energy while moving from space to earth. The Sun Belt receives the lion’s
share of this energy-rich sunlight. It is estimated that less than 0.4% of
the solar energy that falls on the deserts of North Africa and the Middle
East would satisfy all of Europe’s energy needs.
This is why barring a major technological breakthrough; the economics of

solar energy may some day look much like the economics of fossil fuels.
Energy security ultimately means more than access to energy; it means
access to cheap energy. The Sun Belt has the cheapest solar energy in the
world in vast quantities.
Saudi Arabia has declared that one of the most important sources of
energy for it to look at and to develop is solar energy. Research efforts
have started to make the country a center for solar energy research and
hopefully over the next 30 to 50 years a major power exporter.
Solar Energy
Solar energy is the energy collected from sunlight. It can be used in many
ways for generating electricity. The following two options are
recommended as viable options for consideration in JIC.
1. Photovoltaics (PV)
PV is best known as a method of generating electric power by using solar

cells packaged in photovoltaic modules, often electrically connected in
multiples as solar photovoltaic arrays to convert energy from the sun,
including ultra violet radiation, into electricity. Virtually all photovoltaic
devices are some type of photodiode.
Solar cells produce electricity from light, which can be used to power
equipment or to recharge battery. The first practical application of PV was
to power orbiting satellites and other spacecraft, but today the majority of
photovoltaic modules are used for grid connected power generation. A
significant market has also emerged in off-grid solar power charged
storage battery based solutions.
Due to the growing demand for clean sources of energy, the manufacture
of solar cells and photovoltaic arrays has been doubling every two years,
increasing by an average of 48% each year since 2002, making it the
world’s fastest-growing energy technology. At the end of 2008, the
cumulative global PV installations reached 15,200 MW. Roughly 90% of
this generating capacity consists of grid-tied electrical systems.
The European Photovoltaic Industry Association (EPIA) Greenpeace

Advanced Scenario shows that by the year 2030, PV systems could be
generating approximately 1,864 GW of electricity around the world. This
means that, assuming a serious commitment is made to energy efficiency,
enough solar power would be produced globally in twenty-five years’ time
to satisfy the electricity needs of almost 14% of the world’s population.
Building-integrated photovoltaics (BIPV) are increasingly incorporated into

new domestic and industrial buildings as a principal or ancillary source of
electrical power, and are one of the fastest growing segments of the
photovoltaic industry. Typically, an array is incorporated into the roof or
walls of a building. Arrays can also be retrofitted into existing buildings; in
this case they are usually fitted on top of the existing roof structure.
The most important issue with solar power generation, as of now, is the
high capital cost. Due to economies of scale, solar panels get less costly
as people use and buy more. Experts have claimed that recent
technological developments bring the cost of solar energy more in parity
with that of fossil fuels. Grid parity, the point at which photovoltaic
electricity is equal to or cheaper than grid power, will be achieved first in
areas with abundant sun.
PV is considered as a viable option for JIC, focusing on off-grid based BIPV

to start with. RCJY may encourage the individual customers with
incentives for a partial shifting to PV technology. This will relieve
dependence on SEC to some extent and pave way for a grid based solar
power production, in line with Saudi Arabia’s policies.
2. Solar Thermal Energy (STE)
STE is a technology for harnessing solar energy for thermal energy (heat).
It is different from PV, which convert solar energy directly into electricity.
The US Energy Information Administration defines solar thermal collectors
as low, medium, or high-temperature collectors. While the low and
medium temperature collectors are used for water heating and space
conditioning to conserve energy, the high temperature collectors are used
to heat water or gas to run turbines, which in turn produces electricity.
The solar thermal energy plants use solar radiation concentrated by

mirrors or lenses to obtain higher temperatures through a technique
called Concentrated Solar Power (CSP). The efficiency of heat engines
increases with the temperature of the heat source. The practical effect of
high efficiencies is to reduce the plant's collector size and total land use
per unit power generated, reducing the environmental impacts of the
power plant as well as its expense.
Since the CSP plant generates heat first of all, it can store the heat before
conversion to electricity. With current technology, storage of heat is much
cheaper and more efficient than storage of electricity. In this way, the CSP
plant can produce electricity day and night. If the CSP site has predictable
solar radiation, then the CSP plant becomes a reliable power plant.
Reliability can further be improved by installing a back-up system that
uses fossil energy. The back-up system can reuse most of the CSP plant,
which decreases the cost of the back-up system.
The solar thermal power plant is a reliable solution, it can deliver peak
load and does not cause pollution. Since it does not use any fuel, the
operational and maintenance cost are minor. The only obstacle for a large
deployment of CSP is mostly of capital cost, involving a large area to be
covered with mirrors or lenses to obtain a significant amount of energy.
Wind Power
Airflows can be used to run wind turbines. Modern wind turbines range
from around 600 kW to 5 MW of rated power, although turbines with rated
output of 1.5–3 MW have become the most common for commercial use;
the power output of a turbine is a function of the cube of the wind speed,
so as wind speed increases, power output increases dramatically. Areas
where winds are stronger and more constant, such as offshore and high
altitude sites are preferred locations for wind farms.
Since wind speed is not constant, a wind farm's annual energy production
is never as much as the sum of the generator nameplate ratings
multiplied by the total hours in a year. The ratio of actual productivity in a
year to this theoretical maximum is called the capacity factor. Typical
capacity factors are 20-40%, with values at the upper end of the range in
particularly favorable sites. For example, a 1 MW turbine with a capacity
factor of 35% will only produce an average of 0.35 MW. Over a year,
output would be 0.35x24x365 = 3,066 MWh instead of 24x365 = 8,760
MWh.
Wind farms require large amounts of land to be used for wind turbines,
particularly in areas of higher wind resources. Offshore resources
experience mean wind speeds of ~90% greater than that of land, so
offshore resources could contribute substantially more energy. This
number could also increase with higher altitude ground-based or airborne
wind turbines.
Wind power is renewable and produces no greenhouse gases during

operation, such as carbon dioxide and methane. Wind power is growing at
the rate of 30 percent annually, with a worldwide installed capacity of
121,000 megawatts (MW) in 2008, and is widely used in European
countries and the United States.
Water Power
Since water is about 800 times denser than air, even a slow flowing
stream of water, or moderate sea swell, can yield considerable amounts of
energy. Tidal power captures energy from the tides. Two different
principles for generating energy from the tides are used at the moment:
Tidal motion in the vertical direction — Tides come in, raise water levels in
a basin, and tides roll out. Around low tide, the water in the basin is
discharged through a turbine, exploiting the stored potential energy.
Tidal motion in the horizontal direction — Using tidal stream generators,

like wind turbines but then in a tidal stream. Due to the high density of
water, about eight-hundred times the density of air, tidal currents can
have a lot of kinetic energy. Several commercial prototypes have been
built, and more are in development.
Hybrid Solar and Wind Power
Solar power is pollution free and has the highest power density among
renewable energies. Its operating cost is extremely low and the facilities
can operate with little maintenance after initial setup. However, it has the
disadvantage of high capital cost, large space needed for installation and
the unavailability of power during cloudy weather and in the night.
Wind power is renewable, cost effective, and pollution free. However, it

has the disadvantage of inconsistent wind speed and large area required
for the wind farm. A high altitude or offshore location for the wind farm
could be a possible solution to overcome this problem to a considerable
extent.
Studies conducted by the Energy Resources Division of King Fahd

University of Petroleum and Minerals (KFUPM) revealed the existence of a
monthly average of daily values of solar radiation ranging from 3.61 to
7.96 kwh/sqm and a monthly average of hourly mean wind speeds
ranging from 4.21 to 6.97 m/s, in Dhahran.
Due to the geographic proximity, a similar distribution of solar radiation

and wind speed may exist in JIC. RCJY may conduct a feasibility study of
using a hybrid (solar + wind) energy conversion system for generating
power for residential, commercial, and industrial use in JIC.
Waste Heat – An Alternate Energy Resource
Waste heat is the heat produced by industrial processes, for which it is

often difficult to find useful applications, so it is regarded as a waste by-
product. Industrial processes, such as oil refining, steel making, glass
making, or energy conversion are major sources of waste heat. These
industrial plants reject large quantities of low temperature heat energy in
to the atmosphere. Most of the plants reject the waste heat through flue
gas, cooling towers, or by other means, which creates environmental
pollution.
The Organic Rankine Cycle (ORC) is a electricity generation process where

an organic substance is used as working medium instead of water. The
benefit is that this process can utilize lower temperatures for the
production of electricity than the regular water steam cycle. By help of
ORC-modules it is possible to turn this previously wasted energy
economically into electricity.
Waste of the by-product heat is avoided if a cogeneration system is used,

also known as combined heat and power (CHP). Limitations to the use of
by-product heat arise due to difficulties in heat transport and storage.
Energy Conservation
Energy conservation is the practice of decreasing the quantity of electrical
energy used. It can be achieved through efficient use of power, in which
case power consumption is decreased while achieving a similar outcome.
Energy conservation may result in increase of financial capital,
environmental value, national security, and personal security. Individuals
and organizations that are direct consumers of electrical power may want
to conserve energy in order to reduce costs and promote economic
security. Industrial and commercial users may want to increase efficiency
and thus maximize profit.
Energy conservation is an important element of the national energy policy.

Energy conservation reduces the consumption and demand per capita and
thus offsets some of the growth in energy supply needed to keep up with
population growth. This reduces the rise in energy costs, and can reduce
the need for new power plants, and energy imports. The reduced energy
demand can provide more flexibility in choosing the most preferred
methods of power production.
Energy conservation facilitates the replacement of non-renewable

resources with renewable energy. It is an important part of lessening
climate change by reducing greenhouse gas emissions. It is often the
most economical solution to energy shortages, and is a more
environmentally benign alternative to increased energy production.
The electrical power requirements in JIC can be categorized in to broad

classifications of residential, commercial, and industrial sectors.
Residential Sector
The residential sector refers to all private residences, including single-

family homes, apartments, and camps in the community and the north-
east corridor areas. Electrical power used in this sector is largely
dependant on the climatic changes in the region. On average, more than
half of the power used in the residential sector is expended on space
conditioning (i.e. heating and cooling).
The efficiency of air conditioners has increased steadily due to the current
technological improvements. This is attributed to the US National
Appliance Energy Conservation Act authorizing the Department of Energy
to set minimum efficiency standards for space conditioning equipment and
other appliances each year, based on what is technologically feasible and
economically justified. Beyond these minimum standards, the
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) awards the Energy Star
designation to appliances that exceed industry efficiency averages by an
EPA-specified percentage.
As the air conditioner efficiency gets higher, there is limited room for
improvement, since the efficiencies above 85% are now common.
However, improving the building envelope through better or more
insulation, advanced windows etc. can allow larger improvements.
Improving the building envelope can be cheaper than replacing air
conditioner. The passive house approach produces super insulated
buildings that approach zero net energy consumption.
Passive houses are designed to benefit from solar gain, super insulation,
and advanced window technology. Low energy consumption standards
are used to reduce the net energy consumption. Total primary energy
consumption is minimized using low-energy lighting (such as compact
fluorescent lamps), and high-efficiency electrical appliances. Ground, Air
and Water Source Heat Pump systems (Heat Exchangers) are energy
efficient, eco-friendly, and cost-effective for space conditioning and
domestic hot water systems; and can achieve reductions of up to 69% in
energy consumption.
Zero-energy building (ZEB) generates its own energy to meet its

electricity and heating needs. Various micro-generation technologies may
be used to provide heat and electricity to the building, using solar cells or
wind turbines for electricity, and bio-fuels or solar collectors linked to
seasonal thermal stores for space heating. To cope with fluctuations in
demand, zero energy buildings can be connected to the electricity grid to
facilitate export and import of electricity. Otherwise the building may be
fully autonomous.
ZEB design shall balance between energy conservation and renewable

energy generation. Localized energy generation eliminates the electricity
transmission and distribution losses that amount to about 7.2%-7.4% of
the energy transferred. This design principle is gaining considerable
interest as renewable energy is a means to cut greenhouse gas emissions.
One underutilized, but potentially very powerful means to reduce

household energy consumption is to provide real-time feedback to
homeowners so they can effectively alter their energy using behavior.
Recently, low cost energy feedback displays, such as “The Energy
Detective”, have become available. An energy demand feedback device
will promote energy conservation by making residential consumers aware
of how much electrical energy is being used in their homes. It tracks
kilowatt-hours, and optionally computes the amount per hour and
estimates the month's electric bill. A study of a similar device deployed in
500 Ontario homes showed an average 6.5% drop in total electricity use
when compared with a similarly sized control group.
Standby power used by consumer electronics and appliances while they

are turned off accounts for an estimated 5 to 10% of household electricity
consumption. In the average home, 75% of the electricity used to power
home electronics is consumed while the products are turned off.
Current best practices in building design, construction and retrofitting
result in homes that are profoundly more energy conserving than average
new homes. This includes insulation and energy-efficient windows and
lighting. Smart ways to construct homes such that minimal resources are
used to cooling and heating the house in summer and winter respectively
can significantly reduce energy costs.
Commercial Sector
The commercial sector consists of retail stores, offices (business and

government), restaurants, schools and other workplaces. Energy in this
sector has the same basic end uses as the residential sector, in slightly
different proportions. Space conditioning is again the single biggest
consumption area, but it represents only about 30% of the energy use of
commercial buildings. Lighting, at 25%, plays a much larger role than it
does in the residential sector. Lighting is also generally the most wasteful
component of commercial use. A number of case studies indicate that
more efficient lighting and elimination of over-illumination can reduce
lighting energy by approximately 50% in many commercial buildings.
Commercial buildings can greatly increase energy efficiency by using

thoughtful systematic energy efficient design. RCJY may insist using
current best practices in building design and construction in the upcoming
projects in the commercial sector. All commercial buildings shall have
professional management, allowing centralized control and coordination of
energy conservation efforts. The use of energy efficient lighting (compact
fluorescent, etc) that is about four times as efficient as conventional
lighting shall be encouraged as the standard for most commercial space.
As most buildings have consistent hours of operation, the use of

programmed thermostats and lighting controls shall be encouraged.
However, having a well programmed and computer controlled building
automation system guarantees energy efficiency for large consumers.
Corporate and government offices shall require the Energy Star rating for
any new equipment purchased for their buildings.
Solar heat loading through standard window designs usually leads to high
demand for air conditioning in summer months. An example of building
design overcoming this excessive heat loading is the Dakin Building in
Brisbane, California, where fenestration was designed to achieve an angle
with respect to sun incidence to allow maximum reflection of solar heat;
this design also assisted in reducing interior over-illumination to enhance
worker efficiency and comfort.
Recent advances include use of occupancy sensors to turn off lights when
spaces are unoccupied, and photo-sensors to dim or turn off electric
lighting when natural light is available. In air conditioning systems, overall
equipment efficiencies have increased as energy codes and consumer
information have begun to emphasize year round performance rather than
just efficiency ratings at maximum output. Controllers that automatically
vary the speeds of fans, pumps, and compressors have radically improved
part-load performance of those devices.
Industrial Sector
The industrial sector represents all production and processing of goods in

the primary, secondary and support industrial parks in J1 and J2.
Increasing costs have forced energy-intensive industries worldwide to
make substantial efficiency improvements in the past 30 years. For
example, the energy used to produce steel and paper products has been
cut 40% in that time frame, while petroleum/aluminum refining and
cement production have reduced their usage by about 25%. These
reductions are largely the result of recycling waste material and the use of
cogeneration equipment for electricity and heating.
An example of efficiency improvement is the use of products made of High

Temperature Insulation Wool (HTIW), which enables predominantly
industrial users to operate thermal treatment plants at temperatures
between 800 and 1400°C. In these high-temperature applications, the
consumption of primary energy and the associated CO2 emissions can be
reduced by up to 50% compared with old fashioned industrial
installations.
The heat which is produced as a byproduct of industrial processes or

otherwise and emitted to the atmosphere through flue gases can be
captured and used for producing process steam, heating or other
industrial purposes. Combined heat and power generators (also called
cogeneration) converts up to 90 percent of the fuel into usable energy.
Finding useful applications of waste heat is an effective means of energy
conservation.
The energy required for delivery and treatment of fresh water constitutes
a significant quantity of electricity (an estimated 20% of California's total
energy use is water-related). In light of this a more integrated approach
to electricity and water conservation efforts need to be worked out.
The use of solar panels for water heating is an efficient means to conserve
energy in the industrial sector.
While the conservation efforts need to be encouraged, the industrial

sectors may think of adopting the growing trend for large companies
worldwide to move some of the manufacturing operations overseas.
Issues
Critics and advocates of some forms of energy conservation make the

following arguments:
• Standard economic theory suggests that technological

improvements that increase energy efficiency will tend to increase
energy use rather than reducing.
• Some retailers argue that bright lighting stimulates purchasing.
• Electric motors consume more than 60% of all electrical energy
generated and are responsible for the loss of 10 to 20% of all
electricity converted into mechanical energy.
• Consumers are often poorly informed of the savings of energy
efficient products.
Sustainability by definition refers to a perspective that considers all

aspects of a community together - the social, economic and
environmental. In practice, it refers to an approach to planning that
considers how infrastructure decisions affect the structure and character
of neighborhoods; how protection of the environment leads to healthier
people; and how community form affects resource consumption.
Energy supply, use, and conservation are very important components of

sustainability. Improvements in air quality, reductions in greenhouse gas
emissions, a culture of conservation and energy-efficiency, and the use of
sustainable renewable energy sources all contribute towards a sustainable
environment.
Cities around the world have recognized energy conservation and the use
of alternative energy sources to achieve environmental sustainability.
Energy conservation has been successfully achieved through planning and
development, building design, use of alternative forms of energy, and use
of environmentally friendly building materials.
The United Arab Emirates
In the United Arab Emirates, plans are under development to build a world
class sustainable city, called Masdar City in Abu Dhabi. Proposed as a
clean green alternative energy city, Masdar City will include 1,500
companies, 40,000 residents and 50,000 commuters, and will provide
leading research and development for renewable energy technologies.
The city intends to be a leader in sustainability and will be powered
exclusively by renewable energy, including photovoltaic energy, solar
energy, waste to energy and geothermal energy as opposed to traditional
energy sources such as coal, oil, natural gas or nuclear fuel. It will also
be carbon neutral, produce zero waste, and have the world’s greenest
commercial buildings.
The city is being designed based on local climate and cultural traditions,
particularly its solar movements and prevailing winds. Its orientation
captures cooling sea breezes from the North, while its perimeter protects
against the warmer desert winds. The Eastern wall facing the airport will
be raised to provide a buffer, reducing aircraft noise in the city. Shaded by
PV collecting canopies, courtyards and wind towers will draw cooling
breezes into the narrow streets and filter harsh sunlight, conjuring images
of ancient bazaars and market places. Intelligent design will be used in
residential and commercial spaces to reduce energy consumption.
Buildings will be draped with specially designed fabrics that will convert
sunlight into electricity. Canals will run alongside the streets, some of
which will be only 10 feet wide to protect pedestrians from the heat. There
will also be fields of solar concentrating mirrors and wind turbines in the
desert. Palm and mangrove plantations will create a green belt around
the city to provide raw material for bio-fuels that may one day
supplement oil and gas revenues. Construction materials with a high
thermal mass will be used to considerably reduce energy requirements.
The wall encircling the perimeter of the city will form an intelligent outer
shell, housing the energy, environmental and recycling services.
Compared to average urban levels, fossil fuel consumption in Masdar City
will be reduced by 75%, water demand by 300% and waste production by
400%.
Canada
In the town of East Gwillimbury, Ontario, the municipality has taken

significant steps to increase energy efficiency in new construction. Policies
are in place that require all new residential developments meet the
national Energy Star standard. In addition, all new high-rise residential
must be built based on a sliding scale of the Leadership in Energy and
Environmental Design (LEED) standard to ensure sites and buildings are
built in a sustainable manner. LEED is a market- based rating system that
facilitates and certifies higher energy and environmental performance of
buildings and communities. The Canadian Green Building Council
administers the LEED (Canada for New Construction and Renovations
version 1.0 program in Canada. The LEED Green Building Rating System,
developed by the U.S. Green Building Council), provides a suite of
standards for environmentally sustainable construction. The hallmark of
LEED is that it is an open and transparent process where the technical
criteria proposed by the LEED committees are publicly reviewed for
approval.
In the province of British Columbia, a municipality has embarked on a

Neighborhood Energy Facility thermal district energy system that will
provide space heating and domestic hot water to all buildings within the
South East False Creek neighborhood. In this community, all fuel sources
will be derived from sustainable heat sources, such as biomass energy
(wood pellet) and/or sewer heat recovery, to achieve significant
reductions in greenhouse gas emissions versus conventional building
developments.
Similar to Masdar City, intelligent design is also being used in various

municipalities, including the City of Richmond, in British Columbia. High-
efficiency compact fluorescent high bay light fixtures have been installed
in a local community centre along with new lighting controls. Occupancy
sensors were connected to the building’s automation system to switch the
system off when the centre is not in use. Energy consumption was
reduced by 82% in the first year. In another project automatic door locks
were installed in seven park washroom facilities. The system eliminated
the travel time of staff members who used to manually lock and unlock
the facilities, resulting in savings of $82,000 compared to the cost of
$14,000 of installing the micro-switches.
The United States

Green Permit programs are well practiced in the United States and
encourage developers to build green by providing them a streamlined
permitting process. The City of Chicago’s permitting program the number
of green building elements included in the project plans and project
complexity determines the length and timeline for the permitting process.
The greener the building elements, the shorter the timeline to obtain a
permit. Applicants that demonstrate an extraordinary level of green
strategy implementation may have their permitting fees waived. Another
alternative is to reduce or eliminate development cost charges (DCC),
which are paid by developers for subdivision approvals and building
permits relating to the construction, alteration or extension of buildings.
DCC can be significant and generally pay for the public services needed
for new developments.
Options
JIC can be an energy conscious, carbon-neutral city that is a leader in

sustainable development. There are various measures that the RC can
undertake to reduce energy use in JIC:
• Request developers to quantify the net impact to the natural

environment, including the calculation of greenhouse gas emissions
resulting from development; describe how energy efficiency has
been accommodated; and, outline appropriate mitigation and
enhancement measures. Such information can be part of the
permitting and approvals requirement.
• Use LED lighting or other alternative that is energy efficient in all
public lighting, such as streetlights and traffic lights.
• Provide occupancy sensors for exterior lighting fixtures and in public
exterior walkways, stairs, parking structures and parking lots.
• Encourage residents to use energy efficient fixtures and/or
alternative energy sources (e.g. solar power) for outdoor lighting in
private spaces.
• Require developers to offer upgrades to home buyers to purchase
active solar hot water and offer other energy saving methods
related to cooling such as external awning over larger windows,
shade landscape package.
• Incorporate on-site renewable sources of power generation (wind,
solar, biomass) to meet the energy needs of all buildings and uses
and commonly owned infrastructure in the project.
• Use renewable sources of power generation (wind, solar) to meet,
for example, at least 15% of the energy needs of all buildings and
uses and commonly owned infrastructure in the project.
• Design outdoor areas to utilize a combination of tree shading, open-
grid pavement and high-albedo (light colored) materials for 50% of
non-roof impervious surfaces, including surface parking areas,
walkways and other hard surfaces.
• Use of cool roofing/high thermal emittance materials for the 75% of
the roof area of all buildings.
• Provides trees and/or landscaping, or canals adjacent to pedestrian
trails, surface parking lots and public open spaces to provide shade
and cooling areas.
• Plan uses a combination of green roof and cool roofing materials for
75% of the roof area of all buildings.
• Design street and lot orientation in order to maximize solar gain.
Orient and design buildings and infrastructure to take advantage of
passive solar heating, natural lighting, ventilation and shading for
cooling.
The GCC Power Grid
The Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) consisting of the six Arab Gulf
countries namely the United Arab Emirates, Bahrain, Saudi Arabia, Oman,
Qatar, and Kuwait was formed with the objective to develop and solidify
the political, economical and social ties among the member countries.
With the oil-based economies, the region has been experiencing major
economic growth providing financial incentives to its citizens, thus
resulting in high population growth and vast commercial and industrial
activity, henceforth leading to increasing demand in utility services. The
current demand for electrical power in the GCC countries is approximately
60,000 MW and is expected to triple over the next 25 years.
Realizing the financial burden to construct utility projects to meet such

demand, the governments of the GCC countries have embarked on a plan
to restructure and privatize their power sectors thus encouraging the
private sector to invest in this lucrative industry. Legislation has been
passed in several GCC countries to restructure and privatize their power
sectors into separate generation, transmission and distribution entities.
As part of the restructuring process, Saudi Arabia has established the

Electricity Services Regulatory Authority (ESRA), responsible for
regulating supply of electricity and issuance of licenses for electricity
projects. In terms of reforms, the government is currently restructuring
the electric sector into separate generation, transmission, and distribution
functions with the partial unbundling on a management level of SEC
complete.
The formation of Marafiq in the industrial cities of Jubail and Yanbu, the
construction of several Independent Power Plants such as the
cogeneration plant for the Saudi Petrochemical Company (SADAF) in
Jubail, and the establishment of the Water and Power Corporation in the
Western Province of the country has been a major boost to privatization in
the power generation sector.
The GCC countries have formally established a Power Grid Authority

known as the GCC Interconnection Authority (GCCIA) aimed at developing
a GCC power grid interconnecting the grid systems of all the GCC
countries. The GCC power grid is planned to be realized in three phases as
below:
Phase I - The GCC North Grid
Phase I of the GCC interconnection shall link the power grids of Saudi
Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain and Qatar. This system is known as the GCC
North Grid. The system components of Phase I include the following:
o A double-circuit 400 KV, 50Hz line from Al Zour (Kuwait) to Ghunan
(Saudi Arabia) with an intermediate connection at Al-Fadhili (Saudi
Arabia) and associated substations.
o A back-to-back High Voltage Direct Current (HVDC) interconnection to
the Saudi Arabia 380 KV, 60Hz system at Al-Fadhili. Saudi Arabia is
the only country in the Gulf with a system frequency of 60 Hz.
o A double circuit 400 KV comprising overhead lines and submarine link
from Ghunan to Al-Jasra (Bahrain) and associated substations.
o A Control Center located at Ghunan and is to be linked with each
member country’s national control center and shall:
1. Assure security of the interconnection and the member systems;
2. Control the access to the interconnection;
3. Perform frequency and interchange regulation;
4. Coordinate the operation of the interconnection;
5. Perform transaction recording and billing.
Phase II – The GCC South Grid
Phase II consists of the integration of the isolated networks of the United

Arab Emirates (forming the UAE National Grid) as well as the isolated
system of Oman (forming the Oman Northern Grid). This combined
system is the GCC South Grid. GCCIA is not involved in the execution of
phase II.
Phase III - The GCC Interconnection of North-South Grids
Phase III of the GCC interconnection shall link the GCC North Grid with
the GCC South Grid. This Phase completes interconnection of the six (6)
Gulf States. The system components of Phase III include the following:
o A double circuit 400 KV line from Salwa to Shuwaihat (UAE) and
associated substations.
o A double circuit 220 KV from Al Ouhah (UAE) to Al Waseet (Oman)
and associated substations.
o A single circuit 220 kV line from Al Ouhah (UAE) to Al Waseet (Oman)
and associated substations.
Two basic topologies are used for the interconnection namely: the
common link topology and the neighbor to neighbor topology. In the
‘common link’ topology each system is tied to the link, providing direct
access to any other interconnected system like in the case for the phase I
interconnection. The ‘neighbor to neighbor’ topology principle is to tie one
power system to another like in the case of Oman and the UAE.
The GCC power grid consists of a mix of the two basic topologies which
joins in the ‘common link’ representing the phase I and the ‘neighbor to
neighbor’ representing the phase II forming the ‘hybrid link’. This ‘hybrid
link’ will provide all countries direct access to any other system except
that of Oman, which will require all transactions with the other five GCC
countries the use of the UAE power system.
Figure B-1 (Geographical Layout of GCC Interconnection Hybrid Link)
depicts the geographical layout of the GCC Interconnection.
Figure B-2 (Electrical Single Line Block Diagram of GCC Power Grid)
depicts the schematic layout of the GCC Interconnection.
Figure B-2
Electrical Single Line Block Diagram of GCC Power Grid
(Source: GCCIA)
Status of the GCC Power Grid
The first phase of the GCC power grid has been completed as of July 2009
linking the power grids of Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, and Qatar, the
formal inauguration is scheduled for December 2009. The GCC countries
hope that this power connection project will help them meet rapidly rising
power demand and avoid power outages. The United Arab Emirates and
Oman would hook up to the grid in 2011 that would be a year later than
previously expected.
With the successful linking of the electricity grids of Saudi Arabia, Kuwait,
Qatar and Bahrain, the member countries are close to achieving their goal
of having a joint power grid for all six member states. The grid aims at
guaranteeing an adequate supply of power even in emergencies and also
reducing the cost of power generation in member countries. There will of
course be other economic gains, as well.
Representatives of five of the six countries have signed a power trading

agreement; Oman is expected to join the project later. The agreement is
between transmission system operators, power procurement companies
and the GCCIA for the sole purpose of exchanging and trading electrical
power.
Benefits of the GCC Interconnection
The security of power supply is considered to be the main purpose of

power interconnection between the GCC countries by sharing generation
reserves and installed capacity. The GCC power grid will reduce high long-
term investments in generation infrastructure by reducing the level of
reserves needed in each country as well as providing wheeling services
and enabling energy trading thereby providing improved security of power
supply and better economic efficiency.
The interconnection will provide the GCC countries an alternative source

for operating reserves and support during emergencies (blackouts or
unforeseen contingencies). The GCC power grid will also provide diversity
to the available sources of energy supply. Instead of depending on
domestic resources such as fossil fuels, an interconnection can increase
system reliability through import of power from a different energy
resource such as renewable. SEC has already disclosed the company’s
plan to establish solar and wind energy projects in association with
international companies.
Interconnection is an important mechanism to improve the economic

efficiency of power systems. It is the only feasible means of allowing less
costly power to be delivered from distant locations, displacing expensive
fossil fuels and utility projects. The GCC power grid will allow individual
power systems of the GCC states to expand as part of a larger regional
system thereby providing income through the export of excess power to
other countries and regions.
Benefits of the GCC Electricity Market
Besides the usual benefits of interconnection, the GCC power grid will
provide a common GCC electricity market that will ultimately provide a
number of benefits to the GCC States. Newly reformed laws will promote
participation of local and external investors resulting in lower production
costs and consequently lower electricity prices.
Extending the GCC grid to other grids such as the EJILST (Egypt, Jordan,
Iraq, Lebanon, Syria, and Turkey), the Arab Maghreb grid and the UCTE
(Europe) can provide opportunity of power trading with other regions. A
good example is the export of power from the GCC region during winters
when demand is low to regions in Europe where power demand is high.
The market will also encourage energy interchange during seasonal
diversity when need of power in the GCC region during the hot summer
seasons can be imported from regions where demand is low.
Figure B-3 (Potential Regional Interconnections) illustrates schematic

representation of possible future interconnection of the independent
power grids in the Middle East, North Africa, and Europe forming a
potential regional power grid.
Figure B-3
Potential Regional Interconnections
(Source: GCCIA)
With the reform of the power sector currently in process, the development
of the GCC Power Grid will be considered to be a fundamental step to the
liberalization of a regional power market. The GCC interconnection will act
as a gateway towards a regional and pan-Arab power pools, thus
encouraging the GCC countries to develop a regional power market and
henceforth promoting social, economic and environmental development
and cooperation in the Middle East and North African countries.
By providing trading services to the power sector, the GCCIA will have
then become the ‘launch pad’ for energy trading, not only, between the
GCC countries but with IWPPs and other power grids such as the Pan-
Arab, European and Mediterranean Grids; making the GCC region into a
major exporter of power and thus enhancing the economies of the GCC
countries.

Figure 4-1 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Figure 4-1 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Revised Final Issue: September 2012

Introduction to this Master Plan Update Volume

Jubail Industrial City (JIC) is now a well-established, world-scale

In 2009, JIC accounted for approximately 11.5% of the Kingdom of Saudi

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page i

Royal Commission Goals and Objectives

Mission: To plan, promote, develop and manage Petrochemicals and Energy

Current Master Plan Update (MPU)

The specific objectives of this MPU are to:

The report on the MPU consists of the following 11 volumes:

Volume I – Demographic Forecast

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page ii

Volume II – Regional and General Land Use

Volume III/IV – Primary and Secondary Industry/Support Industry

Volume V – Utilities and Infrastructure

Volume VII – Sea Port Area

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page iii

Volume VIII – Environment

Volume X – Urban Design

Volume XI – Development Plan

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page iv

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page v

4.4 SUPPLY AND DEMAND ASSESSMENT ............................................ 76

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page vi

7.3.1 Commentary on Existing Design Guidelines .............. 151

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page vii

10.4 SUPPLY AND DEMAND ASSESSMENT .......................................... 241

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page viii

Table 3-1 Existing Seawater Cooling Major Auxiliary Systems

Table 4-1 Potable Water Supply - Proposed Retirements and Expansions

Table 5-1 IWTP 8 Capacity and Proposed Expansions

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page ix

Table 6-1 SWTP 9 Existing Capacity and Proposed Expansion

Table 7-1 Surplus Treated Wastewater (2007 and 2008)

Table 9-1 Existing Jubail 1 Power Supply Capacity

Table 10-1 Telecommunication Requirements by Stage – Jubail 2

Table 11-1 Summary of Pertinent Design Guidelines for Solid Waste

Table 12-1 Summary of Key Utility Findings and Recommendations

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page x

Figure 2-1 Geographic Information Systems Model for Optimization

Figure 3-1 Existing Seawater Cooling System

Figure 4-1 Existing Potable Water System

Figure 5-1 Existing Industrial Wastewater System

Figure 6-1 Existing Sanitary Wastewater System

Figure 7-1 Existing Treated Wastewater System

Figure 8-1 Existing Jubail 1 Stormwater Drainage System

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page xi

Figure 10-1 Telecommunications Network Schematic

Figure 11-1 Existing Solid and Hazardous Waste Disposal Facilities

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page xii

1.1 Goals and Objectives

1.2 Report Structure

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page 1

Volume I (Demographic Forecast) of the 2010 MPU identifies various growth

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page 2

Volume III/IV provides detail related to J2 and the information provided in

1.4 Significant Changes Since the 1999

Employment and Population Projections

Volume I outlines in detail the methodology used to determine the

Volume V: Utilities and Infrastructure Page 3

Modifications Land Use and Timing of Development

Ras Al Khair Industrial City ( RIC)